Communications AS400

AS/400 Communication Definition Examples III
Document Number GG24-4386-00
December 1994
International Technical Support Organization Rochester Center
Take Note! Before using this information and the product it supports, be sure to read the general information under Special Notices on page xix.
First Edition (December 1994)

This edition applies to Version 2, Release Number 2, Modification 1 of OS/400, Program Number 5763SS1. Order publications through your IBM representative or the IBM branch office serving your locality. Publications are not stocked at the address given below. An ITSO Technical Bulletin Evaluation Form for reader s feedback appears facing Chapter 1. If the form has been removed, comments may be addressed to: IBM Corporation, International Technical Support Organization Dept. 977 Building 663-3 3605 Highway 52N Rochester, Minnesota 55901-7829 When you send information to IBM, you grant IBM a non-exclusive right to use or distribute the information in any way it believes appropriate without incurring any obligation to you. Copyright International Business Machines Corporation 1994. All rights reserved. Note to U.S. Government Users Documentation related to restricted rights Use, duplication or disclosure is subject to restrictions set forth in GSA ADP Schedule Contract with IBM Corp.
Abstract
This document contains a number of communication scenarios all involving the AS/400 system in one way or another. It is intended to give the communication system specialist some real-world examples of configuration as a basis for setting up links between the AS/400 and many other systems. Connectivity to S/390, other AS/400s, remote work stations like the 3174 and 5x94, PS/2s, RS/6000s, and OEM systems like DEC MicroVAX, HP 9000-720; via protocols like SDLC, X.25, ISDN, TRLAN, X.21, SNA/APPN, and TCP/IP, all make for a wide range of connectivity solutions at your finger tips. By using these sample scenarios which are complete with configuration details you can set up connections with your AS/400 very quickly. After establishing a connection using these definitions, you can customize your network to meet your particular needs. This can save both time and money. (297 pages)
Copyright IBM Corp. 1994
iii
iv
AS/400 Communications Definition Examples III
Contents
Abstract
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
iii xix
Special Notices
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Preface . . . . . Acknowledgments
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
xxi xxiv
Part 1. Overview
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1 3 4 6 8 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
Chapter 1. IBM Technical Support (TS) Network 1.1 Hardware and Software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.2 Communication Line Assignment 1.3 Modems in the Network . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.4 SNA/SDLC Network . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.5 TRLAN Network . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.6 X.25 Network 1.7 ISDN Network . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.8 Documented Connections for SNA . . . . . . . . . . 1.9 Communications with Peer Systems . . . . . 1.10 Communications with System/390
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Part 2. Communications with System/390
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
17 19 19 19 21 21 21 22 22 22 23 23 23 24 24 25 25 26 26 26 27 28 30 30 31 33 33
Chapter 2. SNA/LEN with AS/400, Different NetID . . . . . . . 2.1 Definitions on OS/2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.1.1 SNA T2.1 in NDF File . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.1.2 5250 Session Assignment 2.2 On AS/400 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.2.1 Network Attributes 2.2.2 Line, Controller Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.2.3 Remote APPN Configuration List . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.2.4 Auto-Created APPC Device Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.2.5 Mode Description MODLU62 2.3 On IBMFLC04 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.3.1 Network Attributes 2.3.2 Line, Controller Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.3.3 Remote APPN Configuration List . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.3.4 Auto-Created APPC Device Description for AS400BU3 2.3.5 Auto-Created APPC Device Description for PCASIN1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.3.6 Mode Description MODLU62 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.3.7 Mode Description QPCSUPP 2.4 VTAM/NCP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.4.1 For OS/2 2.4.2 Line, PU, LUs for FSC AS/400, AS400BU3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.4.3 PU, LUs for IBMFLC04 2.5 Usage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.6 NetView/370 Session List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Chapter 3. AS/400 SNPT: OS/2 and AS/400 via AS/400 to MVS 3.1 Software Used . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.2 OS/2 CM Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.2.1 SNA Feature Profiles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.2.2 LAN Feature Profiles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.2.3 5250 WSF Profiles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.2.4 3270 Feature Profiles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.3 Definitions on AS/400 CHIBMAS3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.3.1 Token-Ring Line Description . . . . . . . . . 3.3.2 APPC Controller and Device Descriptions 3.4 Definitions on AS/400 AS400BU3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.4.1 For OS/2 and CHIBMAS3: Token-Ring Line Description . . . 3.4.2 For OS/2: APPC Controller and Device Descriptions 3.4.3 For CHIBMAS3: APPC Controller and Device Descriptions 3.4.4 For MVS: X.25 Line Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.4.5 For MVS: Host Controller and Device Descriptions . . . . 3.5 Definition on MVS ZCHMVS6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.5.1 VTAM Start Parameter List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.5.2 for AS400BU3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.6 Matching Parameters Chapter 4. AS/400 SNA Primary LU Support (SPLS) 4.1 Software Used . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.2 VTAM/NCP Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.2.1 IBM 3174 Switched Major Node . . . . . . . 4.2.2 AS/400 Switched Major Node . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.2.3 VTAM Logon Mode Table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.3 AS/400 Definitions 4.4 Parameter Overview and Relation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.5 Operation and Status Display . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.5.1 Status after Activation 4.6 Usage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.7 Session Termination with AS/400
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
34 34 36 37 38 38 39 39 39 39 39 40 40 40 41 41 42 43 45 45 46 46 46 47 49 50 51 51 52 53 55 55 56 56 62 63 64 64 68 71 72 72 72 73 74 74 74 75 75 76 76 76
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Chapter 5. AS/400 Network Routing Facility (NRF) Support 5.1 Software Used . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.2 Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.2.1 VTAM/NCP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.2.2 AS/400 Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.3 Parameter Overview and Relation . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.4 Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.4.1 After Activation . . . . . . . . . 5.5 AS/400 NRF Device Release Program
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Chapter 6. NetView File Transfer Program for OS/400 . . . 6.1 Software Used . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.2 Network Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.2.1 VTAM/NCP, Link to AS/400 6.2.2 VTAM Logmode Table Entry FTPBIND . . . . . . . . 6.2.3 VTAM APPL for MVS NetView FTP . . . . . . . . . . 6.2.4 AS/400 Network Attributes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.2.5 AS/400 APPN Remote Location List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.2.6 AS/400 Mode Description FTPBIND 6.2.7 AS/400 Configuration Objects as Linked to TS 4381 . . . . . . . 6.2.8 AS/400 ILU/APPC Device Descriptions . . . . . 6.2.9 AS/400 Subsystem Communications Entry 6.3 NetView FTP Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
vi
6.3.1 MVS NetView FTP, Server Table . . . . 6.3.2 AS/400 NetView FTP LU Directory Entry . . . . . . . . 6.4 NetView FTP Access Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.5 Matching Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.6 Operation Status 6.6.1 Status Checking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.7 FTP Requests - Interactive . . 6.7.1 To Send Files From AS/400 to MVS 6.7.2 Retrieve Files from MVS to AS/400 . . . 6.7.3 To Send Files from MVS to AS/400 . . . 6.7.4 To Retrieve Files from AS/400 to MVS .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
76 77 77 77 78 79 79 79 81 83 85 87 87 88 88 90
Chapter 7. AS/400 SNA/APPN SOC via SNA/Subarea Network . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.1 Network 7.2 Configurations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.2.1 AS400BU4 (Focal Point) 7.2.2 AS400BU3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Chapter 8. AS/400 MVS Bridge (NJE), Job and Spool File 8.1 Submit a Job from AS/400 to MVS . . . . . . . . . . . 8.2 Submit Job from MVS to AS/400 . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.2.1 AS/400 Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.2.2 Job Submission on MVS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.2.3 Job Execution on AS/400 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.3 Send Print Spoolfile from AS/400 to MVS 8.4 Send Print Spool File from MVS to AS/400 . . . . . . Chapter 9. OfficeVision/VM Bridge . . . . . . 9.1 Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.1.1 RSCS 9.1.2 RSCS Remloc File . . . . . . . . . . . 9.1.3 VTAM/NCP on IBM 4381 . . . . . . . 9.1.4 AS/400 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.2 Operation 9.2.1 Starting the VM Bridge . . . . . . . . 9.3 Usage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.3.1 Sending Note from OV/400 to OV/VM 9.3.2 Sending Note from OV/VM to OV/400 . . . . . . . . . . . 9.4 Matching Parameters Chapter 10. VM/MVS Bridge Monitor Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.1 Situation 10.2 Approaches to Solve . . . . . . . . . . . 10.3 VM/MVS Bridge Monitor Program . . . 10.3.1 CL Program WUPRPDS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.3.2 Autostart Job Entry 10.3.3 Routing Entry . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.3.4 Job Description . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.3.5 Configuration of Distribution Queue
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
93 . 93 . 96 . 96 . 97 . 99 100 101 103 104 104 106 106 107 110 110 111 111 113 115 117 117 117 118 118 119 119 119 119
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Part 3. AS/400 Peer Communications
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
121 123 123
Chapter 11. Submit Network Job via SNADS 11.1 AS/400 Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Contents
vii
11.2 11.3 11.4 11.5 11.6
Batch Job . . . . . . . Operations . . . . . . Job Control . . . . . . Matching Parameters Completion Message
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
124 124 125 126 127
Part 4. Remote Workstation Controller
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
129 131 131 132 132 132 132 134 134 134 134 134 137 137 138 138 138 138 139 140 141 143 144 144 144 145 145 146 146 147 147 147 148 149 149 151 151 152 154 155 155 156 156
Chapter 12. IBM 5394 via SNA/X.25 SVC, Called by AS/400 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.1 IBM 5394 Setup 12.2 AS/400 Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.2.1 TELEPAC Link 12.2.2 IBM 5394 Controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.2.3 Mechanism to Activate 12.3 Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.3.1 On the IBM 5394 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.3.2 On the AS/400 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.3.3 Connection Establishment 12.4 Matching Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Chapter 13. IBM 5394 via SNA/X.25 SVC, AS/400 with Double X.25 Access . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.1 IBM 5394 Setup 13.2 AS/400 Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.2.1 TELEPAC Link 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.2.2 TELEPAC Link 2 13.2.3 IBM 5394 Controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.3 Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.4 Matching Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Chapter 14. IBM 5394 Configuration Quick-Reference
. . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . .
Chapter 15. IBM 5394 as Node T2.1 via SNA Subarea Network 15.1 Software required . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15.2 IBM 5394 Set Up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15.3 AS/400 Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15.3.1 Network Attributes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15.3.2 Link with VTAM/NCP 15.3.3 IBM 5394 Controller, Device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15.3.4 Mode MODLU62 . . . . . . . . . . . 15.3.5 Remote APPN Configuration List 15.4 VTAM/NCP Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15.4.1 Link with AS/400 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15.4.2 Link with IBM 5394 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15.4.3 VTAM Logmode Table Entry MODLU62 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15.4.4 VTAM COS Table 15.5 Operation and Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15.5.1 AS/400 Configuration Objects 15.5.2 NetView/370 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15.6 Matching Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Chapter 16. IBM 5494 V.24 via SNA/SDLC Leased to AS/400 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16.1 IBM 5494 Setup 16.2 AS/400 Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16.2.1 Network Attributes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
viii
16.2.2 SDLC Line and APPC Controller Description 16.2.3 IBM 5494 Controller and Device Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16.2.4 Mode MOD5494 16.3 Operation and Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16.4 Matching Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
157 157 158 158 159 161 161 162 162 163 163 164 164 164 165 167 167 168 168 169 169 170 170 170 171 171 172 173 173 173 174 174 175 176 176 176 177 177 179 179 180 180 181 182 182 182 182 183 185 185
Chapter 17. IBM 5494 V.35 via SNA/SDLC Leased to AS/400 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17.1 IBM 5494 Setup 17.2 AS/400 Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17.2.1 Network Attributes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17.2.2 SDLC Line and APPC Controller Description . . . . . . 17.2.3 IBM 5494 Controller and Device Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17.2.4 Mode MOD5494 17.3 Operation and Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17.3.1 AS/400 Configuration Objects 17.4 Matching Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Chapter 18. IBM 5494 via SNA/TRLAN to AS/400 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18.1 IBM 5494 Setup 18.2 AS/400 Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18.2.1 Network Attributes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18.2.2 TRLAN Line Description 18.2.3 Auto-Created APPC Controller Description 18.2.4 Auto-Created APPC Device Description . . 18.2.5 IBM 5494 Controller and Device Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18.2.6 Mode MOD5494 18.3 Operation and Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18.3.1 AS/400 Configuration Objects 18.4 Matching Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Chapter 19. IBM 5494 via SNA/X.25 SVC to AS/400 . 19.1 Hardware and Software Used . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19.2 IBM 5494 Setup 19.3 AS/400 Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19.3.1 Network Attributes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19.3.2 X.25 Line and APPC Controller Description 19.3.3 IBM 5494 Controller and Device Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19.3.4 Mode MOD5494 19.4 Operation and Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19.4.1 AS/400 Configuration Objects 19.5 Matching Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Chapter 20. IBM 5494 via SNA/X.25 PVC to AS/400 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20.1 IBM 5494 Setup 20.2 AS/400 Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20.2.1 Network Attributes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20.2.2 X.25 Line and APPC Controller Description 20.2.3 IBM 5494 Controller and Device Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20.2.4 Mode MOD5494 20.3 Operation and Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20.3.1 AS/400 Configuration Objects 20.4 Matching Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Chapter 21. IBM 5494 via SNA/X.25 SVC, Called by AS/400 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21.1 IBM 5494 Setup
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Contents
ix
21.2 AS/400 Definition Changes . 21.3 Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . 21.3.1 At the IBM 5494 Site . . . . . . . . . 21.3.2 On the AS/400 21.3.3 Connection Establishment
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
185 186 186 186 186 187 187 188 188 189 189 190 190 191 191 191 192 193 193 193 195 195 197 197 198 198 199 199 200 201 201 201 202 203 203 203 205 207 207 207 208 208 209
Chapter 22. IBM 5494 as Node T2.1 via SNA Subarea Network 22.1 Software Used . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22.2 IBM 5494 Setup 22.3 AS/400 Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22.3.1 Network Attributes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22.3.2 Link with VTAM/NCP 22.3.3 IBM 5494 Controller, Device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22.3.4 Mode MODLU62 . . . . . . . . . . . 22.3.5 Remote APPN Configuration List 22.4 VTAM/NCP Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22.4.1 Link with AS/400 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22.4.2 Link with IBM 5494 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22.4.3 VTAM Logmode Table Entry MODLU62 22.5 Operation and Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22.5.1 AS/400 Configuration Objects 22.5.2 NetView/370 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22.6 Matching Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Chapter 23. IBM 5494 as Node T2.1 via TRLAN to SNA Subarea Network . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23.1 IBM 5494 Setup 23.2 AS/400 Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23.2.1 Network Attributes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23.2.2 Link with VTAM/NCP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23.2.3 Remote APPN Configuration List 23.2.4 IBM 5494 Controller, Device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23.2.5 Mode MODLU62 23.3 VTAM/NCP Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23.3.1 Link with AS/400 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23.3.2 Link with IBM 5494 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23.3.3 VTAM Logmode Table Entry MODLU62 23.4 Operation and Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23.4.1 AS/400 Configuration Objects 23.5 Matching Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Chapter 24. IBM 3174 via IBM 7820 and Swissnet to AS/400 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24.1 Using the AS/400 X.21 Interface . . . . . . . . 24.1.1 IBM 7820 attached to AS/400, Setup 24.1.2 IBM 7820 attached to IBM 3174, Setup . . . . . . . 24.1.3 AS/400 Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24.1.4 IBM 3174 Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Part 5. AS/400 TCP/IP
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
211 213 213 213 213 215
Chapter 25. TCP/IP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25.1 TCP/IP Network 25.1.2 Domain, Host Names and Name Servers . . . . . . . . 25.1.3 TCP/IP Network Topology 25.2 AS/400 Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
25.2.1 Line, Controller and Device Descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25.3 FTP . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25.3.1 FTP with RS/6000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25.3.2 FTP with OS/2 25.3.3 FTP with HP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25.3.4 FTP from mVax to AS/400 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25.4 AS/400 TCP/IP: SMTP 25.4.1 AS/400 System Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25.4.2 TCP/IP SMTP Operation 25.4.3 SMTP Environment and User Enrollment . . . 25.4.4 Send Note from AS/400 to AS/400 25.4.5 Send Note from AS/400 to DEC mVAX . 25.4.6 Send Note from DEC mVAX to AS/400 . 25.4.7 Send Note from AS/400 to RS/6000 . . . 25.4.8 Send Note from RS/6000 to AS/400 . . . 25.4.9 Send Note from AS/400 to HP . . . . . . . . . . . 25.4.10 Send Note from HP to AS/400 25.4.11 Send Note from VM to AS/400 . . . . . 25.4.12 Send Note from AS/400 to VM . . . . . 25.5 RS/6000 as NFS Client of AS/400 AS400BU3
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
215 220 220 221 222 223 224 224 226 227 228 230 232 233 235 236 238 239 240 242
Part 6. Communications API s
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
247 249 249 250 250 251 256 266 269 269 269 270 270 271 271 273 277 277 280
Chapter 26. AS/400 User-Defined Communications (UDC) on X.25 26.1 AS/400 Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26.2 Programming Example . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26.2.1 Display File UDCDSPF . . . . . . . . . . 26.2.2 UDC X.25 Parameter Data Structures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26.2.3 UDC X.25 RPG Program 26.3 Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Chapter 27. CPI-C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27.1 Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27.2 AS/400 Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27.2.1 Communications Side Information (CSI) LOCALBU3 . . . . . . . . . 27.2.2 Local APPC Controller and Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27.3 User Programs 27.3.1 Send File, RPG/400 CPI-C Program . . . . . . . . . . 27.3.2 Receive File, RPG/400 CPI-C Program . . . . . . . . 27.3.3 Receive File, Target CL Program RCVCPICL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27.4 System-Supplied CPI-C Pseudonyms 27.5 CPI-C Call Parameter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Part 7. Appendix
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
283 285 285 285 285 285 286 286 287
Appendix A. AS/400 Communications Bibliography A.1 General Aspects and Architectures . . . . . . . . A.1.1 Cables, Modems and ISDN Terminal Adapter A.1.2 General, Self-Study . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A.1.3 TRLAN/Ethernet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A.1.4 DIA/DCA, IIA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A.1.5 BSC, SDLC, SNA, X.25 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A.1.6 SNADS
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Contents
xi
A.1.7 DDM, DRDA . . . . . . . . . . A.1.8 SAA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A.1.9 Open System, MVI General . A.2 IBM 5250 System . . . . . . . . . . A.3 IBM 8209 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A.4 IBM 5159 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A.5 IBM 3270 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A.6 AS/400 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A.7 System/36 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A.8 Additional Hardware and Software A.8.1 RS/6000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . A.8.2 HCF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A.8.3 VSE/POWER . . . . . . . . . . A.8.4 JES2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A.8.5 RJE Terminals . . . . . . . . . A.8.6 DSX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A.8.7 NRF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A.8.8 Other Subjects Index
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
287 287 287 287 288 288 289 289 292 293 293 293 293 293 293 293 294 294 295
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
xii
Figures
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20. 21. 22. 23. 24. 25. 26. 27. 28. 29. 30. 31. 32. 33. 34. 35. 36. 37. 38. 39. 40. 41. 42. 43. 44. 45. 46. 47. 48. 49. Communication Line Assignment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SDLC Leased Connections Network . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TS TRLAN Network, 4 Mbps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . X.25 (Telepac) Network . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ISDN Network Documented Connections for SNA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Communications with Peer Systems Communications with System/390 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Overview of SNA/LEN with AS/400, Different NetID . . . . . . . . . . . . 5250 Session Assignment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SNA/LEN with AS/400, Different NetID, AS/400 Network Attributes . . . SNA/LEN with AS/400, Different NetID, Remote APPN Configuration List . . . SNA/LEN with AS/400, Different NetID, APPC Device Description SNA/LEN with AS/400, Different NetID, Mode Description . . . . . . . . Network Attributes on IBMFLC04 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Remote APPN Configuration List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Auto-created APPC Device Description for AS/400 . . . . . . . . . . . . Auto-created APPC Device Description for AS/400 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Mode Description MODLU62 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Mode Description QPCSUPP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NetView/370 Session List Overview of AS/400 SNPT: OS/2 and AS/400 via AS/400 to MVS . . . . AS/400 SNPT: OS/2 CM Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS/400 SNPT: OS/2 CM Definitions, SNA Feature Profiles, Base Profile AS/400 SNPT: OS/2 CM Definitions, SNA Feature Profiles, DLC . . . . AS/400 SNPT: OS/2 CM Definitions, SNA Feature Profiles, Local LU . AS/400 SNPT: OS/2 CM Definitions, SNA Feature Profiles, Partner LU . . AS/400 SNPT: OS/2 CM Definitions, SNA Feature Profiles, Modes AS/400 SNPT: OS/2 CM Definitions, SNA Feature Profiles, Session Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS/400 SNPT: OS/2 CM Definitions, LAN Feature Profiles . . . . . . . . . AS/400 SNPT: OS/2 CM Definitions, 5250 WSF Profiles . . . . . . . AS/400 SNPT: OS/2 CM Definitions, 3270 Feature Profiles AS/400 SNPT: OS/2 CM Definitions, 3270 Feature Profiles, Destination AS/400 SNPT: OS/2 CM Definitions, 3270 Feature Profiles, Logical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Terminal Matching Parameters, SNPT: OS/2 and AS/400 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Overview: AS/400 SNA Primary LU Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SPLS, IBM 3174 and AS/400 Parameter Overview and Relation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Operation and Status Display for the IBM 3174 Operation and Status Display for AS/400 SPLS Environment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Status on AS/400 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Changed Status for the IBM 3174 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Changed Status for AS/400 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Changed Status on AS/400 Passing Through a SNA Subarea Network to an AS/400 . . . . . . . . . . . . . IBM 3174, NCP/NRF, AS/400 Parameter Overview and Relation NetView/370 Status for IBM 3174 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NetView/370 Status for the NRF Environment within NCP . . . . . . . . NetView/370 Status for AS/400 NRF Environment . . . . . . . . . . . . . Status on AS/400 using the CL command WRCFGSTS *LIN NRFLINE .
. . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . .
. . . .
7 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 19 21 21 22 23 23 24 24 25 25 26 26 31 33 34 34 35 35 35 36 36 37 37 38 38 38 44 45 50 51 51 52 52 53 53 55 64 65 65 66 66
. . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
xiii
50. 51. 52. 53. 54. 55. 56. 57. 58. 59. 60. 61. 62. 63. 64. 65. 66. 67. 68. 69. 70. 71. 72. 73. 74. 75. 76. 77. 78. 79. 80. 81. 82. 83. 84. 85. 86. 87. 88. 89. 90. 91. 92. 93. 94. 95. 96. 97. 98. 99. 100. 101. 102. 103. 104.
Changed Status of NRF LUs AS/400 configuration objects . . . . . . Changed Status of NRF LUs AS/400 configuration objects . . . . . . . . . . . . Overview of MVS and OS/400 NetView FTP Environment NetView File Transfer Program, AS/400 Network Attributes . . . . . NetView File Transfer Program, AS/400 APPN Remote Location List NetView File Transfer Program, AS/400 Mode Description FTPBIND . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS/400 NetView FTP LU Directory Entry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Matching Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Operation Status Checking FTP Interactive Requests to Send Files from AS/400 to MVS . . . . FTP Interactive Requests to Retrieve Files from MVS to AS/400 . . Request Log . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS400BU4 (Focal Point) Network Attributes . . . . . . . AS400BU4 (Focal Point) APPN Local Configuration List AS400BU4 (Focal Point) APPN Remote Configuration List . . . . . . AS400BU4 (Focal Point) Sphere of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS400BU3 Network Attributes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS400BU3 APPN Local Configuration List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS400BU3 APPN Local Configuration List AS400BU3 Sphere fo Control (WRKSOC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TS Network, MVS Bridge Environment . . . . . . . . . QSYSOPR Message Queue, Job Submitted to MVS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MVS Job Log Punched/Received File from MVS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Received File, Display PF Member . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS/400 Network Attributes, Job Action AS/400 Network Job Entries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Job for AS/400, Prepared on MVS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Job Submitted to AS/400 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MVS Job Submission Message . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Message on AS/400, Showing Job Submission from MVS . . . . . . Display History Log . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TS Network, MVS Bridge, Spool Files to MVS . . . . . . . . . . . . . Message Indicating Successful Transmission of Spool File . . . . . On the AS/400, DSPUSRPRF (Display User Profile) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . To Print an MVS Dataset Successful Transmission of Spool File to AS/400 . . . . . . . . . . . Received Spool File from MVS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Network, OfficeVision/VM Bridge Environment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Network Attributes, AS400BU3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Routing Table Entry, ZCHVM5 Distribution Queue, ZCHVM5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . VM Destination Entry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Typing Note with OfficeVision/400 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Receiving Note with OfficeVision/VM . . . . . . . . . . . . . Viewing Received Note with OfficeVision/VM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Typing Note with OfficeVision/VM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Receiving Note with OfficeVision/400 . . . . . . . . . . . . . Viewing Received Note with OfficeVision/400 . . . . . . . . . . . . OfficeVision/VM Bridge, Matching Parameters Autostart Job Entry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Routing Entry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Job Description SNADS AS/400 Definitions Network Attributes . . . . . . . . . . . . . SNADS AS/400 Definitions Network Job Entries . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
67 68 . 71 . 74 . 75 . 75 . 77 . 78 . 79 . 80 . 81 . 83 . 88 . 89 . 89 . 89 . 90 . 90 . 91 . 91 . 93 . 94 . 95 . 96 . 96 . 97 . 97 . 98 . 98 . 99 . 99 . 99 100 101 101 102 102 102 103 108 109 109 110 112 112 113 113 114 114 115 119 119 119 123 124
xiv
105. 106. 107. 108. 109. 110. 111. 112. 113. 114. 115. 116. 117. 118. 119. 120. 121. 122. 123. 124. 125. 126. 127. 128. 129. 130. 131. 132. 133. 134. 135. 136. 137. 138. 139. 140. 141. 142. 143. 144. 145. 146. 147. 148. 149. 150. 151. 152. 153. 154.
SNADS Batch Job . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SNADS - Send a Job Stream . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SNADS - Messages to the Submitting User SNADS - Messages on the Target System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IBM 5394, using multiple X.25 links to AS/400 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IBM 5394 Setup Screen for X.25 Final Status after Connection Establishment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Matching Parameters, AS/400 calling IBM 5394 using X.25/SVC . . . . IBM 5394, using multiple X.25 links of AS/400 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IBM 5394 Setup Screen for X.25 Status of Controller XRWS5394 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Final Status, using the first X.25 Line Matching Parameters, AS/400 and IBM 5394 using X.25/SVC . . . . . . IBM 5394 with T2.1 RPQ via SNA Subarea to AS/400 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IBM 5394 T2.1 Setup Screen IBM 5394 T2.1 AS/400 Definition, Network Attributes . . . . . . . . . . . . . IBM 5394 T2.1 AS/400 Definition, Auto-created Device Description . . . . . . . . . . . . IBM 5394 T2.1 AS/400 Definition, Mode MODLU62 . . IBM 5394 T2.1 AS/400 Definition, Remote APPN Configuration List IBM 5294 T2.1 AS/400 Configuration Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IBM 5294 T2.1 NetView/370 Matching Parameters, VTAM/NCP, AS/400 and 5394 T2.1 . . . . . . . . IBM 5494 via SNA/SDLC Leased . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IBM 5494 V.24 via SNA/SDLC Leased to AS/400 Setup Screen . . . . . . . . . IBM 5494 via SNA/SDLC Leased, AS/400 Definitions, DSPNETA IBM 5494 via SNA/SDLC Leased, AS/400 definitions, Device Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IBM 5494 via SNA/SDLC Leased, AS/400 Definitions, Mode Description . . . IBM 5494 via SNA/SDLC Leased to AS/400, Configuration Status Matching Parameters, 5494 via SNA/SDLC Leased . . . . . . . . . . . . IBM 5494 V.35 via SNA/SDLC Leased . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IBM5494 V.35 via SNA/SDLC Leased to AS/400, Setup Screen . . . . . IBM 5494 V.35 via SNA/SDLC Leased, AS/400 Definitions, Network Attributes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IBM 5494 V.35 via SNA/SDLC Leased, AS/400 Definitions, Device Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IBM 5494 V.35 via SNA/SDLC Leased, AS/400 Definitions, Mode Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IBM 5494 V.35 via SNA/SDLC Leased, AS/400 Configuration Objects . Matching Parameters, 5494 via SNA/SDLC Leased . . . . . . . . . . . . IBM 5494 via SNA/TRLAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IBM 5494 via SNA/TRLAN to AS/400 Setup Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . IBM 5494 via SNA/TRLAN, AS/400 Definitions, Network Attributes . . . IBM 5494 via SNA/TRLAN, AS/400 Definitions, Controller Description . IBM 5494 via SNA/TRLAN, AS/400 Definitions, Device Description . . . . . . IBM 5494 via SNA/TRLAN, AS/400 Definitions, Mode Description IBM 5494 via SNA/TRLAN to AS/400, Configuration Objects . . . . . . . Matching Parameters, 5494 via SNA/TRLAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IBM 5494 via SNA/X.25 SVC, 5494 is calling IBM 5494 via SNA/X.25 SVC to AS/400 Setup Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . IBM 5494 via SNA/X.25 SVC, AS/400 Definitions, Network Attributes IBM 5494 via SNA/X.25 SVC, AS/400 Definitions, Auto-created Device Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IBM 5494 via SNA/X.25, AS/400 Definitions, Mode Description . . . . . IBM 5494 via SNA/X.25, AS/400 Configuration Status . . . . . . . . . . .
Figures
124 125 125 126 131 131 134 135 137 137 139 139 140 143 144 145 146 146 147 151 153 154 155 155 156 157 158 158 160 161 161 162 163 164 164 166 167 167 168 169 170 170 171 172 173 173 174 175 176 177
xv
155. 156. 157. 158. 159. 160. 161. 162. 163. 164. 165. 166. 167. 168. 169. 170. 171. 172. 173. 174. 175. 176. 177. 178. 179. 180. 181. 182. 183. 184. 185. 186. 187. 188. 189. 190. 191. 192. 193. 194. 195. 196. 197. 198. 199.
Matching Parameters, 5494 via SNA/X.25 SVC . . . . . . . . . . . . . IBM 5494 via SNA/X.25 PVC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IBM 5494 via SNA/X.25 PVC Setup Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IBM 5494 via SNA/X.25 PVC, AS/400 Definitions, Network Attributes IBM 5494 via SNA/X.25 PVC, AS/400 Definitions, Auto-created Device Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IBM 5494 via SNA/X.25 PVC, AS/400 Definitions, Mode Description . IBM 5494 via SNA/X.25 PVC, AS/400 Configuration Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Matching Parameters, 5494 via SNA/X.25 PVC IBM 5494, using SNA/X.25 SVC, called by AS/400 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IBM 5494, with T2.1 RPQ via SNA Subarea to AS/400 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IBM 5494 T2.1 Setup Screen IBM 5494 as Node T2.1 via SNA Subarea Network, AS/400 Definitions, . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Network Attributes IBM 5494 as Node T2.1 via SNA Subarea Network, AS/400 Definitions, . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Device Description IBM 5494 as Node T2.1 via SNA Subarea Network, AS/400 Definitions, Mode Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IBM 5494 as Node T2.1 via SNA Subarea Network, AS/400 Definitions, Remote APPN Configuration List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IBM 5494 as Node T2.1 via SNA Subarea Network, AS/400 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Configuration Objects IBM 5494 as Node T2.1 via SNA Subarea Network, NetView/370 . . . Matching Parameters, VTAM/NCP, AS/400 and 5494 T2.1 . . . . . . . IBM 5494, with T2.1 RPQ via TRLAN to SNA Subarea and AS/400 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IBM 5494 T2.1 Setup Screen IBM 5494 as Node T2.1 via TRLAN to SNA Subarea Network, AS/400 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Definitions Network Attributes IBM 5494 as Node T2.1 via TRLAN to SNA Subarea Network, Remote Locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IBM 5494 as Node T2.1 via TRLAN to SNA Subarea Network, Device Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IBM 5494 as Node T2.1 via TRLAN to SNA Subarea Network, Mode Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IBM 5494 as Node T2.1 via TRLAN to SNA Subarea Network, Status Matching Parameters, VTAM/NCP, AS/400 and 5494 T2.1 . . . . . . . AS/400 SwissNet Scenario with X.21 Interfaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3174 Setup Screen TS TCP/IP Network, Partial View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TCP/IP Host Table AS/400 TCP/IP Link Definition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TCP/IP Routes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TCP/IP Local Domain Name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TCP/IP Remote System Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TCP/IP Attributes AS/400 SNADS Distribution Queue QSMTPQ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS/400 SNADS Routing Table Entry for TCP/IP SMTP TCP/IP Jobs in Subsystem QSNADS and QTCP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TS TCP/IP SMTP Environment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . System Wide SMTP Nickname File OfficeVision/400 Note, Editing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OfficeVision/400, Work with Incoming Mail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OfficeVision/400, Received Note . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OfficeVision/400 Note, Specify Recipient OfficeVision/400 Note, Editing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . .
178 179 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 187 188 189 190 190 191 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 200 201 204 205 207 209 214 216 217 217 218 219 219 225 225 227 227 228 229 229 230 230 231
. . . . . . .
. . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
xvi
200. 201. 202. 203. 204. 205. 206. 207. 208. 209. 210. 211. 212. 213. 214. 215. 216. 217. 218. 219. 220. 221. 222. 223. 224. 225. 226. 227. 228.
VMSmail, Note received from AS/400 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . mVax Mail, Enter and Send Note to AS/400 . . . . . . . . . . mVax Mail, Enter and Send Note to AS/400 . . . . . . . . . . . . OfficeVision/400 Note, Specify Recipient OfficeVision/400 Note, Editing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OfficeVision/400 Note, Received on RS/6000 . . . . . . . . . . RS/6000 Mail, Enter and Send Note to AS/400 . . . . . . . . . OfficeVision/400, View Note Received from RS/6000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OfficeVision/400 Note, Specify Recipient OfficeVision/400 Note, Editing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OfficeVision/400 Note, Received on HP . . . . . . . . . . . . . HP, Edit Note . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OfficeVision/400, View Note Received from HP Nickname profile on the VM-System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sending note to the user guest on the as/400 . . . . . . . . . Editing note on the VM-system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Confirmation for delivery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Viewing the note on the AS/400 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Editing note on the AS/400 Message on the VM-system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Note received on the VM-System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Viewing note on the VM-system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Authorization List on AS400BU3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Export Table on AS400BU3 UDC Program via Native X.25 to Mallette . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . X.25 Call Request successfully submitted Entered user data successfully echoed by MALLETTE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Send/Receive File CPI-C Sample Programs CPI-C, AS/400 Definitions, Communications Side Information
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
232 232 233 233 234 235 235 236 236 237 237 238 238 239 239 239 240 240 240 241 241 242 245 246 249 267 267 269 270
Figures
xvii
xviii
Special Notices
This publication is intended to provide AS/400 customers, business partners and systems engineers with example scenarios related to AS/400 communication networks. The information in this publication is not intended as the specification of any programming interfaces that are provided by OS/400. References in this publication to IBM products, programs or services do not imply that IBM intends to make these available in all countries in which IBM operates. Any reference to an IBM product, program, or service is not intended to state or imply that only IBM s product, program, or service may be used. Any functionally equivalent program that does not infringe any of IBM s intellectual property rights may be used instead of the IBM product, program or service. Information in this book was developed in conjunction with use of the equipment specified, and is limited in application to those specific hardware and software products and levels. IBM may have this document. these patents. Licensing, IBM patents or pending patent applications covering subject matter in The furnishing of this document does not give you any license to You can send license inquiries, in writing, to the IBM Director of Corporation, 208 Harbor Drive, Stamford, CT 06904 USA.
The information contained in this document has not been submitted to any formal IBM test and is distributed AS IS. The use of this information or the implementation of any of these techniques is a customer responsibility and depends on the customer s ability to evaluate and integrate them into the customer s operational environment. While each item may have been reviewed by IBM for accuracy in a specific situation, there is no guarantee that the same or similar results will be obtained elsewhere. Customers attempting to adapt these techniques to their own environments do so at their own risk. The following terms are trademarks of the International Business Machines Corporation in the United States and/or other countries:
ACF/VTAM AS/400 DisplayWrite IMS/ESA OfficeVision/MVS OS/400 RISC System/6000 System/390 System/38 VTAM Application System/400 CICS ES/9000 MVS/ESA OfficeVision/VM Personal System/2 S/370 System/88 SystemView APPN CICS/ESA IBM NetView OS/2 PROFS S/390 System/36 VM/ESA
The following terms, which are denoted by a double asterisk (**) in this publication, are trademarks of other companies:
HP, Hewlett-Packard DEC, MicroVAX, VMS NFS IPX, Novell Apple Hewlett-Packard Company Digital Equipment Corporation Sun Microsystems, Inc. Novell Inc. Apple Computer Inc.
Other trademarks are trademarks of their respective companies.
xix
xx
Preface
The information in this document is based on a specific network. This means that definitions documents can be different from a specific customer situation. The purpose of the document is to have an installation guide available for setting up connections with an AS/400 system quickly. After establishing a connection using these definitions, you can customize your network. This task is easier with an already working link. Knowledge of AS/400 and other systems communications is a prerequisite. No explanation is provided with the definitions in this book. The document is organized as follows:
Part 1 - Overview This section describes the hardware and software included in the test network. It also describes the available connections.
Part 2 - Communications with System/390 In this section, connections between AS/400 and System/390 are documented. Available communications facilities are described.
Part 3 - Communications with Peer Systems This section includes LU 6.2 connections between AS/400s and applications using these connections.
Part 4 - Communications with Remote Workstation Controllers This sections includes AS/400 connections to IBM 5394, IBM 5494, and IBM 3174.
Part 5 - TCP/IP This section documents AS/400 TCP/IP definitions in the TS MVI network.
Part 6 - Communications API s This sections includes examples programs using Common Programmer Interface for Communications and User Defined Communications X.25.
A complete list of International Technical Support Organization publications, with a brief description of each, may be found in:
Bibliography of International Technical Support Organization Technical Bulletins, GG24-3070.

To get listings of ITSO technical bulletins (redbooks) online, VNET users may type:
TOOLS SENDTO WTSCPOK TOOLS REDBOOKS GET REDBOOKS CATALOG
xxi
How to Order ITSO Technical Bulletins (Redbooks) IBM employees in the USA may order ITSO books and CD-ROMs using PUBORDER. Customers in the USA may order by calling 1-800-879-2755 or by faxing 1-800-284-4721. Visa and Master Cards are accepted. Outside the USA, customers should contact their IBM branch office. Customers may order hardcopy redbooks individually or in customized sets, called GBOFs, which relate to specific functions of interest. IBM employees and customers may also order redbooks in online format on CD-ROM collections, which contain the redbooks for multiple products.
Below is a list of ITSO publications that are currently available which relate to the AS/400. AS/400 redbooks are also available on CD-ROM, by adding feature code #8053 to your OS/400 software profile.

System/36 to AS/400 System Migration , GG24-3249-01 System/36 to AS/400 Application Migration , GG24-3250-01 AS/400: System/38 Application Migration to AS/400 , GG24-3251-00 AS/400 Communication Migration , GG24-3253--00 AS/400 Office in a DIA/SNADS Network , GG24-3268-00 Converting S/36 Environment Application to Native , GG24-3304-01 AS/400 Communications Problem Determination , GG24-3305-00 SQL/400: A Guide for Implementation OS/400 V2R2 , GG24-3321-03 AS/400 - S/370 Connectivity , GG24-3336-00 AS/400, S/38 and PS/2 as T2.1 Nodes in a Subarea Network , GG24-3420-00 Writing SAA Applications for AS/400 , GG24-3438-00 IBM AS/400 TCP/IP Operation and Configuration , GG24-3442-02 IBM AS/400 in Large Networks: A Case Study , GG24-3447-00 AS/400 Communications Definitions Examples , GG24-3449-00 AS/400 Object Distribution Facility and SNA RSCS PROFS , GG24-3479-00 IBM AS/400 ISDN Connectivity , GG24-3517-00 OfficeVision/400 and AS/400 Query Applications in a Multilingual Environment , GG24-3579--00 Managing Multiple AS/400s in a Peer Network , GG24-3614-02 OfficeVision/400 in a DIA/SNADS Network , GG24-3625-00 AS/400 Audit and Security Enhancements in OS/400 , GG24-3639-00 WAF/400 5363 Optical Subsystem Configuration and Installation , GG24-3680-00 OfficeVision/400 Printing , GG24-3697-00 AS/400 Printing II , GG24-3704-00 AS/400 APPN with PS/2 APPN, 3174 APPN, 5394 and Subareas , GG24-3717-00 AS/400 CPI Communications Selected Topics , GG24-3722-00 AS/400 Performance Management V2R2 , GG24-3723-01 Multimedia Examples with the AS/400 Using AVC , GG24-3743-00 Getting Started with AS/400 OSI , GG24-3758-00 AS/400 Communication Definition Examples Volume 2 , GG24-3763-00 Installation Considerations for National Language , GG24-3790-00 Artificial Intelligence and AS/400: Neural Networks and Knowledge Based Systems , GG24-3793-00 Facsimile Support/400 Implementation , GG24-3797-00 Application Development on the AS/400 , GG24-3806-00
xxii
PC Support/400 Asynchronous and SDLC Configuration Examples , GG24-3808-00 5494 & OS/2 ES: Connecting Remote User Groups , GG24-3828-00 AS/400 Automation Using NetView and SNA MS Transport , GG24-3841-00 DOS PCS/400 in OS/2 V2 Virtual DOS Machine , GG24-3856-00 WAF/400 Administration and User Examples , GG24-3866-00 OfficeVision/400 Application Enabler , GG24-3868-00 Cooperative Processing and GUI in an AS/400 Environment , GG24-3877-00 OfficeVision/400 Application Programming Interfaces V2R2 , GG24-3885-00 OfficeVision/400 Integration with CallPath/400 and Fax Support , GG24-3896-00 AS/400 Performance Capacity Planning V2R2 , GG24-3908-00 AS/400 System Availability and Recovery for V2R2 , GG24-3912-00 AS/400 Network Routing Facility , GG24-3918-00 AD/CYCLE Code/400, ADM/400 and ADS/400 , GG24-3928-00 OfficeVision/400 V2 Technical Tips and Techniques , GG24-3937-00 CICS/400 Migration from Mainframe CICS , GG24-4006-00 Using DOS PC Support/400 with Novell NetWare 3.11 and NetWare for SAA 1.3, GG24-4013-00 Ultimedia Video Delivery System/400 , GG24-4020-00 AS/400 Client Series - Products and Positioning , GG24-4027-01 IBM AS/400 Printing III , GG24-4028-00 Performance Benchmarking for the AS/400 , GG24-4030-00 AS/400 and RISC System/6000 Connectivity , GG24-4039-00 Using V2R3 DOS and OS/2 PC Support/400 under OS/2 2.1 , GG24-4070-01 Apple Macintosh and the AS/400 , GG24-4071-00 OfficeVision/400 Application Enabler Version 2 Release 3 , GG24-4072-00 The IBM AS/400 as a TCP/IP Network File Server , GG24-4092-00 ENVY/400 Hints and Tips , GG24-4094-00 Introduction to ENVY/400 , GG24-4126-00 Managing Operations on AS/400s with IBM SAA SystemView OMEGAMON Services/400 , GG24-4136-00 AS/400 Integrated Language Environment , GG24-4148-00 CICS/400 V2R3 Task Book , GG24-4182-00 AS/400 V2R3 Software Life Cycle Mgmt with ADM/400 , GG24-4187-00 An Implementation Guide for AS/400 Security and Auditing including C2, Cryptography, Communications and PC Connectivity , GG24-4200-00 IBM AS/400 APPN Problem Management , GG24-4222-00 DB2/400 Advanced Database Functions , GG24-4249-00 V2R3 PC Support/400 and Microsoft Windows 3.1 Advanced Topics , GG24-4253-00 OfficeVision/400: Printer Setup in an OfficeVision Environment , GG24-4283-00 AS/400 Client Series Handbook , GG24-4285-00 Backup Recovery and Media Services/400 Implementation Tips and Techniques , GG24-4300-00 IBM Current-OV/400 Workgroup Program V1 R1 Modification 0 Refresh 1 , GG24-4377-00 LAN Server/400 A Guide to Using AS/400 as a File Server , GG24-4378-00 Client Access/400 Planning Guide , GG24-4422-00 Implementing Hierarchical Storage on the AS/400 , GG24-4450-00
Preface
xxiii
Acknowledgments
This redbook is the result of a non-ITSO residency run at the IBM Technical Support Network in Switzerland. The advisor for this project was: Stephan Imhof IBM Switzerland We in the ITSO Rochester value Stephan s work and are proud to make this material available to the world wide technical community. Brian R. Smith ITSO, Rochester Center
xxiv
Part 1. Overview
Chapter 1. IBM Technical Support (TS) Network

This document and AS/400 Communications Definitions I , GG24-3449 and AS/400 Communications Definitions II , GG24-3763 are a collection of AS/400 communications definition examples. Complete and consistent definition examples are usually very helpful when defining new connections. However they describe only a specific situation. Therefore, use these examples only in conjunction with the appropriate IBM manuals. These documents do not replace any formal education. We assume that you have a good knowledge of AS/400 communications and that you know the partner systems too. We do not intend to guide you step-by-step through defining the communications link. Our objective is to provide compact, consistent documentation of specific connections with AS/400. To work with these examples, we suggest you first copy them without any changes. Working in this manner minimizes the risk of failing definitions. After the connection is running, it will be less difficult to customize the definitions for your environment and naming conventions. These documents describe AS/400 SNA communications capabilities with:

System/390 RISC/6000 Personal System/2 IBM 5294, IBM 5394, IBM 5494 and IBM 3174.
These SNA communication capabilities can run via various connection types if the partner system also supports them:

SDLC switched and SDLC leased X.25 SVC or PVC Token-Ring LAN (TRLAN) Ethernet
Describing all communications capabilities of each connection type would result in a very large collection of mostly redundant examples. Therefore, we first describe possible connections, for example SDLC switched. Then, in a second section we describe communications capabilities for other connections using a previously described connection. Hopefully, you will find it easy to combine communications capabilities and connections not yet described in this document. We added examples regarding non-SNA communications as well:

BSC Native X.25 ASYNC TCP/IP
1.1 Hardware and Software

The following systems are part of the IBM Technical Support Network at IBM Switzerland. Generally all available communications software is installed on our AS/400 systems and is not mentioned specifically. 1. IBM 5294 - SDLC SDLC support (V.24, 19200 bps) 2. IBM 5294 - X.25 X.25 support (V.24, 19200 bps) 3. IBM 5394 SDLC and X.25 support (V.24, 19200 bps) 4. IBM 5494-2 SDLC, X.25 and TRLAN support (V.24, X.21 and V.35) 5. System/36 Model 5360 ELCA with four lines (V.24, 19200 bps) TRLAN adapter (PC gateway) SSP R5.1 ODF, 5799-CXF X.25 Dynamic Call, 5799-CRA LAN Support, 5727-LC1 PS/36, 5727-WP3 6. System/36 Model 5363 TRLAN adapter SDLC adapter (V.24, 19200 bps) SSP R6 ODF, 5799-CXG LAN Support, 5727-LC6 PS/36, 5727-WP8 7. AS/400, Model B20 The following communication adapters are installed:

V.24, X.21, V.35 TRLAN, 4 Mbps ASCII WSC, 18 ports
OS/400, 5738-SS1, V2R1.1
Communications Utilities, TCP/IP, NetView FTP, OSI/CS, OSI/MS, OSI/FS, and PC Support/400 8. AS/400, Model C25 The following communication adapters are installed:

V.24, X.21, V.35 TRLAN, 16/4 Mbps
OS/400, 5738-SS1, V2R2 TCP/IP and PC Support/400 9. AS/400, Model E45 The following communication adapters are installed:

V.24, X.21, V.35 TRLAN, 4 Mbps Ethernet, 10 Mbps ASCII WSC, 18 ports
OS/400, 5738-SS1, V2R2 Communications Utilities, TCP/IP, NetView FTP, OSI/CS, OSI/MS, OSI/FS, and PC Support/400 10. S/390 Systems IBM 3720, IBM 3725, IBM 3745 with SDLC leased, SDLC switched, X.25, TRLAN and Ethernet interfaces and adapters IBM 3174L as TRLAN gateway IBM 3172 with Ethernet and TRLAN adapters VM/ESA 1.1.0 ACF/VTAM, 3.4.1 RSCS, 3.1.0 NetView, 2.2.0 NetView/Access, 1.3.2 TCP/IP, 2.2.0 MVS/ESA, 4.2.2 JES2, 4.2.2 TSO/E, 2.4.0 CICS/ESA, 3.3.0 IMS/ESA, 3.1.0 ACF/NCP, 4.3.0 (IBM 3725) ACF/NCP, 6.1.0 (IBM 3720/45) X.25 NPSI, 3.5.0
ACF/VTAM, 3.4.1 DISOSS/370, 3.4 OfficeVision/MVS, 1.1 and 1.2 DisplayWrite/370, 1.2.1 and 2.1 NetView/ESA, 2.3.0 NetView DM, 1.4.0 NetCenter, 2.2.0 NetView FTP, V2 NetView/Access, 1.3.2 NPM, 1.6.0 HCF/VTAM, 2.1.0 Samon, 1.1.3 TCP/IP, 2.1.1 NRF, 1.7.0 SNS/SNA Interlink, 1.2.0 A-Net 11. Multi-Vendor Network The MVI part of the TS network includes various IBM and non-IBM systems and workstations such as RS/6000, DEC** MicroVAX** 3300, HP** 9000-720, Apple** PCs, PCs with DOS, Windows**, Netware** and OS/2, IBM 6611, IBM 8209, IBM 8240, IBM 8250, DEC Terminal Server
1.2 Communication Line Assignment

The following table shows how the different communication lines are used.
Sys Lin Prodctive Int Modem Cble Pat Cble Modem Lin Sys Remark tem_1 Nbr LIND fce Type Nbr Pnl Nbr Type Nbr tem_2 AS400BU3 (E45) 011 QESLINE V24 5858 ECS 021 X25LINE V24 A9 Mod_1 47911140 041 TRNLINE TRN 400000009406 051 X21 i/Modem Rack 052 IX21LINE X21 7820 SwNet 067 50 01 41 061 V35 i/Modem Rack 062 V35 i/Modem Rack 071 T314L TRN 3174L 400031740A4A 081 V24 A11 082 S4381LIN2 V24 5811 5169 5183 5812 12 ES9K indep LU 6.2 091 V24 A7 092 V24 A8 101 S400LINE V24 5866 5163 3230 5866 . ASBU1 i/Modem Rack 102 NRFLINE V24 5812 5161 5185 5812 . ES9K 111 S4381LINE V24 5812 5160 5187 5812 8 ES9K dep LUs 112 S36LINE V24 Datec Datec 3 5363 121 ETHLINE ETH 131 QTIPASLIN V24 PMD24 CE Rem Supp 132 V24 A3 141 V24 A6 142 V24 AS400BU4 (B20) 011 QESLINE V24 PMD24 ECS 021 FSC370LIN V24 5812 5164 5063 5812 . ES9K 031 TRNLINE TRN 400000009404 041 V35 i/Modem Rack 051 X25LINE V24 A14 Mod_3 47971013 071 IX21LINE X21 7820 SwNet 067 50 01 42 CHIBMAS3 (C25) 011 QESLINE V24 5858 ECS 061 V24 021 TRNLINE TRN 400000009425 031 X21 041 V24 A1 051 V35 5360 #1 V24 A4 #2 V24 A2 #3 V24 A5 #4 V24 Datec 5167 5184 Datec . ES9K #9 TRN 400000005360 5363 #3 V24 Datec Datec ASBU3 #9 TRN 400000005363 5X94 V24 Datec 5168 5181 Datec . ES9K 5X94 v/SNA SA T2.1
Figure 1. Communication Line Assignment
For permanent in-house connections IBM 5812 modems via IBM cabling system are used. In some cases non-IBM short-distance modems or modem compensators are used. Cable numbers are the ports of the in house cabling system. V.24 modem cables reserved for flexible usage are connected into a patch panel (for example, E45 LIN031 available on patch panel port A3) where they can connected to specific modems using patch cables.
1.3 Modems in the Network

The example network includes various modems, modem compensators and ISDN terminal adapters. However for technical reference purposes we consider the following information as helpful.
IBM Modems IBM 5811-1, IBM 5812-1, IBM 5812-2 IBM 5858-01 IBM 5865-2, IBM 5865-3, IBM 5866-1, IBM 5866-2 IBM 7861-47
Non-IBM Modems PTT: Nokia PMD 9600, Racal-Milgo MPS 4827, ITT FM 300, ITT PMD 2400, Siemens PMD 2401, Schrack PFM 324, ITT BB 19200, Nokia PFM 2402, Siemens NAG 9600 (X.25), Gfeller GBM 9600 (X.25) Non-PTT: Nokia ECM 9632, Datex LDM 24 T
Modem Compensator Retronika CO-1 up to 19200 bps, Retronika CO-1 up to 48 Kbps
ISDN Terminal Adapters IBM 7820-001, Zelcom TA-V.35 and TA-V.24 Swissnet
1.4 SNA/SDLC Network

A network of permanently established SDLC connections allows us to give support without time consuming preparation. Connection between AS/400 E45, B20 and C25 is TRLAN only.
S/390 VM, RSCS MVS, JES2, TSO CICS, IMS NetView, NetView DM, HCF VTAM 3172 3174L 372X 3745 IN AS/400 E45 AS/400 C25 AS400BU3 CHIBMAS3 TR T AS/400 B20 R S/36 M5360 AS400BU4 S36BU3 EC AS/400 S/36 M5363 AS400BU1 S36BU3C
Figure 2. SDLC Leased Connections Network
There are two SDLC connections between the AS/400 E45 and the S/390. On one SDLC link, the AS/400 E45 is defined as SNA T2 node and on the other one as SNA T2.1 node. It is not necessary to have two separate links to support T2 node and T2.1 node on the AS/400. AS/400 defined as T2.1 node can support dependent and independent sessions concurrently.
1.5
TRLAN Network
S/390 VM, RSCS MVS, JES2, TSO CICS, IMS NetView, NetView DM, HCF VTAM 3172 3174L 372X 3745 AS/400 E45 * * * * * AS/400 C25 * * AS400BU3 * TS/EC TRLAN * CHIBMAS3 * 4 Mbps * * * * * * * * AS/400 B20 * * S/36 M5360 * * AS400BU4 * * S36BU3 * * via PC AT * * * * * * * * EC AS/400 * * S/36 M5363 * * AS400BU1 * * S36BU3C * * integr TRLAN Adpt * * * * * * * * * * * * * *
Figure 3. TS TRLAN Network, 4 Mbps
We have a 4 Mbps TRLAN which is connected with the EC TRLAN segment via a local TRLAN bridge. The TRLAN includes PS/2s and other systems as well. AS/400 runs SNA and TCP/IP via TRLAN. Our TRLAN is bridged via IDNX devices via two 512 Kbps links. 3174L is reached via this bridge.
1.6 X.25 Network
10
S/390 VM, RSCS MVS, JES2, TSO CICS, IMS NetView, NetView DM, HCF VTAM 3172 3174 372X 3745 AS/400 E45 * * * * ** * * * * AS/400 C25 * * AS400BU3 * Swiss PSDN/X.25 * CHIBMAS3 * Telepac * * * * * * * * * AS/400 B20 * * S/36 M5360 * * AS400BU4 * * S36BU3 * * * * * * * * * * EC AS/400 * * * 3174 5394 5494 AS400BU1 * * * * IBM VANS, * * AS/400 at WE3, * * International * * * * * * * * * *
Figure 4. X.25 (Telepac) Network
The AS/400s, System/36s and IBM 5X94s share three Telepac links. The AS/400 AS400BU3 permanently uses one of these three links for SNA, TCP/IP and OSI. The EC AS/400 and the S/390 have separate Telepac links.
1.7 ISDN Network
11
TS S/390 VM, RSCS MVS, JES2, TSO CICS, IMS NetView, NetView DM, HCF VTAM 3172 3174 372X 3745 TA AS/400 E45 AS/400 C25 * * ** * * AS400BU3 * * CHIBMAS3 * Swiss * TA ISDN * * * * * * * * * TS AS/400 B20 * Swissnet * TS S/36 M5360 * * AS400BU4 * * S36BU3 * * TA * * * * * * * * * * EC AS/400 * * * * AS400BU1 * * 3174 5394 5494 * * * * * * * * * * * * * *
Figure 5. ISDN Network
One link is available for testing with the System/36 and AS/400 systems. A single basic rate ISDN access provides two 64 Kbps channels. To attach a terminal for example, AS/400, via an old interface like V.35, a terminal adapter is required. We use the IBM 7820 Terminal Adapter, which offers two interfaces. They act as two terminal adapters. With the AS/400 systems we use X.21 interfaces. V.24 and V.35 IBM 7820 modules are available to test these interfaces with AS/400, System/36, PS/2 and terminal controllers too. AS/400 runs SNA/SDLC via the TA and SwissNet.
1.8 Documented Connections for SNA
12
Connections SDLC SDLC X.25 X.25 TRLAN Ether ASYNC ISDN v/SNA with AS/400 swt lsd SVC PVC net TA SA DOS PCS/400 V1 . V1 . V2 . V2 OS/2 ES CM . . . . . . . . V2 IBM 5294 . V1 V1 . . IBM 5394 V2 V2 V2 V2 . V3 IBM 5494 . V3 V3 V3 V3 . V3 IBM 3174 V1 . V1 . V1 V3 AS/400 V1 V1 V1 . V1 V2 V2 V3 V2 System/36 V1 V1 V1 . V1 V2 V2 System/38 V1 V1 V1 . . . S/390 V1 V1 V1 . V1 . V3
Note: V1 Documented in AS/400 Communications Definitions I , GG24-3449 V2 Documented in AS/400 Communications Definitions II , GG24-3763 V3 New in this edition, or updated from previous editions . Supported function, but not documented in a communications example book - Not supported function
Figure 6. Documented Connections for SNA
Not included in this chart:
AS/400 to S/390 via 3174L
1.9 Communications with Peer Systems

The following communications facilities were implemented using the SDLC leased connections.
13
AS/400 AS/400 AS/400 to System/36 to System/38 to AS/400 5250 DSPT V1 V1 V1 DDM V1 V1 V1 SNADS Network V1 V1 V1 ODF SNDNETF V2 V1 V2 SBMNETJOB . . V3 FTS V2 V2 NetView FTP . Office Distribution . . . Library Services . . . APPC File Transfer V2 V2 V2 APPC Interactive . . V2
Note: V1 Documented in AS/400 Communications Definitions I , GG24-3449 V2 Documented in AS/400 Communications Definitions II , GG24-3763 V3 New in this edition or updated from previous editions . Supported function, but not documented in a communications example book - Not supported function
Figure 7. Communications with Peer Systems
1.10 Communications with System/390

The following communications facilities were implemented using mainly SDLC leased connections.
14
AS/400 with System/390 3270 Device Emulation with CICS/VS V1 with IMS/VS V1 SNA Passthrough V3 NRF V3 SNA Primary LU Support V3 Remote Job Entry JES2 V2 VSE/Power V1 DDM with CICS/VS V2 DISOSS Office Distribution V1 Library Services V1 IN Screenmail Service V1 ProgramtoProgram LU 0 with CICS/VS . LU P with IMS/VS . LU 6.2 with CICS/VS Interactive V2 File Transfer . HCF/DHCF including Auto Acquire V1 NetView Distribution Manager Indirect Node Support V1 Direct Node Support V2 NetView FTP V3 Alerts to NetView V1 BSC RSCS Bridge V1 BSC PROFS Bridge V1 SNA VM/MVS Bridge with RSCS V2 with JES2 V2 with OV/VM V3
Note: V1 Documented in AS/400 Communications Definitions I , 3449. V2 Documented in AS/400 Communications Definitions II , GG24-3763 V3 New in this edition or updated from previous editions . Supported function, but not documented in a communications example book
Figure 8. Communications with System/390
15
16
Part 2. Communications with System/390
17
18
Chapter 2. SNA/LEN with AS/400, Different NetID

NetID=CHIBM600 VTAM/NCP CP=CHIBM60A TRLAN TRLAN SDLC AS/400 AS/400 OS/2 Local LU Local LU Local LU =PCASIN1 =AS400BU3 =IBMFLC04 NetID=CHIBM610
Figure 9. Overview of SNA/LEN with AS/400, Different NetID
In this example, PS/2 has OS/2 V2 installed, the AS/400s have OS/400 V2R2 installed, and VTAM has V4R1 installed.
2.1 Definitions on OS/2 2.1.1 SNA T2.1 in NDF File

DEFINE_LOCAL_CP FQ_CP_NAME(CHIBM600.PCASIN ) DESCRIPTION(CP LU Definition 4.3.93) CP_ALIAS(PCASIN ) NAU_ADDRESS(INDEPENDENT_LU) NODE_TYPE(NN) NODE_ID(X29724) HOST_FP_SUPPORT(YES) HOST_FP_LINK_NAME(LINK0001); DEFINE_CONNECTION_NETWORK FQ_CN_NAME(CHIBM600.TSTRN0) ADAPTER_INFO(DLC_NAME(IBMTRNET) ADAPTER_NUMBER(0)) DESCRIPTION(TS-TR Connection Network TSTRN0); ... DEFINE_LOGICAL_LINK LINK_NAME(LINK0001) DESCRIPTION(Link ber LWX zu 3720 Token Ring) FQ_ADJACENT_CP_NAME(CHIBM600.CHIBM60A) ADJACENT_NODE_TYPE(LEN)
19
DLC_NAME(IBMTRNET) ADAPTER_NUMBER(0) DESTINATION_ADDRESS(X400014129800) CP_CP_SESSION_SUPPORT(NO) ACTIVATE_AT_STARTUP(YES) LIMITED_RESOURCE(USE_ADAPTER_DEFINITION) LINK_STATION_ROLE(USE_ADAPTER_DEFINITION) SOLICIT_SSCP_SESSION(YES) EFFECTIVE_CAPACITY(USE_ADAPTER_DEFINITION) COST_PER_CONNECT_TIME(USE_ADAPTER_DEFINITION) COST_PER_BYTE(USE_ADAPTER_DEFINITION) SECURITY(USE_ADAPTER_DEFINITION) PROPAGATION_DELAY(USE_ADAPTER_DEFINITION) USER_DEFINED_1(USE_ADAPTER_DEFINITION) USER_DEFINED_2(USE_ADAPTER_DEFINITION) USER_DEFINED_3(USE_ADAPTER_DEFINITION); DEFINE_LOCAL_LU LU_NAME(PCASIN1 ) DESCRIPTION(Alias = Case sensitive) LU_ALIAS(INAUEN ) NAU_ADDRESS(INDEPENDENT_LU); ... DEFINE_PARTNER_LU FQ_PARTNER_LU_NAME(CHIBM610.IBMFLC04) DESCRIPTION(AS/400 Test NETID) PARTNER_LU_ALIAS(IBMFLC04) PARTNER_LU_UNINTERPRETED_NAME(IBMFLC04) MAX_MC_LL_SEND_SIZE(32767) CONV_SECURITY_VERIFICATION(NO) PARALLEL_SESSION_SUPPORT(YES); ... DEFINE_PARTNER_LU_LOCATION FQ_PARTNER_LU_NAME(CHIBM610.IBMFLC04) DESCRIPTION(AS/400 Test NETID) WILDCARD_ENTRY(NO) FQ_OWNING_CP_NAME(CHIBM600.CHIBM60A) LOCAL_NODE_NN_SERVER(YES); ... DEFINE_MODE MODE_NAME(QPCSUPP ) DESCRIPTION(For 5250 Emulation) COS_NAME(#CONNECT) DEFAULT_RU_SIZE(YES) RECEIVE_PACING_WINDOW(4) MAX_NEGOTIABLE_SESSION_LIMIT(32767) PLU_MODE_SESSION_LIMIT(8) MIN_CONWINNERS_SOURCE(4); DEFINE_DEFAULTS IMPLICIT_INBOUND_PLU_SUPPORT(YES) DESCRIPTION(Created on 02-03-93 at 19:00) DEFAULT_MODE_NAME(BLANK) MAX_MC_LL_SEND_SIZE(32767) DIRECTORY_FOR_INBOUND_ATTACHES(C:\APPCTP) DEFAULT_TP_OPERATION(NONQUEUED_AM_STARTED) DEFAULT_TP_PROGRAM_TYPE(VIO_WINDOWABLE) DEFAULT_TP_CONV_SECURITY_RQD(NO) 20
MAX_HELD_ALERTS(10); ...
2.1.2 5250 Session Assignment

5250 Session Selection Session Number 1... 2... 3... 4... 5... Session Type Terminal Terminal Terminal Not Configured Not Configured
5250 Terminal/Printer Session Assignment 5250 Work Station Feature profile name APPC partner LU alias . . . . . . . . APPC mode name . . . . . . . . . . . . Short session ID . . . . . . . . . . . Enter Esc=Cancel F1=Help F4=List
Figure 10. 5250 Session Assignment
. . . .
. . . .
. . . .
. . . .
. . . .
. . . .
. . . .
. . . .
. . . .
. . . .
IN5250 IBMFLC04 QPCSUPP L
2.2 On AS/400 2.2.1 Network Attributes
Display Network Attributes Current system name . . . . . . . . . . Pending system name . . . . . . . . . Local network ID . . . . . . . . . . . . Local control point name . . . . . . . . Default local location . . . . . . . . . Default mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPN node type . . . . . . . . . . . . . Maximum number of intermediate sessions Route addition resistance . . . . . . . Server network ID/control point name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . : : : : : : : : : : System: AS400BU3 CHIBM600 AS400BU3 AS400BU3 MODLU62 *NETNODE 200 128 CHIBM600 AS400BU3
AS400BU3
Figure 11. SNA/LEN with AS/400, Different NetID, AS/400 Network Attributes
21
2.2.2 Line, Controller Description

CRTLINSDLC LIND(S4381LIN2) RSRCNAME(LIN062) + ONLINE(*YES) ROLE(*SEC) LINESPEED(19200) + TEXT( Leased, PP, to FSC 4381, dep & indep ) CRTCTLHOST CTLD(PC8CM1) LINKTYPE(*SDLC) ONLINE(*YES) + APPN(*YES) LINE(S4381LIN2) + RMTNETID(CHIBM600) RMTCPNAME(CHIBM60A) + SSCPID(05000000A0BE) STNADR(C1) CPSSN(*NO) + NODETYPE(*LENNODE) TEXT( PU(PC8CM1) to + FSC4381 ) AUT(*USE) /* EMULATED SCREEN 3278/9-2 */ CRTDEVHOST DEVD(PC8SM101) LOCADR(01) RMTLOCNAME(FSC4381) + ONLINE(*YES) CTL(PC8CM1) APPTYPE(*EML) + EMLKBD(*LOWER) TEXT(3278 to FSC MVS) + AUT(*USE) CRTDEVHOST DEVD(PC8SM102) LOCADR(02) RMTLOCNAME(FSC4381) + ONLINE(*YES) CTL(PC8CM1) APPTYPE(*EML) + EMLKBD(*LOWER) TEXT(3278 to FSC MVS) + AUT(*USE) CRTDEVHOST DEVD(PC8SM103) LOCADR(03) RMTLOCNAME(FSC4381) + ONLINE(*YES) CTL(PC8CM1) APPTYPE(*EML) + EMLKBD(*LOWER) TEXT(3278 to FSC MVS) + AUT(*USE)
2.2.3 Remote APPN Configuration List
Display Configuration List 15.06.93 Configuration list . . . . . Configuration list type . . Text . . . . . . . . . . . . -----------------APPN Remote Remote Remote Network Local Location ID Location IBMFLC04 CHIBM610 AS400BU3 . . . : QAPPNRMT . . . : *APPNRMT . . . : Remote Configuration List Locations-----------------Remote Control Control Point Secure Point Net ID Loc CHIBM60A CHIBM600 *NO
AS400BU3 10.09.01
Figure 12. SNA/LEN with AS/400, Different NetID, Remote APPN Configuration List
2.2.4 Auto-Created APPC Device Description
22
Display Device 5738SS1 V2R2M0 920925 Device description . . . . . . . Option . . . . . . . . . . . . . Category of device . . . . . . . Automatically created . . . . . Remote location . . . . . . . . Online at IPL . . . . . . . . . Local location . . . . . . . . . Remote network identifier . . . Attached controller . . . . . . Message queue . . . . . . . . . Library . . . . . . . . . . . Local location address . . . . . APPN-capable . . . . . . . . . . Single session . . . . . . . . . Single session capable . . . . Text . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : :
Page 1 AS400BU3 15.06.93 10.12.28 DEVD IBMFLC0400 OPTION *ALL *APPC YES RMTLOCNAME IBMFLC04 ONLINE *NO LCLLOCNAME AS400BU3 RMTNETID CHIBM610 CTL PC8CM1 MSGQ QSYSOPR *LIBL LOCADR 00 APPN *YES SNGSSN *NO TEXT AUTOMATICALLY CREATED
Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . : MODE -------------------------Mode-------------------------*NETATR

Figure 13. SNA/LEN with AS/400, Different NetID, APPC Device Description
2.2.5 Mode Description MODLU62

Display Mode Description Mode description . . . . . . . . . : MODD Class-of-service . . . . . . . . . : COS Maximum sessions . . . . . . . . . : MAXSSN Maximum conversations . . . . . . : MAXCNV Locally controlled sessions . . . : LCLCTLSSN Pre-established sessions . . . . . : PREESTSSN Inbound pacing value . . . . . . . : INPACING Outbound pacing value . . . . . . : OUTPACING Maximum length of request unit . . : MAXLENRU Text . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . : TEXT
MODLU62 #CONNECT 8 8 4 0 7 7 256 MODD of TS Network
Figure 14. SNA/LEN with AS/400, Different NetID, Mode Description
2.3 On IBMFLC04 2.3.1 Network Attributes
23
Display Network Attributes Current system name . . . . . . . . . . Pending system name . . . . . . . . . Local network ID . . . . . . . . . . . . Local control point name . . . . . . . . Default local location . . . . . . . . . Default mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPN node type . . . . . . . . . . . . . Maximum number of intermediate sessions Route addition resistance . . . . . . . Server network ID/control point name . .
Figure 15. Network Attributes on IBMFLC04
. . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . .
: : : : : : : : : :
System: IBMFLC04 CHIBM610 IBMFLC04 IBMFLC04 BLANK *ENDNODE 200 128
IBMFLC04
2.3.2 Line, Controller Description

CRTLINTRN LIND(TRNLINE) RSRCNAME(LIN031) + MAXFRAME(1994) ADPTADR(400024129900) + EXCHID(05600000) TEXT( TRLAN environment ) CRTCTLHOST CTLD(TPCAKC04) LINKTYPE(*LAN) APPN(*YES) + SWTLINLST(TRNLINE) MAXFRAME(1994) + RMTNETID(CHIBM600) RMTCPNAME(CHIBM60A) + ADPTADR(400014129800) CPSSN(*NO) + TEXT( PU=PCAKC04, SWT MAJ Node=PCAJC04 ) CRTDEVHOST DEVD(PCASLC02) LOCADR(02) + RMTLOCNAME(ZCHMVS6) CTL(TPCAKC04) + APPTYPE(*EML) TEXT( LU=PCASLC02 )

Display Configuration List Configuration list . . . . . . . . : Configuration list type . . . . . : Text . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . : QAPPNRMT *APPNRMT Remote APPN Cfgl
-----------------APPN Remote Locations-----------------Remote Remote Control Remote Network Local Control Point Secure Location ID Location Point Net ID Loc AS400BU3 CHIBM600 IBMFLC04 CHIBM60A CHIBM600 *NO
Figure 16. Remote APPN Configuration List
24
2.3.4 Auto-Created APPC Device Description for AS400BU3
Display 5738SS1 V2R2M0 920925 Device description . . . . . . . Option . . . . . . . . . . . . . Category of device . . . . . . . Automatically created . . . . . Remote location . . . . . . . . Online at IPL . . . . . . . . . Local location . . . . . . . . . Remote network identifier . . . Attached controller . . . . . . Message queue . . . . . . . . . Library . . . . . . . . . . . Local location address . . . . . APPN-capable . . . . . . . . . . Single session . . . . . . . . . Single session capable . . . . Text . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Device Description IBMFLC04 15.06.93 09:52:56 . : DEVD AS400BU3 . : OPTION *ALL . : *APPC . : YES . : RMTLOCNAME AS400BU3 . : ONLINE *NO . : LCLLOCNAME IBMFLC04 . : RMTNETID CHIBM600 . : CTL TPCAKC04 . : MSGQ QSYSOPR . : *LIBL . : LOCADR 00 . : APPN *YES . : SNGSSN . : *NO . : TEXT AUTOMATICALLY CREATED

Figure 17. Auto-created APPC Device Description for AS/400
2.3.5 Auto-Created APPC Device Description for PCASIN1
Display 5738SS1 V2R2M0 920925 Device description . . . . . . . Option . . . . . . . . . . . . . Category of device . . . . . . . Automatically created . . . . . Remote location . . . . . . . . Online at IPL . . . . . . . . . Local location . . . . . . . . . Remote network identifier . . . Attached controller . . . . . . Message queue . . . . . . . . . Library . . . . . . . . . . . Local location address . . . . . APPN-capable . . . . . . . . . . Single session . . . . . . . . . Single session capable . . . . Text . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Device Description IBMFLC04 15.06.93 09:52:57 . : DEVD PCASIN . : OPTION *ALL . : *APPC . : YES . : RMTLOCNAME PCASIN . : ONLINE *NO . : LCLLOCNAME IBMFLC04 . : RMTNETID CHIBM600 . : CTL TPCAKC04 . : MSGQ QSYSOPR . : *LIBL . : LOCADR 00 . : APPN *YES . : SNGSSN . : *NO . : TEXT AUTOMATISCH ERSTELLT

Figure 18. Auto-created APPC Device Description for AS/400
25
2.3.6 Mode Description MODLU62
Display Mode Description 15.06.93 Mode description . . . . . . . . . : Class-of-service . . . . . . . Maximum sessions . . . . . . . Maximum conversations . . . . Locally controlled sessions . Pre-established sessions . . . Inbound pacing value . . . . . Outbound pacing value . . . . Maximum length of request unit Text . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . : : : : : : : : : MODLU62 #CONNECT 8 8 4 0 7 7 *CALC TS Testing
IBMFLC04 09:54:04
Figure 19. Mode Description MODLU62
2.3.7 Mode Description QPCSUPP
Display Mode Description 5738SS1 V2R2M0 920925 IBMFLC04 Mode description . . . . . . . . . : QPCSUPP Class-of-service . . . . . . . Maximum sessions . . . . . . . Maximum conversations . . . . Locally controlled sessions . Pre-established sessions . . . Inbound pacing value . . . . . Outbound pacing value . . . . Maximum length of request unit Text . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . : : : : : : : : :
15.06.93
10:11:45
#CONNECT 8 8 4 4 7 7 *CALC AS/400 PC Support Mode
Figure 20. Mode Description QPCSUPP
2.4 VTAM/NCP
************************************************************************ * * * MEMBER ATCSTR0A VTAMLST * * * * VTAM STARTUP OPTIONS - SPEZIELLE START PARAMETER FUER * * HOST MVS1 (4381 CMP AS GWY-SSCP) * * * * 23.11.92 GMY: BEREINIGUNG ADJSSCP-BUSINESS: NO UNCONTROLLED REQS * * 19.05.92 IN DYNLU=YES DEFINIERT * * 01.07.92 IN INCLUDE TNSTAT TO COLLECT VTAM TUNING STATISTICS * * 26.08.92 IN INCLUDE NCPBUFSZ=2048 FOR FASTER REMOTE NCP LOAD * * 28.04.93 IN ADDED XNETALS=YES *
26
************************************************************************ * BUFFER=(BASENO,BUFSIZE,SLOWPT,.,XPANNO,XPANPT,ADJVAL) CRPLBUF=(90,116,0,,,6), RPL-COPY POOL IN PAGEABLE OR VIRT STOR * IOBUF=(110,256,5,,8,6), MESSAGE POOL IN FIXED STOR * LFBUF=(46,120,0,,,2), LARGE POOL IN FIXED STOR * LPBUF=(12,1334,0,,3,), LARGE POOL IN PAGEABLE OR VIRT STOR * SFBUF=(51,64,0,,,), SMALL POOL IN FIXED STOR * SPBUF=(32,96,0,,,), SMALL POOL IN PAGEABLE OR VIRT STOR * WPBUF=(60,184,0,,,4), MSG-CONTROL POOL IN PAGEABLE OR VIRT STOR * HOSTPU=PCAPUS, NETNAME OF VTAM HOST SUBAREA PU * HOSTSA=01, HOST S VTAM SUBAREA * IOINT=1800, PENDING RU-RESPONSE TIME (SEC) * CSALIMIT=2400K, CSA LIMIT * MAXSUBA=15, HIGHEST SUBAREA VALUE * NETID=CHIBM600, NAME (ID) OF NETWORK CONTAINING HOST * NOPROMPT, OPERATOR PROMPT FOR START OPTIONS * NCPBUFSZ=2048, PIU SIZE FOR STATIC LOAD OF REMOTE NCP * SSCPNAME=CHIBM60A, NAME OF THE VTAM SSCP * SSCPORD=DEFINED, SEARCH SSCP TABLE IN CODED ORDER * SSCPDYN=NO, DO NOT ADD UNKNOWN ENTRIES IN SSCPTABLE * DYNASSCP=NO, DO NOT ROUTE TO ALL ADJSSCPS * GWSSCP=YES, VTAM 3.2 REQUIRED PARAMETER FOR ALIAS * CONFIG=0A, LIST OF MAJNODES TO BE ACT (ATCCON..) * PPOLOG=YES, * DYNLU=YES, DYNAMIC DEFINITIONS OF ILU S * TNSTAT, COLLECTION OF VTAM TUNING STATISTICS * XNETALS=YES, ADJNET CAN HAVE DIFFERENT NETID * SSCPID=41150 SSCP ID WHEN PU OR EXT CDRM CONTACTS VTAM * SSCPID OPTION IMMER AM SCHLUSS
2.4.1 For OS/2

************************************************************************ * ************************************************************************ * OS/2 EE2.0 J. INAUEN MODEL 2,3,4,5 SCREENS * ************************************************************************ PCAKIN PU ADDR=C1, SDLC LINK STATION ADDR FOR PU * CPNAME=PCASIN, NAME OF T2.1 NODE * DISCNT=(NO,F), DISC PU IF LAST LU LOGS OFF * DLOGMOD=DYNAMIC, DEFAULT LOGMODE * IRETRY=YES, RETRY POLLING AFTER IDLE TIME OUT * ISTATUS=ACTIVE, VTAM INIT STATUS * MAXDATA=521, MAX AMOUNT (B) PU REC IN ONE TIME * MAXPATH=1, MAX MUN OF DIAL OUT PATHS TO PU * MAXOUT=7, MAX PIU S SENT BEFORE RESPONSE * MODETAB=PCADLMOD, MODETAB * PASSLIM=7, NUM OF CONTIG PIU S NCP - PU * PUTYPE=2, PHYSICAL UNIT TYPE OF PU * PACING=8, VTAM PACING COUNT NCP- PU * VPACING=2, VTAM PACING COUNT VTAM- NCP * USSTAB=PCAUSSTB * STATOPT= IN OS2 * NGFTXT= J. INAUEN PCASIN LU LOCADDR=00 INDEP LU 6.2 * PCASIN2 LU LOCADDR=02,USSTAB=PCAUSSTB, * LOGAPPL=PCAZNVAS,ISTATUS=ACTIVE PCASIN3 LU LOCADDR=03,USSTAB=PCAUSSTB, *
27
PCASIN4 LU PCASIN5 LU PCAPIN6 LU PCAPIN7 LU PCAPIN8 LU *
LOGAPPL=PCAZNVAS,ISTATUS=ACTIVE LOCADDR=04,USSTAB=PCAUSSTB, LOGAPPL=PCAZNVAS,ISTATUS=ACTIVE LOCADDR=05,USSTAB=PCAUSSTB, LOGAPPL=PCAZNVAS,ISTATUS=ACTIVE LOCADDR=06,DLOGMOD=SCS LOCADDR=07,DLOGMOD=LU62, SSCPFM=FSS LOCADDR=08,DLOGMOD=LU62, SSCPFM=FSS
* * SCS PRINTER LU 6.2 LU 6.2
* *
2.4.2 Line, PU, LUs for FSC AS/400, AS400BU3

* ... ************************************************************************ * * * GROUP DEFINITIONS FOR NONDIALED BNN LINES PART 2 * * AS/400 AND POS * * * ************************************************************************ PC8GRP12 GROUP DIAL=NO, SWITCHED LINE CONTROL SUPPORT * LNCTL=SDLC, TYPE OF LINE CONTROL * REPLYTO=1.5, RECOVERY AFTER POLL RESP NOT REC* RNRLIMT=3, MIN AFTER RNR BFORE STATION INOP* TYPE=NCP LINE OPERATION MODE * PC8L12 LINE ADDRESS=(12,HALF), REL. LINE ADDR, COMM OP MODE * CLOCKNG=EXT, INTERNAL/EXTERNAL CLOCKING * DUPLEX=FULL, RTS UP: FULL SEND/REC, HALF SEND* ETRATIO=30, ERROR TO XMIT RATIO (PER MILLE) * LPDATS=LPDA1, MODEM SUPPORTS LPDA * LTRUNC=NO, LINE TRACE DATA COPY TRUNCATION * MAXPU=1, MAX NUM OF PU ON LINK * NRZI=YES, NO-RETURN-TO-ZERO-INVERTED MODE * PAUSE=0.3, AV. DURATION OF POLLING CYCLE * RETRIES=(7,3,5), RECOVERY: RETRIES,PAUSE,SEQ. * SERVLIM=10, NUM OF REG SCANS BEFORE SOT SCAN* SPEED=19200, LINE SPEED IN BPS * SPAN=(PC8V43,LN,LAD012), * ISTATUS=ACTIVE * STATOPT= LINE AS/400 NRZI ** SERVICE ORDER=(PC8CM1) * PC8CM1 PU ADDR=C1, POLLING ADDRESS * ANS=CONTINUE, AUTO NETWORK SHUTDOWN * IRETRY=NO, IMMED. RETRY A POLLING TO ON PU * LPDA=ALLOW, BLOCK/ALLOW LPDA TESTS * MAXDATA=265, MAX AMOUNT OF DATA TO PU (BYTES)* MAXOUT=7, FRAMES SENT TO NCP BEF REQ RESP * PASSLIM=7, NUM OF CONSEC PIU S TO PU * PUTYPE=2, PUTYPE OF SDLC DEVICE ON LINE * DISCNT=NO, VTAM DISC SSCP-LU/PU SESS * ISTATUS=ACTIVE, VTAM INITIAL STATUS * SSCPFM=USSSCS, VTAM USS FORMAT * MODETAB=PCADS400, VTAM DEFAULT LOGMODE TABLE * PACING=7, VTAM PACING COUNT NCP-PU *
28
* * ... * AS400BU3 LU
VPACING=8, XID=YES STATOPT= PU AS/400
VTAM PACING COUNT VTAM-NCP INDEPENDENT LU AS/400
* ... * PC8SM101 LU
LOCADDR=0, LOCAL DEVICE ADDRESS MODETAB=PCADS400, MODETABLE DLOGMOD=MODLU62, VTAM LOGMODE ISTATUS=ACTIVE, VTAM INITIAL STATUS RESSCB=20 NBR OF SESSIONS STATOPT= ILU AS/400 BU3
INDLU62 * * * *
* * PC8SM102 LU
LOCADDR=01, LOCAL DEVICE ADDRESS USSTAB=PCAUSSTB, VTAM USS TABLE DLOGMOD=D4C32782, VTAM DEFAULT LOGMODE ISTATUS=ACTIVE VTAM INITIAL STATUS STATOPT= LU AS400 M2 DSP LOCADDR=02, LOCAL DEVICE ADDRESS USSTAB=PCAUSSTB, VTAM USS TABLE DLOGMOD=D4C32782, VTAM DEFAULT LOGMODE ISTATUS=ACTIVE VTAM INITIAL STATUS STATOPT= LU AS400 M2 DSP LOCADDR=03, LOCAL DEVICE ADDRESS USSTAB=PCAUSSTB, VTAM USS TABLE DLOGMOD=D4C32782, VTAM DEFAULT LOGMODE ISTATUS=ACTIVE VTAM INITIAL STATUS STATOPT= LU AS400 M2 DSP
LU2 DSP * * *
LU2 DSP * * *
* * PC8SM103 LU
LU2 DSP * * *
* *
2.4.2.1 Logon Mode Table PCADS400

Logon Mode Table entries are not used by independent LU 6.2 sessions passing through the SNA Subarea Network. The following table with its entries is not relevant.
************************************************************************ * DSNAME PCADS400 VTAMLST * * USER DEFINED LOGON MODE TABLE FOR HOST PCA * ************************************************************************ PCADS400 MODETAB ************************************************************************ ... ************************************************************************ * LOGICAL UNIT TYPE 6.2 * ************************************************************************ MODLU62 MODEENT LOGMODE=MODLU62, * FMPROF=X 0 0 , TSPROF=X 0 0 , 1,2 * PRIPROT=X 0 0 , SECPROT=X 0 0 , COMPROT=X0000, 3,4,5,6* RUSIZES=X0000, 9,10 * PSNDPAC=X 0 0 , SRCVPAC=X 0 0 , SSNDPAC=X 0 0 , 11,8,7 *
29
PSERVIC=X000000000000000000000000 13-24 * 01 03 05 07 09 11 BIND-BYTE NBR ************************************************************************ ... MODEEND END
2.4.3 PU, LUs for IBMFLC04

************************************************************************ *SWITCHED MAJOR NODE FUER IBMFLC04, BU303 TEST SIMH/IN * * * * IN TEST-NODE 08.06.93 IN * * * ************************************************************************ PCAJC04 VBUILD TYPE=SWNET, * MAXGRP=1, MAX NUM OF GROUP NAMES IN PATH * MAXNO=20 MAX NUM OF DIAL NUMBERS ********************************************************************** PCAKC04 PU ADDR=01, SDLC LINK STATION ADDR FOR PU * CPNAME=IBMFLC04, * DISCNT=(NO,F), DISC PU IF LAST LU LOGS OFF * IRETRY=YES, RETRY POLLING AFTER IDLE TIME OUT * ISTATUS=ACTIVE, VTAM INIT STATUS * MAXDATA=1994, MAX AMOUNT (B) PU REC IN ONE TIME * MAXPATH=1, MAX MUN OF DIAL OUT PATHS TO PU * MAXOUT=7, MAX PIU S SENT BEFORE RESPONSE * NETID=CHIBM610, NETID OF IBMFLC04 * MODETAB=PCADLMOD, * PASSLIM=7, NUM OF CONTIG PIU S NCP - PU * PUTYPE=2, PHYSICAL UNIT TYPE OF PU * PACING=8, VTAM PACING COUNT NCP- PU * VPACING=2, VTAM PACING COUNT VTAM- NCP * USSTAB=PCAUSSTB * STATOPT= SIMH C04 * NGFTXT= SIMH TEST * PATHLC4 PATH DIALNO=0004400024129900, * GRPNM=PC9GLT1, * CALL=INOUT * IBMFLC04 LU LOCADDR=00, INDEP LU 6.2 * RESSCB=4, * DLOGMOD=#CONNECT * PCASLC02 LU LOCADDR=02, DEPENDENT 3270 LU * DLOGMOD=DYNAMIC *
2.5 Usage
To pass through from IBMFLC04 to AS400BU3, use the following CL command:
STRPASTHR RMTLOCNAME(AS400BU3) MODE(MODLU62) RMTNETID(CHIBM600)

To pass through from AS400BU3 to IBMFLC04, use the following CL command:
STRPASTHR RMTLOCNAME(IBMFLC04) MODE(MODLU62) RMTNETID(CHIBM610)
30
2.6 NetView/370 Session List

NLDM.SESS SESSION LIST PAGE 1
NAME: IBMFLC04 DOMAIN: PCAZN ------------------------------------------------------------------------**** PRIMARY **** **** SECONDARY **** SEL# NAME TYPE DOM NAME TYPE DOM START TIME END TIME ( 1) PCASIN ILU PCAZN IBMFLC04 ILU NNNA 06/09 16:46.14 * ACTIVE * ( 2) PCASIN ILU PCAZN IBMFLC04 ILU NNNA 06/09 16:46.14 * ACTIVE * ( 3) IBMFLC04 ILU NNNA AS400BU3 ILU NNNA 06/09 16:46.14 * ACTIVE * ( 4) IBMFLC04 ILU NNNA AS400BU3 ILU NNNA 06/09 16:46.14 * ACTIVE *
ENTER TO VIEW MORE DATA ENTER SEL# (CONFIG), SEL# AND CT (CONN. TEST), SEL# AND STR (TERM REASON) CMD==
Figure 21. NetView/370 Session List
NetView/370 Session Monitor shows four active sessions:
Two from OS/2 to AS/400 IBMFLC04 (one with mode SNASVCMG and one with mode QPCSUPP) Two from AS/400 IBMFLC04 to AS/400 AS400BU3 (one with mode SNASVCMG and one with mode MODLU62.
31
32
Chapter 3. AS/400 SNPT: OS/2 and AS/400 via AS/400 to MVS
ZCHMVS6 VTAM/NCP 3270 5250 AS400BU3 CHIBMAS3 OS/400 TRLAN OS/400 V2R2 V2R2 3270 5250 TRLAN OS/2 CM V1R3 PS/2
Figure 22. Overview of AS/400 SNPT: OS/2 and AS/400 via AS/400 to MVS
SNA Passthrough (SNPT) allows dependent LU-LU sessions from an SNA T2.1 or T2 node to pass through the AS/400 to a System/390. In the above environment:
The OS/2 user gets 5250 sessions with the adjacent AS/400 AS400BU3 as well as transparent 3270 sessions with ZCHMVS6. Four 3270 sessions are configured. The users of AS/400 CHIBMAS3 get 5250 sessions with the adjacent AS/400 AS400BU3 as well as direct 3270 sessions with ZCHMVS6. Only one 3270 session is configured.
3.1 Software Used

MVS/ESA V4R2.2 VTAM V3R4.1 NCP V5R4 OS/400 V2R2
33
OS/2 EE V1R3
3.2 OS/2 CM Definitions

Communication Configuration Menu Configuration file name . . . . . . . . . . . : Configuration file status . . . . . . . . . . : Verified Press F10 to go to the action bar or select the type of profile you want to configure. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. Workstation profile (and auto-start options)... Asynchronous feature profiles 3270 feature profiles SNA feature profiles Server-Requester Programming Interface profile (SRPI)... LAN feature profiles 5250 Workstation Feature profiles X.25 feature profiles Configuration file utilities LENBU3
Figure 23. AS/400 SNPT: OS/2 C M Definitions
3.2.1 SNA Feature Profiles

Display SNA Base Profile Physical unit (PU) name . Network name. . . . . . . Node ID (in hex). . . . . Auto-activate APPC attach . . . . . . . . . . . . manager . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . : : : : PCASSIM0 CHIBM600 00000 No
Figure 24. AS/400 SNPT: OS/2 C M Definitions, SNA Feature Profiles, Base Profile
34
Display IBM Token-Ring Network DLC Adapter Profile
Adapter number . . . . . . . . . Load DLC . . . . . . . . . . . . Maximum number of link stations. Percent of incoming calls. . . . Free unused link . . . . . . . . Congestion tolerance . . . . . . Maximum RU size. . . . . . . . . Send window count. . . . . . . . Receive window count . . . . . . C&SM LAN ID. . . . . . . . . . . Send alert for beaconing . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . .
: : : : : : : : : : :
0 Yes 4 0% No 080% 1920 bytes 2 1 PCAKSIM No
Figure 25. AS/400 SNPT: OS/2 C M Definitions, SNA Feature Profiles, DLC
Display Local APPC Logical Unit Profile LU alias. . . . . . . . . . . . Comment . . . . . . . . . . . . 5050 Local LU LU name . . . . . . . . . . . . Default LU. . . . . . . . . . . LU local address (NAU address). LU session limit. . . . . . . . Maximum number of transaction programs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . : . . . . . . . . . . . . : . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . : : : : A5250LU
PCASSIMO Yes 00 255 8
. . . . . . . . . . . . :
Figure 26. AS/400 SNPT: OS/2 C M Definitions, SNA Feature Profiles, Local LU
Display Partner LU Profile Partner LU alias . . . . . . . . Comment. . . . . . . . . . . . . 5250 Partner LU Fully qualified partner LU name. Partner LU uninterpreted name. . LU alias . . . . . . . . . . . . DLC type . . . . . . . . . . . . IBM Token-Ring Network Adapter number . . . . . . . . . Destination address (in hex) . . Partner LU session limit . . . . Maximum mapped conversation logical record length. . . . . LU-LU session security . . . . Conversation security. . . . . Conversation security verified Permanent connection . . . . . Solicit SSCP Session . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . : . . . . . . . . . . . . : . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . : : : : AS400BU3
CHIBM600.AS400BU3 5250LU
. . . . . . . . . . . . : . . . . . . . . . . . . : . . . . . . . . . . . . : . . . . . . . . . . . . : . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . : : : : :
0 400000009406 64 sessions 32767 bytes No Yes No Yes No
Figure 27 (Part 1 of 2). AS/400 SNPT: OS/2 C M Definitions, SNA Feature Profiles, Partner LU
35
Display Partner LU Profile
Mode Name QPCSUPP
Initial Session Limit 5250ISL
Figure 27 (Part 2 of 2). AS/400 SNPT: OS/2 C M Definitions, SNA Feature Profiles, Partner LU
Display Transmission Service Mode Profile
Mode name . . . . . . . . . . . . Comment . . . . . . . . . . . . . Model Transmission Service Mode Minimum RU size . . . . . . . . . Maximum RU size . . . . . . . . . Receive pacing limit. . . . . . . Session limit . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . : QPCSUPP . . . . : (model only) . . . . : 256 . . . . : 1920 . . . . : 7 . . . . : 64
Figure 28. AS/400 SNPT: OS/2 C M Definitions, SNA Feature Profiles, Modes
Display Initial Session Limit Profile Initial session limit profile. Comment. . . . . . . . . . . . 5250 Session Limit Minimum number of contention winners source. . Minimum number of contention winners target. . Number of automatically activated sessions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . : . . . . . . . . . . . . : 5250ISL
. . . . . . . . . . . . : . . . . . . . . . . . . : . . . . . . . . . . . . :
4 0 1
Figure 29. AS/400 SNPT: OS/2 C M Definitions, SNA Feature Profiles, Session Limits
3.2.2 LAN Feature Profiles
36
Display IEEE 802.2 Token-Ring Profile Adapter number and version . . Load LAN support . . . . . . . Adapter shared RAM address . . Use universally administered address . . . . Adapter address. . . . . . . . Maximum number SAPs. . . . . . Maximum link stations. . . . . Maximum number group SAPs. . . Maximum members per group SAP. Maximum number of users. . . . Transmit buffer size . . . . . Number of transmit buffers . . Receive buffer size. . . . . . Minimum receive buffers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . : . . . . . . . . . . . . . : . . . . . . . . . . . . . : . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . : : : : : : : : : : : 0 - 16/4 /A Yes
No 400000006824 5 12 0 0 4 1944 bytes 2 96 bytes 47
Figure 30 (Part 1 of 2). AS/400 SNPT: OS/2 C M Definitions, LAN Feature Profiles
Display IEEE 802.2 Token-Ring Profile Adapter number and version. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . : Adapter Open options Wrap interface. . . . . . . . . . Contender . . . . . . . . . . . . Override token release default. . Group 1 response timer (T1) . . . . Group 1 acknowledgement timer (T2). Group 1 inactivity timer (Ti) . . . Group 2 response timer (T1) . . . . Group 2 acknowledgement timer (T2). Group 2 inactivity timer (Ti) . . . Number of queue elements. . . . . . Number Global Descriptor Table selectors . . . . . . . . . 0 - 16/A /A
. . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . .
: : : : : : : : : :
No No No 015 003 255 025 010 255 800 30
x x x x x x
40 40 40 40 40 40
ms. ms. ms. ms. ms. ms.
. . . . . . . . . . . :
Figure 30 (Part 2 of 2). AS/400 SNPT: OS/2 C M Definitions, LAN Feature Profiles
3.2.3 5250 WSF Profiles

5250 Terminal/Printer Session Assignment 5250 Workstation Feature profile name APPC partner LU alias . . . . . . . . APPC mode name . . . . . . . . . . . Short session ID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . : : : : 5250D1 AS400BU3 QPCSUPP F
Figure 31. AS/400 SNPT: OS/2 C M Definitions, 5250 WSF Profiles
37
3.2.4 3270 Feature Profiles

Display 3270 Profile 1. Connection 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Session... Session... Session... Session... Session... IBM Token-Ring network A Terminal B Terminal C Terminal D Terminal Not Configured
Figure 32. AS/400 SNPT: OS/2 C M Definitions, 3270 Feature Profiles
Display Network Connection Profile Adapter number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . : Destination address . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . : 0 400000009406
Figure 33. AS/400 SNPT: OS/2 C M Definitions, 3270 Feature Profiles, Destination
Display Logical Terminal Session . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . : Comment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . : Short session ID . . . . . . . . . . . AT keyboard profile name . . . . . . . Enhanced keyboard profile name . . . . Presentation space size . . . . . . . . 25 x 80 (3278/9 mod 2) 1 33 x 80 (3278/9 mod 3) 2 Data transfer buffer size override (kb) LU local address (NAU hex address) . . Unsupported control codes . . . . . . . Display hiphens Activate presentation space print . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . : : : : 1 2 3 4
A B C ACS3ATUK ACS3ENSG
. . . . . . : . . . . . . : . . . . . . : . . . . . . :
0 02
03
04
05
Yes
Figure 34. AS/400 SNPT: OS/2 C M Definitions, 3270 Feature Profiles, Logical Terminal
The above display includes the four configured 3270 terminal sessions. configured with session 1 through 3, 2 is configured with session 4.
1 is
3.3 Definitions on AS/400 CHIBMAS3
38
3.3.1 Token-Ring Line Description

CRTLINTRN LIND(TRNLINE) RSRCNAME(LIN021) MAXCTL(64) + MAXFRAME(1994) ADPTADR(400000009425) + EXCHID(05690587) SSAP((04) (06) (AA)) + TEXT( TS C25 TRLAN adapter LIN021) + AUTOCRTCTL(*YES) AUTODLTCTL(7200)
3.3.2 APPC Controller and Device Descriptions

CRTCTLHOST CTLD(AS400BU3) LINKTYPE(*LAN) APPN(*YES) + SWTLINLST(TRNLINE) RMTNETID(CHIBM600) + RMTCPNAME(AS400BU3) LCLEXCHID(05600C25) + ADPTADR(400000009406) CPSSN(*YES) + NODETYPE(*NETNODE) TEXT( APPN and SNPT ) CRTDEVAPPC DEVD(AS400BU3) RMTLOCNAME(AS400BU3) + LCLLOCNAME(CHIBMAS3) RMTNETID(CHIBM600) + CTL(AS400BU3) MODE(*NETATR) TEXT( Created + by SIMH ) LOCADR(00) CRTDEVHOST DEVD(PCASX405) LOCADR(01) + RMTLOCNAME(ZCHMVS6) CTL(AS400BU3) + APPTYPE(*EML) TEXT( SNPT/3270 to ZCHMVS6 )
3.4 Definitions on AS/400 AS400BU3 3.4.1 For OS/2 and CHIBMAS3: Token-Ring Line Description
/* THE AS/400 TRN ADDRESS IS NOT THE BURNED-IN ONE */
CRTLINTRN LIND(TRNLINE) RSRCNAME(LIN021) MAXCTL(64) + MAXFRAME(1994) ADPTADR(400000009406) + EXCHID(05600000) SSAP((04) (06) (AA)) + TEXT( TS B45 TRLAN adapter LIN021) + AUTOCRTCTL(*YES) AUTODLTCTL(7200)
3.4.2 For OS/2: APPC Controller and Device Descriptions

CRTCTLAPPC CTLD(PCAKSIM) LINKTYPE(*LAN) + SWTLINLST(TRNLINE) RMTNETID(CHIBM600) + RMTCPNAME(PCASSIM0) ADPTADR(400000006824) + TEXT( SIMH s OS/2 for 5250 and 3270 ) CRTDEVAPPC DEVD(PCASSIM0) RMTLOCNAME(PCASSIM0) + ONLINE(*YES) LCLLOCNAME(AS400BU3) + CTL(PCAKSIM) TEXT( ILU 6.2 for 5250) + LOCADR(00) CRTDEVDSP DEVD(PCASSIM2D) DEVCLS(*SNPT) TYPE(3278) + MODEL(0) LOCADR(02) CTL(PCAKSIM) + SNPTDEV(PCASSIM2U) TEXT( SNPT down to + PCAKSIM ) CRTDEVDSP DEVD(PCASSIM3D) DEVCLS(*SNPT) TYPE(3278) + MODEL(0) LOCADR(03) CTL(PCAKSIM) + SNPTDEV(PCASSIM3U) TEXT( SNPT down to +
39
PCAKSIM ) CRTDEVDSP DEVD(PCASSIM4D) DEVCLS(*SNPT) TYPE(3278) + MODEL(0) LOCADR(04) CTL(PCAKSIM) + SNPTDEV(PCASSIM4U) TEXT( SNPT down to + PCAKSIM ) CRTDEVDSP DEVD(PCASSIM5D) DEVCLS(*SNPT) TYPE(3278) + MODEL(0) LOCADR(05) CTL(PCAKSIM) + SNPTDEV(PCASSIM5U) TEXT( SNPT down to + PCAKSIM )
3.4.3 For CHIBMAS3: APPC Controller and Device Descriptions

CRTCTLAPPC CTLD(CHIBMAS3) LINKTYPE(*LAN) APPN(*YES) + SWTLINLST(TRNLINE) RMTNETID(CHIBM600) + RMTCPNAME(CHIBMAS3) EXCHID(05600C25) + ADPTADR(400000009425) NODETYPE(*NETNODE) + TEXT( APPN and SNPT ) CRTDEVAPPC DEVD(CHIBMAS3) RMTLOCNAME(CHIBMAS3) + LCLLOCNAME(AS400BU3) RMTNETID(CHIBM600) + CTL(CHIBMAS3) TEXT( Created by SIMH ) CRTDEVSNPT DEVD(SNPTD32701) LOCADR(01) SNPTCLS(*DOWN) + CTL(CHIBMAS3) SNPTDEV(SNPTU32701) + TEXT( SNPT down to CHIBMAS3 )
3.4.4 For MVS: X.25 Line Description

/**/ /* X.25 LINK 47911140, USED BY TS AS/400 E45 */ /**/ CRTLINX25 LIND(X25LINE) RSRCNAME(LIN012) LGLCHLE((001 + *PVC) (002 *SVCBOTH) (003 *SVCBOTH) (004 + *SVCBOTH) (005 *SVCBOTH) (006 *SVCBOTH) + (007 *SVCBOTH) (008 *SVCBOTH)) + NETADR(47911140) CNNINIT(*LOCAL) + ONLINE(*YES) EXCHID(056EEEEE) + DFTPKTSIZE(128) MAXPKTSIZE(512) + MODULUS(8) DFTWDWSIZE(2) TEXT( X25 link + used by TS AS/400 )
3.4.5 For MVS: Host Controller and Device Descriptions

/**/ /* TS 4381, 3270 */ /**/ CRTCTLHOST CTLD(XPCAKXAS4) LINKTYPE(*X25) ONLINE(*NO) + SWITCHED(*YES) APPN(*NO) + SWTLINLST(X25LINE) MAXFRAME(265) + RMTNETID(CHIBM600) RMTCPNAME(CHIBM60A) + SSCPID(05000000A0BE) CNNNBR(45911061) + NETLVL(1980) TEXT( PUT2.1 PCAKXAS4 via + X.25 to FSC 4381 ) /* ILU 6.2 IS NOT DEFINED HERE, SEE REMOTE APPN CFGL */ 40
/* 3270 SCREENS */ CRTDEVHOST DEVD(XPCASX401) LOCADR(01) + RMTLOCNAME(XFSC4381) ONLINE(*NO) + CTL(XPCAKXAS4) APPTYPE(*EML) + EMLKBD(*LOWER) TEXT(3278 -2, PCASX401 ) CRTDEVHOST DEVD(XPCASX402) LOCADR(02) + RMTLOCNAME(XFSC4381) ONLINE(*NO) + CTL(XPCAKXAS4) APPTYPE(*EML) + EMLKBD(*LOWER) TEXT(3278 -2, PCASX402 ) CRTDEVHOST DEVD(XPCASX403) LOCADR(03) + RMTLOCNAME(XFSC4381) ONLINE(*NO) + CTL(XPCAKXAS4) APPTYPE(*EML) + EMLKBD(*LOWER) TEXT(3278 -2, PCASX403 ) CRTDEVHOST DEVD(XPCASX404) LOCADR(04) + RMTLOCNAME(XFSC4381) ONLINE(*NO) + CTL(XPCAKXAS4) APPTYPE(*EML) + EMLKBD(*LOWER) TEXT(3278 -2, PCASX404 ) /* FOLLOWING DEVICES USED AS SNPT DEVICES: */ CRTDEVSNPT DEVD(SNPTU32701) LOCADR(05) SNPTCLS(*UP) + CTL(XPCAKXAS4) SNPTDEV(SNPTD32701) + TEXT( SNPT 3270 DE for AS3 via BU3 to MVS ) CRTDEVSNPT DEVD(PCASSIM2U) LOCADR(06) SNPTCLS(*UP) + CTL(XPCAKXAS4) SNPTDEV(PCASSIM2D) + TEXT(3270 DE for OS/2, PCASX406 ) CRTDEVSNPT DEVD(PCASSIM3U) LOCADR(07) SNPTCLS(*UP) + CTL(XPCAKXAS4) SNPTDEV(PCASSIM3D) + TEXT(3270 DE FOR OS/2, PCASX407 ) CRTDEVSNPT DEVD(PCASSIM4U) LOCADR(08) SNPTCLS(*UP) + CTL(XPCAKXAS4) SNPTDEV(PCASSIM4D) + TEXT(3270 DE FOR OS/2, PCASX408 ) CRTDEVSNPT DEVD(PCASSIM5U) LOCADR(09) SNPTCLS(*UP) + CTL(XPCAKXAS4) SNPTDEV(PCASSIM5D) + TEXT(3270 DE FOR OS/2, PCASX409 )
3.5 Definition on MVS ZCHMVS6 3.5.1 VTAM Start Parameter List

************************************************************************ * MEMBER ATCSTR0A VTAMLST * * VTAM STARTUP OPTIONS - START PARAMETERS FOR HOST MVS1 * ************************************************************************ * BUFFER=(BASENO,BUFSIZE,SLOWPT,.,XPANNO,XPANPT,ADJVAL) CRPLBUF=(90,116,0,,,6), RPL-COPY POOL IN PAGEABLE OR VIRT STOR * IOBUF=(110,256,5,,8,6), MESSAGE POOL IN FIXED STOR * LFBUF=(46,120,0,,,2), LARGE POOL IN FIXED STOR * LPBUF=(12,1334,0,,,3), LARGE POOL IN PAGEABLE OR VIRT STOR * SFBUF=(51,64,0,,,), SMALL POOL IN FIXED STOR * SPBUF=(32,96,0,,,), SMALL POOL IN PAGEABLE OR VIRT STOR * WPBUF=(60,184,0,,,4), MSG-CONTROL POOL IN PAGEABLE OR VIRT STOR * HOSTPU=PCAPUS, NETNAME OF VTAM HOST SUBAREA PU * HOSTSA=01, HOST SUBAREA NUMBER (= DEFAULT) * MAXSUBA=15, MAX SUBAREA NUMBER IN NETWORK * NETID=CHIBM600, NETWORK IDENTIFIER * NOPROMPT, OPERATOR PROMPT FOR START OPTIONS *
41
SSCPNAME=CHIBM60A, GWSSCP=YES, CONFIG=0A, SSCPID=41150
NAME VTAM LIST SSCP
OF VTAM SSCP 3.2 REQUIRED PARAMETER FOR ALIAS OF MAJNODES TO BE ACT (ATCCON..) ID WHEN PU OR EXT CDRM CONTACTS VTAM
* * * *
3.5.2 for AS400BU3

*********************************************************************** * * * VTAM ADAPTATION FOR X25/NPSI * * * *********************************************************************** PCAJXS3X VBUILD TYPE=SWNET, * MAXGRP=1, MAX NUM OF GROUP NAMES IN PATH * MAXNO=20 MAX NUM OF DIAL NUMBERS * * ... PCAKXAS4 PU ADDR=C1, CPNAME=AS400BU3, IDBLK=056, IDNUM=FFFFF, DISCNT=(NO,F), IRETRY=NO, ISTATUS=ACTIVE, MAXDATA=1929, MAXOUT=7, MAXPATH=1, MODETAB=PCADS400, PASSLIM=7, PUTYPE=2, SSCPFM=USSSCS, USSTAB=PCAUSSTB SDLC LINK STATION ADDR FOR PU AS400 CONTROL POINT NAME (SSCPNAME) 12 B BLK NUM ASSIGNED TO DEVICE 20 B ID NUM ASSIGNED TO STATION DISC PU IF LAST LU LOGS OFF RETRY POLLING AFTER IDLE TIME OUT VTAM INIT STATUS MAX AMOUNT (B) PU REC IN ONE TIME MAX PIU S SENT BEFORE RESPONSE NUM OF DIAL-OUT PATHS TO PU VTAM LOG MODE TABLE NUM OF CONTIG PIU S NCP - PU PHYSICAL UNIT TYPE OF PU VTAM USS FORMAT VTAM USS TABLE * * * * * * * * * * * * * *
* X25PATH3 PATH DIALNO=4791114000101*08400, TELEFONE NUMBER*IDNUM GID=1, PATH GROUP IDENTIFIER GRPNM=PC8GSVC2, NAME OF GROUP IN NCP MAJNODE PID=1, PATH IDENTIFIER REDIAL=1, NUM OF REDIAL BEFORE DIAL ERROR USE=YES PATH INITIALLY USABLE * PCASX400 LU LOCADDR=0, INDEPENDANT LU FUER PU2.1 DLOGMOD=MODLU62, DEFAULT LOG MODE TABLE ENTRY ISTATUS=ACTIVE, VTAM INIT STATUS VPACING=1 1ST STAGE PACING VALUE PCASX401 LU LOCADDR=1, LOCAL LU ADDR AT PU DLOGMOD=DYNAMIC, LOGON MODE ENTRY LOGAPPL=PCAZNVAS, LOGON APPL ISTATUS=ACTIVE, VTAM INIT STATUS VPACING=1 1ST STAGE PACING VALUE PCASX402 LU LOCADDR=2, LOCAL LU ADDR AT PU DLOGMOD=DYNAMIC, DEFAULT LOG MODE TABLE ENTRY ISTATUS=ACTIVE, VTAM INIT STATUS VPACING=1 1ST STAGE PACING VALUE PCASX403 LU LOCADDR=3, LOCAL LU ADDR AT PU DLOGMOD=D4C32782, DEFAULT LOG MODE TABLE ENTRY ISTATUS=ACTIVE, VTAM INIT STATUS VPACING=1 1ST STAGE PACING VALUE
* * * * *
* * * * * * * * * * * * *
42
... PCASX405 LU LOCADDR=5, DLOGMOD=D4C32782, ISTATUS=ACTIVE, VPACING=1 LOCADDR=6, MODETAB=PCADTR20, DLOGMOD=RS32792, LOGAPPL=PCAZNVAS, ISTATUS=ACTIVE, VPACING=1 LOCAL LU ADDR AT PU DEFAULT LOG MODE TABLE ENTRY VTAM INIT STATUS 1ST STAGE PACING VALUE LOCAL LU ADDR AT PU VTAM LOG MODE TABLE DEFAULT LOG MODE TABLE ENTRY LOGON APPL VTAM INIT STATUS 1ST STAGE PACING VALUE * * * * * * * *
PCASX406 LU
... PCASX408 LU LOCADDR=8, MODETAB=PCADTR20, DLOGMOD=RS32792, LOGAPPL=PCAZNVAS, ISTATUS=ACTIVE, VPACING=1 LOCADDR=9, MODETAB=PCADLMOD, DLOGMOD=LSX32703, LOGAPPL=PCAZNVAS, ISTATUS=ACTIVE, VPACING=1 LOCAL LU ADDR AT PU VTAM LOG MODE TABLE DEFAULT LOG MODE TABLE ENTRY LOGON APPL VTAM INIT STATUS 1ST STAGE PACING VALUE LOCAL LU ADDR AT PU VTAM LOG MODE TABLE DEFAULT LOG MODE TABLE ENTRY LOGON APPL VTAM INIT STATUS 1ST STAGE PACING VALUE * * * * * * * * * *
PCASX409 LU
3.6 Matching Parameters
43
AS/400 Link to MVS Line Description LIND(X25LINE) Controller Description CTLD(XPCAKXAS4) CNNNBR(45911061) Device Description DEVD(XPCASX401) LOCADR(01) ... 10
MVS Link to AS/400 PCAKXAS4 PU PCASX400 LU LOCADDR=01 ... PCASX405 LU LOCADDR=05 PCASX406 LU LOCADDR=06 ...
11 10 12
DEVD(SNPTU32701) LOCADR(05) 11 SNPTCLS(*UP) SNPTDEV(SNPTD32701) DEVD(PCASSIM2U) LOCADR(06) 12 SNPTCLS(*UP) SNPTDEV(PCASSIM2D) ... AS400BU3 Link to OS/2, CHIBMAS3 Line Description LIND(TRNLINE) + ADPTADR(400000009406) 1 Controller APPC Description CTLD(PCAKSIM) 3 ADPTADR(400000006824) 2 4 1 Device APPC Description DEVD(PCASSIM0) 2 LCLLOCNAME(AS400BU3) 4 RMTLOCNAME(PCASSIM0) 3 Device Display Description DEVD(PCASSIM2D) DEVCLS(*SNPT) 5 TYPE(3278) LOCADR(02) 5 SNPTDEV(PCASSIM2U) ... Controller APPC Description CTLD(CHIBMAS3) ADPTADR(400000009425) 6 6 Device APPC Description DEVD(CHIBMAS3) LCLLOCNAME(AS400BU3) 8 1 RMTLOCNAME(CHIBMAS3) 7 Device SNPT Description DEVD(SNPTD32701) 7 SNPTCLS(*DOWN) 8 LOCADR(01) 9 SNPTDEV(SNPTU32701)
OS/2 EE V1R3 CM PU=PCASSIM0 Local LU=PCASSIM0 Partner LU=AS400BU3 DestAddr=400000009406 Mode=QPCSUPP TR Addr=400000006824
3270 Profile Session 1 2 3 4 ID A B C H LU Addr 02 03 04 05
CHIBMAS3 Link to AS400BU3 Line Description LIND(TRNLINE) ADPTADR(400000009425) Controller Host Description CTLD(AS400BU3) ADPTADR(400000009406) Device APPC Description DEVD(AS400BU3) LCLLOCNAME(CHIBMAS3) RMTLOCNAME(AS400BU3) Device Host Description DEVD(PCASX405) APPTYPE(*EML) LOCADR(01)
Figure 35. Matching Parameters, SNPT: OS/2 and AS/400
44
Chapter 4. AS/400 SNA Primary LU Support (SPLS)

AS/400 SNA Primary LU Support (SPLS) allows 3270 display stations and printers in the SNA Subarea network to directly communicate with an SNA Subarea attached AS/400. With OS/400 V2R2 SPLS is a PRPQ. SPLS support will be included in OS/400 V2R3. The SPLS function is similar to the Network Routing Facility (NRF), but SPLS does not require any additional software with VTAM/NCP.
TS ES/9000 MVS/ESA VTAM TRLAN NCP NCP TRLAN AS/400 3174 1x 3191 1x 4224
Figure 36. Overview: AS/400 SNA Primary LU Support
4.1 Software Used

MVS/ESA V4R2.2 VTAM V3R4.1 NCP V4R3.1 (IBM 3725) OS/400 V2R2 SPLS PRPQ, 5799-FBN, R1.0
45
4.2 VTAM/NCP Definitions 4.2.1 IBM 3174 Switched Major Node

*====================================================================== * VTAM SWITCHED MAJOR NODE J. INAUEN/ ST. IMHOF * * SPLS TESTS 30.03.93 STARTED *====================================================================== * PCAJNRF VBUILD TYPE=SWNET * *---------------------------------------------------------------------* CONFIGURATION : 3174 -- SWITCHED -- 3720 -- MVS1 * SWITCHED CAN BE: TOKENRING, SWITCHED LINE OR X.25 * * * DESCRIPTION : THE 3174 IS A 51R MODEL BUT CONFIGURED AS A 53R * (ALTERNATE CONFIGURATION) *---------------------------------------------------------------------* PCAKSPLS PU ADDR=C1, IGNORED FOR TOKENRING * IDBLK=017, IDENTIFICATION BLOCK * IDNUM=41114, IDENTIFICATION NUMBER * PUTYPE=2, PU TYPE 2.0 * MAXDATA=265, MAXIMUM PIU (RU+RH+TH) SIZE * MAXOUT=7, NUMBER OF PIU BEFORE ACKNOWLEDGE * PASSLIM=7, NUMBER OF PIU SEND AT ONCE FROM NCP * MODETAB=PCADNRF, LOGON MODE TABLE NAME * SSCPFM=USSSCS, LU SUPPORTS CHARACTER CODED RU * USSTAB=PCAUSSTB, USS DEFINITION TABLE NAME * PACING=0, * VPACING=0, * ISTATUS=ACTIVE * STATOPT=3174 * NGFTXT=3174 * PCASSPL1 LU LOCADDR=02, LU LOCAL ADDRESS (TERMINAL) * DLOGMOD=SD82HD MODEENT IN MODETAB * PCAPSPL4 LU LOCADDR=03, LU LOCAL ADDRESS (PRINTER) LU1 * DLOGMOD=SCSPTR, LOCAL PRINTER ON TERMINAL PORT 2 * USSTAB=ISTINCDT
4.2.2 AS/400 Switched Major Node

PCAJTEST VBUILD TYPE=SWNET, * MAXGRP=1, MAX NUM OF GROUP NAMES IN PATH * MAXNO=25 MAX NUM OF DIAL NUMBERS *********************************************************************** * AS/400, SIMH 3 X MODEL 2 SCREENS * *********************************************************************** PCAKTRIA PU ADDR=C1, SDLC LINK STATION ADDR FOR PU * IDBLK=056, 12 B BLK NUM ASSIGNED TO DEVICE * IDNUM=00E45, 20 B ID NUM ASSIGNED TO STATION * DISCNT=(NO,F), DISC PU IF LAST LU LOGS OFF * IRETRY=YES, RETRY POLLING AFTER IDLE TIME OUT *
46
* * TRPATHA PATH DIALNO=0004400000009406, DIAL NUMBER GID=1,PID=1, PATH GROUP/DIAL IDENTIFIER GRPNM=PC9GLT1, GROUP LABEL IN NCP MAJNODE REDIAL=1,USE=YES REDIAL BEFORE ERROR / USE THIS NUM * SPLSBU3 LU LOCADDR=00, INDEPENDENT LU SPLS RESSCB=16, RESOURCES ISTATUS=ACTIVE VTAM INITIAL STATUS * STATOPT= SPLS *DEVINIT * PCASTIA0 LU LOCADDR=01, LOCAL DEVICE ADDRESS AS/400 M2 MODETAB=PCADTR20,DLOGMOD=RS32792, LOGAPPL=PCAZS,ISTATUS=ACTIVE * STATOPT= NTRI AS/400 M2 PCASTIA1 LU LOCADDR=02, LOCAL DEVICE ADDRESS AS/400 M2 MODETAB=PCADTR20,DLOGMOD=RS32792, LOGAPPL=PCAZS,ISTATUS=ACTIVE * STATOPT= NTRI AS/400 M2 PCASTIA2 LU LOCADDR=03, LOCAL DEVICE ADDRESS AS/400 M2 MODETAB=PCADTR20,DLOGMOD=RS32792, LOGAPPL=PCAZS,ISTATUS=ACTIVE * STATOPT= NTRI AS/400 M2 PCASTIA3 LU LOCADDR=05, LOCAL DEVICE ADDRESS AS/400 M2 MODETAB=PCADNRF, MODETABLE DLOGMOD=TRNHD0, VTAM LOGMODE PACING=1, VTAM PACING COUNT NCP- PU ISTATUS=ACTIVE * STATOPT= SPLS *CTLSSN *
ISTATUS=ACTIVE, VTAM INIT STATUS MAXDATA=1024, MAX AMOUNT (B) PU REC IN ONE TIME MAXOUT=7, MAX PIU S SENT BEFORE RESPONSE MAXPATH=1, MAX MUN OF DIAL OUT PATHS TO PU PASSLIM=7, NUM OF CONTIG PIU S NCP - PU PUTYPE=2, PHYSICAL UNIT TYPE OF PU SSCPFM=USSSCS, VTAM USS FORMAT PACING=1, VTAM PACING COUNT NCP- PU USSTAB=PCAUSSTB, VTAM USS TABLE VPACING=2 VTAM PACING COUNT VTAM- NCP STATOPT= NTRI AS/400
* * * * * * * * *
* * *
* *
* *
* *
* *
* * * *
4.2.3 VTAM Logon Mode Table

********************************************************************** * * * CREATED BY : JOSEF INAUEN 18/12/91 * * USED BY : AS/400 NRF AND SPLS * * OWNER : STEPHAN IMHOF / JOSEF INAUEN * * * * IN LAST CHANGE : 18.06.92 RUSIZES VON 8585 AUF 87C7 GEAENDERT. * * SD82, SD82HD * * IN LAST CHANGE : 25.06.92 SD82L,SD82HDL RUSIZE 8585 FOR 3174-01L * * IN LAST CHANGE : 29.04.93 TRNHD0 ADDED FOR AS/400 SPLS * * * ********************************************************************** PCADNRF MODETAB *********************************************************************** * LOGMODE PAIR FOR 24X80 TERMINAL --PACING=0, 1024/1536 BYTE RU*
47
*********************************************************************** SD82 MODEENT LOGMODE=SD82, 3270 LOGMODE * FMPROF=X 0 3 , TSPROF=X 0 3 , 1,2 * PRIPROT=X B1 , SECPROT=X 9 0 , COMPROT=X3080, 3,4,5,6* RUSIZES=X87 C7 , 9,10 * PSERVIC=X020000000000185018507F00 13-24 * 01 03 05 07 09 11 BIND-BYTE NBR * SD82HD MODEENT LOGMODE=SD82HD, 3270 LOGMODE * FMPROF=X 0 3 , TSPROF=X 0 3 , 1,2 * PRIPROT=X B1 , SECPROT=X 9 0 , COMPROT=X3081, 3,4,5,6* RUSIZES=X87 C7 , 9,10 * SSNDPAC=X 0 1 , SRCVPAC=X 0 1 , PSNDPAC=X 0 1 , * PSERVIC=X020000000000185018507F00 13-24 * 01 03 05 07 09 11 BIND-BYTE NBR * SD82L MODEENT LOGMODE=SD82L, 3270 LOGMODE * FMPROF=X 0 3 , TSPROF=X 0 3 , 1,2 * PRIPROT=X B1 , SECPROT=X 9 0 , COMPROT=X3080, 3,4,5,6* RUSIZES=X8585, 9,10 * PSERVIC=X020000000000185018507F00 13-24 * 01 03 05 07 09 11 BIND-BYTE NBR * SD82HDL MODEENT LOGMODE=SD82HDL, AS/400 LOGMODE * FMPROF=X 0 3 , TSPROF=X 0 3 , 1,2 * PRIPROT=X B1 , SECPROT=X 9 0 , COMPROT=X3081, 3,4,5,6* RUSIZES=X8585, 9,10 * SSNDPAC=X 0 0 , SRCVPAC=X 0 0 , PSNDPAC=X 0 0 , * PSERVIC=X020000000000185018507F00 13-24 * 01 03 05 07 09 11 BIND-BYTE NBR * TRNHD0 MODEENT LOGMODE=TRNHD0, AS/400 PLU LOGMODE * FMPROF=X 0 3 , TSPROF=X 0 3 , 1,2 * PRIPROT=X B1 , SECPROT=X B0 , COMPROT=X3081, 3,4,5,6* RUSIZES=X A8A8 , 9,10 * PSNDPAC=X 0 1 , SRCVPAC=X 0 1 , SSNDPAC=X 0 1 , 11,8,7 * PSERVIC=X028000000000000000000200 13-24 * 01 03 05 07 09 11 BIND-BYTE NBR * *********************************************************************** * LOGMODE PAIR FOR 328X PRINTER - PACING=1, 1024/1536 BYTE RU * *********************************************************************** SCSPTR MODEENT LOGMODE=SCSPTR, 3270 LOGMODE * FMPROF=X 0 3 , TSPROF=X 0 3 , 1,2 * PRIPROT=X B1 , SECPROT=X 9 0 , COMPROT=X3080, 3,4,5,6* RUSIZES=X8585, 9,10 * SSNDPAC=X 0 1 , SRCVPAC=X 0 1 , PSNDPAC=X 0 1 , * PSERVIC=X01000000E100000000000000 13-24 * 01 03 05 07 09 11 BIND-BYTE NBR * SCSPTRR MODEENT LOGMODE=SCSPTRR, AS/400 LOGMODE * FMPROF=X 0 3 , TSPROF=X 0 3 , 1,2 * PRIPROT=X B1 , SECPROT=X 9 0 , COMPROT=X3081, 3,4,5,6* RUSIZES=X8585, 9,10 * SSNDPAC=X 0 1 , SRCVPAC=X 0 1 , PSNDPAC=X 0 1 , * PSERVIC=X01000000E100000000000000 13-24 * 01 03 05 07 09 11 BIND-BYTE NBR *
48
*********************************************************************** 00328000 DYNAMIC MODEENT LOGMODE=DYNAMIC,FMPROF=X 0 3 , TSPROF=X 0 3 , 1,2 *00329000 PRIPROT=X B1 , SECPROT=X 9 0 , COMPROT=X3080, 3,4,5,6*00329100 RUSIZES=X87 C7 , 9,10 *00329200 PSNDPAC=X 0 1 , SRCVPAC=X 0 3 , SSNDPAC=X 0 0 , 11,8,7 *00329300 PSERVIC=X028000000000000000000300 13-24 00329400 * 01 03 05 07 09 11 BIND-BYTE NBR 00329500 * 00330000 *********************************************************************** * 3X74 LOCAL SNA WITH 3279 MODEL 2 SCREEN (3179) * * PRIMARY SCREEN 24 X 80 (1920) * * ALTERNATE SCREEN N/A * *********************************************************************** LS32792 MODEENT LOGMODE=LS32792, * FMPROF=X 0 3 , TSPROF=X 0 3 , 1,2 * PRIPROT=X B1 , SECPROT=X 9 0 , COMPROT=X3080, 3,4,5,6* RUSIZES=X87 C7 , 9,10 * PSNDPAC=X 0 1 , SRCVPAC=X 0 0 , SSNDPAC=X 0 0 , 11,8,7 * PSERVIC=X028000000000185000007E00 13-24 * 01 03 05 07 09 11 BIND-BYTE NBR * *********************************************************************** * 3X74 LOCAL SNA WITH 3279 MODEL 3 SCREEN (3179-G) * * PRIMARY SCREEN 24 X 80 (1920) * * ALTERNATE SCREEN 32 X 80 (2560) * *********************************************************************** LS32793 MODEENT LOGMODE=LS32793,FMPROF=X 0 3 , TSPROF=X 0 3 , 1,2 * PRIPROT=X B1 , SECPROT=X 9 0 , COMPROT=X3080, 3,4,5,6* RUSIZES=X87 C7 , 9,10 * PSNDPAC=X 0 1 , SRCVPAC=X 0 3 , SSNDPAC=X 0 0 , 11,8,7 * PSERVIC=X028000000000185020507F00 13-24 * 01 03 05 07 09 11 BIND-BYTE NBR * MODEEND END
4.3 AS/400 Definitions

PGM
CRTLINTRN LIND(TRNLINE) RSRCNAME(LIN041) + ADPTADR(400000009406) CRTCTLHOST CTLD(TPCAKTRIA) LINKTYPE(*LAN) APPN(*YES) + SWTLINLST(TRNLINE) RMTNETID(CHIBM600) + RMTCPNAME(CHIBM60A) SSCPID(05000000A0BE) + ADPTADR(400000000010) CPSSN(*NO) + NODETYPE(*LENNODE) TEXT( FSC 4381 via TRN + and 3720 PU=PCAKTRIA ) /* EMULATED SCREEN 3278/9-2 */ CRTDEVHOST DEVD(PCASTIA0) LOCADR(01) RMTLOCNAME(TFSC4381) + ONLINE(*YES) CTL(TPCAKTRIA) APPTYPE(*EML) + EMLKBD(*LOWER) TEXT(3278 to FSC MVS VIA TRN) + AUT(*USE) CRTDEVHOST DEVD(PCASTIA1) LOCADR(02) RMTLOCNAME(TFSC4381) + ONLINE(*YES) CTL(TPCAKTRIA) APPTYPE(*EML) +
49
EMLKBD(*LOWER) TEXT(3278 to FSC MVS VIA TRN) + AUT(*USE) CRTDEVHOST DEVD(PCASTIA2) LOCADR(03) RMTLOCNAME(TFSC4381) + ONLINE(*YES) CTL(TPCAKTRIA) APPTYPE(*EML) + EMLKBD(*LOWER) TEXT(3278 to FSC MVS VIA TRN) + AUT(*USE) /* SPLS */ /* *DEVINIT DEVICE FOR DISPLAY S */ CRTDEVDSP DEVD(SPLSBU3) DEVCLS(*RMT) TYPE(3277) + MODEL(0) LOCADR(00) CTL(TPCAKTRIA) + DROP(*NO) APPTYPE(*DEVINIT) + TEXT( SPLS/*DEVINIT device ) /* *DEVINIT DEVICE FOR PRINTER */ CRTDEVPRT DEVD(PCAPSPL4) DEVCLS(*RMT) TYPE(3287) + MODEL(0) LOCADR(00) CTL(TPCAKTRIA) + APPTYPE(*APPINIT) INACTTMR(*SEC15) + RMTLOCNAME(PCAPSPL4) LCLLOCNAME(SPLSBU3) + TEXT( SPLS/*APPINIT, printer at 3174 ) *CTLSSN DEVICE, TO WHICH 3270 USERS LOG ON */ CRTDEVDSP DEVD(SPLSCTL) DEVCLS(*RMT) TYPE(3277) + MODEL(0) LOCADR(05) CTL(TPCAKTRIA) + APPTYPE(*CTLSSN) LCLLOCNAME(SPLSBU3) + TEXT( SPLS/*CTLSSN device ) ENDPGM
/*
4.4 Parameter Overview and Relation

VTAM/NCP Definitions AS/400 IBM 3174 AS/400 PU PCAKSPLS PU PCAKTRIA LOGON 3191 LU PCASSPL1 LU PCASTIA3 DEVD LOCADDR(05) *CTLSSN LU SPLSBU3 DEVD BIND *DEVINIT 4224 LU PCAPSPL4 LU AS400BU3 DEVD *APPINIT STRPRTWTR Note : LU AS400BU3 is dynamically created IBM 3174
Figure 37. SPLS, I B M 3174 and AS/400 Parameter Overview and Relation
50
4.5 Operation and Status Display 4.5.1 Status after Activation

All components are powered on and all communication resources are activated:

In VTAM/NCP: 3174 PU/LUs, AS/400 Line/PU/LUs With IBM 3174: IMPL is done, display and printer are powered on In AS/400: Line, controller and device descriptions are varied on
With NetView/370 the following status is displayed.
NCCF N E T V I E W PCAZN SIMH 30/06/93 10:28:29 T ORIGIN OPER/JOB C PCAZN SIMH DISPLAY NET,ID=PCAKSPLS,SCOPE=ALL PCAZN SIMH IST097I DISPLAY ACCEPTED PCAZN SIMH IST075I NAME = PCAKSPLS , TYPE = PU_T2 IST486I STATUS= ACTIV , DESIRED STATE= ACTIV IST136I SWITCHED SNA MAJOR NODE = PCAJNRF IST081I LINE NAME = J0008061, LINE GROUP = PC8GTRL2, MAJNOD = PC8V43 IST654I I/O TRACE = OFF, BUFFER TRACE = OFF IST355I LOGICAL UNITS: IST080I PCASSPL1 ACTIV PCAPSPL4 ACTIV IST314I END -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
???
Figure 38. Operation and Status Display for the I B M 3174
NCCF T ORIGIN - PCAZN
N E T V I E W PCAZN SIMH 30/06/93 10:27:04 OPER/JOB SIMH DSI020I OPERATOR SIMH LOGGED ON FROM TERMINAL PCASAN02 USING PROFILE (DSIPROFM ), HCL ( ) - PCAZN SIMH DSI083I AUTOWRAP STOPPED C PCAZN SIMH CNM357I PFKDEF : PF KEY SETTINGS NOW ESTABLISHED. C PCAZN SIMH + : DISPFK TO SEE YOUR PF KEY SETTINGS - PCAZN SIMH DSI633I DEFAULTS COMMAND SUCCESSFULLY COMPLETED C PCAZN SIMH DISPLAY NET,ID=PCAKTRIA,SCOPE=ALL PCAZN SIMH IST097I DISPLAY ACCEPTED PCAZN SIMH IST075I NAME = PCAKTRIA , TYPE = PU_T2.1 IST486I STATUS= ACTIV , DESIRED STATE= ACTIV IST1043I CP NAME = AS400BU3, CP NETID = CHIBM600, DYNAMIC LU = YES IST136I SWITCHED SNA MAJOR NODE = PCAJTR20 IST081I LINE NAME = J0008057, LINE GROUP = PC8GTRL2, MAJNOD = PC8V43 IST654I I/O TRACE = OFF, BUFFER TRACE = OFF IST355I LOGICAL UNITS: IST080I PCASTIA0 ACTIV PCASTIA1 ACTIV PCASTIA2 ACTIV IST080I PCASTIA3 ACTIV IST314I END ------------------------------------------------------------------------------???
Figure 39. Operation and Status Display for AS/400 SPLS Environment
51
Using CL command WRKCFGSTS *CTL TPCAKTRIA
Work with Configuration Status 30.06.93
AS400BU3 10.29.24
Position to . . . . . Starting characters Type options, press Enter. 1=Vary on 2=Vary off 5=Work with job 8=Work with description 9=Display mode status ... Opt Description Status -------------Job-------------TPCAKTRIA ACTIVE PCASTIA0 VARIED ON PCASTIA1 VARIED ON PCASTIA2 VARIED ON PCAZC1 ACTIVE PCAZC102 ACTIVE SPLSBU3 VARY ON PENDING PCAPSPL4 VARIED ON PCASTIA3 VARIED ON Bottom Parameters or command === F3=Exit F4=Prompt F12=Cancel F23=More options F24=More keys
Figure 40. Status on AS/400
4.6 Usage
The next steps performed by the user are:
LOGON from any 3270 screen to AS/400 using the following command:
LOGON APPLID(PCASTIA3)
Start a spool writer for the printer attached to the IBM 3174, using the following CL command:
STRPRTWTR DEV(PCAPSPL4)
The changed status of the VTAM LUs and the AS/400 configuration objects follow:
NCCF N E T V I E W PCAZN SIMH 30/06/93 10:35:16 T ORIGIN OPER/JOB C PCAZN SIMH DISPLAY NET,ID=PCAKSPLS,SCOPE=ALL PCAZN SIMH IST097I DISPLAY ACCEPTED PCAZN SIMH IST075I NAME = PCAKSPLS , TYPE = PU_T2 IST486I STATUS= ACTIV , DESIRED STATE= ACTIV IST136I SWITCHED SNA MAJOR NODE = PCAJNRF IST081I LINE NAME = J0008061, LINE GROUP = PC8GTRL2, MAJNOD = PC8V43 IST654I I/O TRACE = OFF, BUFFER TRACE = OFF IST355I LOGICAL UNITS: IST080I PCASSPL1 ACT/S PCAPSPL4 ACT/S IST314I END -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
???
Figure 41. Changed Status for the I B M 3174
52
NCCF T ORIGIN PCAZN C PCAZN PCAZN PCAZN IST075I IST486I IST1043I IST136I IST081I IST654I IST355I IST080I IST080I IST080I IST314I
N E T V I E W PCAZN SIMH 30/06/93 10:36:07 OPER/JOB SIMH SIMH DISPLAY NET,ID=PCAKTRIA,SCOPE=ALL SIMH IST097I DISPLAY ACCEPTED SIMH NAME = PCAKTRIA , TYPE = PU_T2.1 STATUS= ACTIV--L--, DESIRED STATE= ACTIV CP NAME = AS400BU3, CP NETID = CHIBM600, DYNAMIC LU = YES SWITCHED SNA MAJOR NODE = PCAJTR20 LINE NAME = J0008057, LINE GROUP = PC8GTRL2, MAJNOD = PC8V43 I/O TRACE = OFF, BUFFER TRACE = OFF LOGICAL UNITS: PCASTIA0 ACTIV PCASTIA1 ACTIV PCASTIA2 ACTIV PCASTIA3 ACTIV AS400BU3 ACT/S SPLSBU3 ACT/S END
??? ***
Figure 42. Changed Status for AS/400
Work with Configuration Status 30.06.93
AS400BU3 10.35.50
Position to . . . . . Starting characters Type options, press Enter. 1=Vary on 2=Vary off 5=Work with job 8=Work with description 9=Display mode status ... Opt Description Status -------------Job-------------TPCAKTRIA ACTIVE PCASTIA0 VARIED ON PCASTIA1 VARIED ON PCASTIA2 VARIED ON PCAZC1 ACTIVE PCAZC102 ACTIVE SPLSBU3 VARY ON PENDING PCAPSPL4 ACTIVE/WRITER PCAPSPL4 QSPLJOB 131453 PCASTIA3 VARIED ON PCASTIA SIGNON DISPLAY Bottom Parameters or command === F3=Exit F4=Prompt F12=Cancel F23=More options F24=More keys
Figure 43. Changed Status on AS/400
4.7 Session Termination with AS/400

After signing off AS/400, the SPLS user remains on the AS/400 signon screen. In order to release the SPLS session, the user may use the procedure we already introduced with NRF. It is CL command and CL program ENDNRF. See 5.5, AS/400 NRF Device Release Program on page 68. After the user signs off, a batch job is submitted, that varies off and on the 3270 device. OS/400 V2R3 offers a new parameter with the CL command SIGNOFF ENDCNN(*YES).
53
54
Chapter 5. AS/400 Network Routing Facility (NRF) Support

AS/400 Network Routing Facility Support (NRF) is a SW product installed with NCP. It is a PRPQ on AS/400. When appropriately configured, NRF support allows any SNA 3270 display station in the SNA network to access a NCP/VTAM attached AS/400. To the user, the attachment appears as though the AS/400 is the SNA host. NRF is a newer and better solution than HCF/DHCF. NRF also supports printed output transfer from an AS/400 to an 3270 SCS printer.
IBM 4381 MVS/ESA VTAM SDLC leased NCP NCP, NRF TRLAN AS/400 3174 1x 3191 1x 4224
Figure 44. Passing Through a SNA Subarea Network to an AS/400
In our scenario, the 3174 attached 3270 screen is permanently assigned to a NRF LU. However any other 3270 screen in the SNA subarea network may logon to an available NRF LU. The connection between the AS/400 and VTAM/NCP may be used for any other SNA based communications, for example 3270 DE. This connection is documented in our example as well.
5.1 Software Used

MVS/ESA V4R2.2 VTAM V3R4.1 NCP V5R4 NRF R6 OS/400 V2R1.0
55
NRF PRPQ, pre-release version
5.2 Definitions 5.2.1 VTAM/NCP

OPTIONS USERGEN=(CXRNRF,FNMNDFGN,X25NPSI), * NEWDEFN=(YES,ECHO,NOSUPP) *---------------------------------------------------------------------* * TITLE PC7V54X FUER 3720-11 MIT 2 CA TYPE5 * *********************************************************************** * 3720-11 AT TS BU3 * * NEWNAME = PC7V54 * *---------------------------------* * SUBAREA = 07 * * ACF/NCP V5R4.0 - NPSI V3R4.0 * * MAXBFRU = 24 * * ACF/SSP V3R6.0 - NRF R6 * * MAXSUBA = 15 * *---------------------------------* * UNITSZ = 256 * * CREATION-DATE : 20.03.92 IN * * VERSION = V5R4 * *********************************************************************** * NET = | NET = | NET = * * CHIBM600 | CHIBM6X0 |CHIBM000* * 4381-T92 | | * * +----------+ +-------------+-+ +-+--------* * | MVS2 +--------------007----+ 3725 1.5M|S| |S| IBM-IN * * | | --009----+ PC8V43 |A|--L32-|A| DCE * * | PCM-SA07 | +----------006----+ GW-NCP |1| |2| ENGINE * * | | | +------008----+ PC8-SA08 |8| |8|DCE-SA19* * | ZCHMVS7 | | | +------+------+-+ +-+--------* * +----------+ | | | L8 * * | MVS1 | | | +------+------+ * * | +---+ | | 3720 1M | * * | PCA-SA01 | | | PC9V54 | 4...10 +---------+* * | +-------|-------028---+ TR-GATEWAY +--------| FSC-RING|* * | ZCHMVS6 | | | PC9-SA09 | +----+----+* * | +-------|---+ +------+------+ | * * +----------+ | | | L6 +++ * * | VM/XA | | | +------+------+ |B| * * | | | | | 3720 2M | +++ * * | PCE-SA10 +-------+ +---048---+ PC7V54 | | * * | | | TEST-NCP | +----+----+* * | ZCHVM6 +---------------049---+ PC7-SA07 | | EC-RING |* * +----------+ +-------------+ +---------+* * * *********************************************************************** * LINE PROT SPEED MODE NRZI TYPE DATE RES-NAME * * 00 HDLC 4800 HDX NO PSDN . . PC7.00.. X.25 TCP/IP * * 01 HDLC 4800 HDX NO PSDN . . PC7.01.. X.25 SNA *
... ************************************************************************ * BUILD DESCRIPTION OF 3720 * ************************************************************************ BLDPC7 BUILD ADDSESS=150, INDEPENDENT LU-LU SESSION * AUXADDR=150, ADDDRESSES FOR INDDEP LUS * BFRS=128, NCP BUFFER SIZE (B) * BRANCH=100, D ENTRIES IN BRANCH TRACE TABLE * CWALL=26, D NCP-BUFFER RESERVES * 56
DSABLTO=3.0, D TIMEOUT FOR FAIL OF DS READY * ENABLTO=60.0, TIMEOUT FOR FAIL OF DS READY * LOADLIB=LOAD3725, DDNAME OF NCP LOADLIB IN PROCLIB* LTRACE=2, MAX # LI TRACED CONCURRENT X25=2* MAXSSCP=4, MAX # HOST/TCU CONCURR. ACTIVE * MAXSUBA=15, UPPER LIM OF SUBAREA ADDRESSES * MODEL=3720, COMM CONTROLLER MODEL * NETID=CHIBM600, NETID * NEWNAME=PC7V54, LOADMOD NAME IN 15-1-92 * NUMHSAS=5, # HOSTS CONCURR COMM WITH NCP * NPA=YES, NPA (NPM) INCLUDED * NRF.TRCTABL=1000, NRF TRACE TABLE SIZE * OLT=NO, ONLINE TERM & LINE TEST FAC INCL* PATHEXT=4, EXTRA DEST SA S FOR DYNAMIC PATH* PRTGEN=(GEN), D PRINT MACRO GENERATED STMTS * SESSACC=(YES,ALL,100,256,64), NPM SESSION ACCOUNTING * SLODOWN=12, D MIN PERCENT NCP BFRS BEFORE SLO * SUBAREA=07, SUBAREA ADDRESS OF THIS NCP * TGBXTRA=4, EXTRA TG S FOR DYNAMIC PATH * TRACE=NO, D ADDRESS TRACE OPTION INCLUDED * TRANSFR=48, NBR PIU S NCP - HOST * TYPGEN=NCP, NCP * TYPSYS=MVS, HOST OPERATING SYSTEM * USGTIER=1, D USAGE TIER * VERSION=V5R4, NCP VERSION FOR THIS COMC * VRPOOL=(20,10), # OF VIRTUAL ROUTE ENTRIES * X25.IDNUMH=7, 1ST 2 BYTES OF IDNUM * X25.MAXPIU=32640, MAX PIU SIZE DEFAULT * X25.MCHCNT=2, NUM OF PHYSICAL CHANNELS * X25.MWINDOW=7, FRAME WINDOW SIZE DEFAULT * X25.PREFIX=X, D 1ST LETTER IN DEFAULT RES NAMING * X25.SNAP=NO SNAP FACILITY * ************************************************************************ ...
5.2.1.1 SDLC Link to AS/400

* ************************************************************************ * * * GROUP DEFINITIONS FOR NONDIALED BNN LINE AS/400 NRF-TEST * * * ************************************************************************ PC7GRPN GROUP DIAL=NO, SWITCHED LINE CONTROL SUPPORT * OWNER=CHIBM60A, VTAM CONTROLLING RESOURCE * LNCTL=SDLC, TYPE OF LINE CONTROL * REPLYTO=1.0, RECOVERY AFTER POLL RESP NOT REC* RNRLIMT=3, MIN AFTER RNR BFORE STATION INOP* TYPE=NCP LINE OPERATION MODE * *********************************************************************** * * * LINE, PU, LU DEFINITIONS FOR BNN LINKS AS/400 NRF-TESTS * * * *********************************************************************** PC7L7 LINE ADDRESS=(7,HALF), REL. LINE ADDR, COMM OP MODE * CLOCKNG=EXT, INTERNAL/EXTERNAL CLOCKING *
57
* ** * PC7CI1
DUPLEX=FULL, RTS UP: FULL SEND/REC, HALF SEND* ETRATIO=30, ERROR TO XMIT RATIO (PER MILLE) * LPDATS=LPDA1, MODEM SUPPORTS LPDA * LTRUNC=NO, LINE TRACE DATA COPY TRUNCATION * MAXPU=1, MAX NUM OF PU ON LINK * NRZI=YES, NO-RETURN-TO-ZERO-INVERTED MODE * PAUSE=0.3, AV. DURATION OF POLLING CYCLE * RETRIES=(7,3,5), RECOVERY: RETRIES,PAUSE,SEQ. * SERVLIM=10, NUM OF REG SCANS BEFORE SOT SCAN* SPEED=9600, LINE SPEED IN BPS * ISTATUS=ACTIVE STATOPT= LINE AS400 NRF SERVICE ORDER=(PC7CI1) PU ADDR=C1, ANS=CONTINUE, IRETRY=NO, LPDA=ALLOW, MAXDATA=265, MAXOUT=7, PASSLIM=7, PUTYPE=2, DISCNT=NO, ISTATUS=ACTIVE, SSCPFM=USSSCS, MODETAB=PCADNRF, PACING=0, VPACING=0 STATOPT= PU AS400 NRF POLLING ADDRESS * AUTO NETWORK SHUTDOWN * IMMED. RETRY A POLLING TO ON PU * BLOCK/ALLOW LPDA TESTS * MAX AMOUNT OF DATA TO PU (BYTES)* FRAMES SENT TO NCP BEF REQ RESP * NUM OF CONSEC PIU S TO PU * PUTYPE OF SDLC DEVICE ON LINE * VTAM DISC SSCP-LU/PU SESS * VTAM INITIAL STATUS * VTAM USS FORMAT * VTAM DEFAULT LOGMODE TABLE * VTAM PACING COUNT NCP-PU * VTAM PACING COUNT VTAM-NCP
* * PC7SI101 LU LOCADDR=01, LOCAL DEVICE DLOGMOD=SD82HD, VTAM DEFAULT LOGAPPL=PC7NRA01, VTAM DEFAULT ISTATUS=ACTIVE VTAM INITIAL * STATOPT= LU AS400 NRF-BS * PC7SI102 LU LOCADDR=02, LOCAL DEVICE DLOGMOD=SD82HD, VTAM DEFAULT LOGAPPL=PC7NRA02, VTAM DEFAULT ISTATUS=ACTIVE VTAM INITIAL * STATOPT= LU AS400 NRF-BS * PC7SI103 LU LOCADDR=03, LOCAL DEVICE DLOGMOD=SD82HD, VTAM DEFAULT LOGAPPL=PC7NRA03, VTAM DEFAULT ISTATUS=ACTIVE VTAM INITIAL * STATOPT= LU AS400 NRF-BS * PC7PI104 LU LOCADDR=04, LOCAL DEVICE DLOGMOD=SCSPTRR, VTAM DEFAULT LOGAPPL=PC7NRA04, VTAM DEFAULT ISTATUS=ACTIVE VTAM INITIAL * STATOPT= NRF-PRT AS400 SCS * PC7SI105 LU LOCADDR=05, LOCAL DEVICE DLOGMOD=DYNAMIC, VTAM DEFAULT LOGAPPL=PCAZNVAS, VTAM DEFAULT
ADDRESS LU2 NRF * LOGMODE * APPLICATION * STATUS
ADDRESS LU1 SCS * LOGMODE * APPLICATION * STATUS
ADDRESS LU2 LOGMODE APPLICATION
* * *
58
ISTATUS=ACTIVE * STATOPT= LU AS400 * PC7SI106 LU LOCADDR=06, DLOGMOD=SD82HD, LOGAPPL=PC7NRA05, ISTATUS=ACTIVE * STATOPT= LU AS400 * PC7SI107 LU LOCADDR=07, DLOGMOD=SD82HD, LOGAPPL=PC7NRA05, ISTATUS=ACTIVE * STATOPT= LU AS400 * PC7SI108 LU LOCADDR=08, DLOGMOD=SD82HD, LOGAPPL=PC7NRA05, ISTATUS=ACTIVE * STATOPT= LU AS400 * PC7SI109 LU LOCADDR=09, DLOGMOD=SD82HD, LOGAPPL=PC7NRA05, ISTATUS=ACTIVE * STATOPT= LU AS400 * ...
BS
VTAM INITIAL STATUS
LOCAL DEVICE VTAM DEFAULT VTAM DEFAULT VTAM INITIAL NRF-BS LOCAL DEVICE VTAM DEFAULT VTAM DEFAULT VTAM INITIAL NRF-BS LOCAL DEVICE VTAM DEFAULT VTAM DEFAULT VTAM INITIAL NRF-BS LOCAL DEVICE VTAM DEFAULT VTAM DEFAULT VTAM INITIAL NRF-BS
5.2.1.2 NRF Definitions

* * ************************************************************************ * NRF (NETWORK ROUTING FACILITY) VIRTUAL DEFINITIONS IN/SIMH * ************************************************************************ * * GROUP DEFINITIONS FOR NRF * * ************************************************************************ PC7GNRF GROUP DIAL=NO, * LNCTL=SDLC, LINE CONTROL TYPE IN THIS GRP * ISTATUS=ACTIVE, * OWNER=CHIBM60A, VTAM CONTROLLING RESOURCE * PACING=0, NO PACING ON REX STAGE * VIROWNER=CXRNRF, * VIRTUAL=YES, * VPACING=0 NO PACING ON VR STAGE * *======================================================================* * LINE DEFINITION FOR NRF * *======================================================================* PC7LNRF LINE LINECB=CXRXLNK, * LINEFVT=CXRXFVT, * LUFVT=(CXRXFVT,CXRXFVT), * PUFVT=CXRXFVT * *--------------------------------------------------------------------* PU, LU STAEMENTS FOR NRF SESSION PARTNER ROUTING
59
*--------------------------------------------------------------------* AS/400 PARTNER LU S *--------------------PC7NRA PU PUTYPE=2 * PC7NRA01 LU NRF.SESSPART=PC7NRB01,LOCADDR=01 PC7NRA02 LU NRF.SESSPART=PC7NRB02,LOCADDR=02 PC7NRA03 LU NRF.SESSPART=PC7NRB03,LOCADDR=03 PC7NRA04 LU NRF.SESSPART=PC7NRB04,LOCADDR=04,VPACING=1 PC7NRA05 LU NRF.SESSPART=PC7NRB05,LOCADDR=05,NUMSESS=10 *------------------* 3270 PARTNER LU S *------------------PC7NRB PU PUTYPE=2 * PC7NRB01 LU NRF.SESSPART=PC7NRA01,LOCADDR=01 PC7NRB02 LU NRF.SESSPART=PC7NRA02,LOCADDR=02 PC7NRB03 LU NRF.SESSPART=PC7NRA03,LOCADDR=03,VPACING=2 PC7NRB04 LU NRF.SESSPART=PC7NRA04,LOCADDR=04,VPACING=1, * NRF.AUTOINIT=(PCAPNRF4,SCSPTR) PC7NRB05 LU NRF.SESSPART=PC7NRA05,LOCADDR=05,NUMSESS=10 * ... ************************************************************************ GENEND END
5.2.1.3 IBM 3174 Switched Major Node

*====================================================================== * VTAM SWITCHED MAJOR NODE J. INAUEN/ ST. IMHOF * * NRF TESTS 08.01.92 *====================================================================== * PCAJNRF VBUILD TYPE=SWNET * *---------------------------------------------------------------------* CONFIGURATION : 3174 -- SWITCHED -- 3720 -- MVS1 * SWITCHED CAN BE: TOKENRING, SWITCHED LINE OR X.25 * * LAST CHANGE : CREATION DATE: 08.01.92 * LAST CHANGE : CHANGE NAMING CONVENTION LOGAPPL DATE: 13.01.92 * * DESCRIPTION : THE 3174 IS A 51R MODEL BUT CONFIGURED AS A 53R * (ALTERNATE CONFIGURATION) *---------------------------------------------------------------------* PCAKNRF PU ADDR=C1, IGNORED FOR TOKENRING * IDBLK=017, IDENTIFICATION BLOCK * IDNUM=41114, IDENTIFICATION NUMBER * PUTYPE=2, PU TYPE 2.0 * MAXDATA=265, MAXIMUM PIU (RU+RH+TH) SIZE * MAXOUT=7, NUMBER OF PIU BEFORE ACKNOWLEDGE * PASSLIM=7, NUMBER OF PIU SEND AT ONCE FROM NCP * MODETAB=PCADNRF, LOGON MODE TABLE NAME * SSCPFM=USSSCS, LU SUPPORTS CHARACTER CODED RU * USSTAB=PCAUSSTB, USS DEFINITION TABLE NAME * 60
* * * PCASNRF1 LU
PACING=0, VPACING=0, ISTATUS=ACTIVE STATOPT=3174 NGFTXT=3174 LOCADDR=02, LU LOCAL ADDRESS (TERMINAL) LOGAPPL=PC7NRB01, DLOGMOD=SD82 MODEENT IN MODETAB LOCADDR=03, DLOGMOD=SCSPTR, USSTAB=ISTINCDT LU LOCAL ADDRESS (PRINTER) LU1 LOCAL PRINTER ON TERMINAL PORT 2
* *
* *
* PCAPNRF4 LU
* *
5.2.1.4 VTAM Logon Mode Table

************************************************************************ * * * CREATED BY : JOSEF INAUEN 18/12/91 * * USED BY : AS/400 NRF SESSION PARTNER ROUTING * * OWNER : STEPHAN IMHOF * * * * LAST CHANGE : * * * ************************************************************************ PCADNRF MODETAB ************************************************************************ * LOGMODE PAIR FOR 24X80 TERMINAL --PACING=0, 256 BYTE RU * ************************************************************************ SD82 MODEENT LOGMODE=SD82, 3270 LOGMODE * FMPROF=X 0 3 , TSPROF=X 0 3 , 1,2 * PRIPROT=X B1 , SECPROT=X 9 0 , COMPROT=X3080, 3,4,5,6* RUSIZES=X8585, 9,10 * PSERVIC=X020000000000185018507F00 13-24 * 01 03 05 07 09 11 BIND-BYTE NBR * SD82HD MODEENT LOGMODE=SD82HD, AS/400 LOGMODE * FMPROF=X 0 3 , TSPROF=X 0 3 , 1,2 * PRIPROT=X B1 , SECPROT=X 9 0 , COMPROT=X3081, 3,4,5,6* RUSIZES=X8585, 9,10 * SSNDPAC=X 0 0 , SRCVPAC=X 0 0 , PSNDPAC=X 0 0 , * PSERVIC=X020000000000185018507F00 13-24 * 01 03 05 07 09 11 BIND-BYTE NBR * ************************************************************************ * LOGMODE PAIR FOR 328X PRINTER - PACING=1, 256 BYTE RU * ************************************************************************ SCSPTR MODEENT LOGMODE=SCSPTR, 3270 LOGMODE * FMPROF=X 0 3 , TSPROF=X 0 3 , 1,2 * PRIPROT=X B1 , SECPROT=X 9 0 , COMPROT=X3080, 3,4,5,6* RUSIZES=X8585, 9,10 * SSNDPAC=X 0 1 , SRCVPAC=X 0 1 , PSNDPAC=X 0 1 , * PSERVIC=X01000000E100000000000000 13-24 * 01 03 05 07 09 11 BIND-BYTE NBR * SCSPTRR MODEENT LOGMODE=SCSPTRR, AS/400 LOGMODE * FMPROF=X 0 3 , TSPROF=X 0 3 , 1,2 * PRIPROT=X B1 , SECPROT=X 9 0 , COMPROT=X3081, 3,4,5,6* RUSIZES=X8585, 9,10 * SSNDPAC=X 0 1 , SRCVPAC=X 0 1 , PSNDPAC=X 0 1 , *
61
PSERVIC=X01000000E100000000000000 13-24 * 01 03 05 07 09 11 BIND-BYTE NBR * ************************************************************************ DYNAMIC MODEENT LOGMODE=DYNAMIC,FMPROF=X 0 3 , TSPROF=X 0 3 , 1,2 * PRIPROT=X B1 , SECPROT=X 9 0 , COMPROT=X3080, 3,4,5,6* RUSIZES=X87 C7 , 9,10 * PSNDPAC=X 0 3 , SRCVPAC=X 0 3 , SSNDPAC=X 0 0 , 11,8,7 * PSERVIC=X028000000000000000000300 13-24 * 01 03 05 07 09 11 BIND-BYTE NBR * ************************************************************************ * 3X74 LOCAL SNA WITH 3279 MODEL 2 SCREEN (3179) * * PRIMARY SCREEN 24 X 80 (1920) * * ALTERNATE SCREEN N/A * ************************************************************************ LS32792 MODEENT LOGMODE=LS32792, * FMPROF=X 0 3 , TSPROF=X 0 3 , 1,2 * PRIPROT=X B1 , SECPROT=X 9 0 , COMPROT=X3080, 3,4,5,6* RUSIZES=X87 C7 , 9,10 * PSNDPAC=X 0 0 , SRCVPAC=X 0 0 , SSNDPAC=X 0 0 , 11,8,7 * PSERVIC=X028000000000185000007E00 13-24 * 01 03 05 07 09 11 BIND-BYTE NBR * ************************************************************************ * 3X74 LOCAL SNA WITH 3279 MODEL 3 SCREEN (3179-G) * * PRIMARY SCREEN 24 X 80 (1920) * * ALTERNATE SCREEN 32 X 80 (2560) * ************************************************************************ LS32793 MODEENT LOGMODE=LS32793,FMPROF=X 0 3 , TSPROF=X 0 3 , 1,2 * PRIPROT=X B1 , SECPROT=X 9 0 , COMPROT=X3080, 3,4,5,6* RUSIZES=X87 C7 , 9,10 * PSNDPAC=X 0 3 , SRCVPAC=X 0 3 , SSNDPAC=X 0 0 , 11,8,7 * PSERVIC=X028000000000185020507F00 13-24 * 01 03 05 07 09 11 BIND-BYTE NBR * MODEEND END
5.2.2 AS/400 Definitions

PGM VRYCFG DLTLIND MONMSG DLTCTLD MONMSG DLTDEVD MONMSG CFGOBJ(NRFLINE) CFGTYPE(*LIN) STATUS(*OFF) LIND(NRFLINE) MSGID(CPF0000) CTLD(NRFCTL) MSGID(CPF0000) DEVD(NRFDEV0*) MSGID(CPF0000)
CRTLINSDLC LIND(NRFLINE) RSRCNAME(LIN082) ROLE(*SEC) + TEXT( PC7L7 Leased, PP, to TS4381 for NRF + only ) CRTCTLHOST CTLD(NRFCTL) LINKTYPE(*SDLC) APPN(*NO) + LINE(NRFLINE) STNADR(C1) TEXT( PU PC7CI1 + of TS4381 ) 62
/* NRF DEVICES */ CRTDEVDSP DEVD(NRFDEV01) DEVCLS(*RMT) TYPE(3279) + MODEL(0) LOCADR(01) CTL(NRFCTL) + APPTYPE(*NRF) TEXT( NRF PC7SI101 ) CRTDEVDSP DEVD(NRFDEV02) DEVCLS(*RMT) TYPE(3279) + MODEL(0) LOCADR(02) CTL(NRFCTL) + APPTYPE(*NRF) TEXT( NRF PC7SI102 ) CRTDEVDSP DEVD(NRFDEV03) DEVCLS(*RMT) TYPE(3279) + MODEL(0) LOCADR(03) CTL(NRFCTL) + APPTYPE(*NRF) TEXT( NRF PC7SI103 ) CRTDEVPRT DEVD(NRFDEV04) DEVCLS(*RMT) TYPE(3287) + MODEL(0) LOCADR(04) CTL(NRFCTL) + APPTYPE(*NRF) LOGON( LOGON + APPLID(PC7NRA04) LOGMODE(SCSPTRR)) + TEXT( NRF PC7PI104 ) /* 3270 DEVICE EMULATION */ CRTDEVHOST DEVD(NRFDEV05) LOCADR(05) RMTLOCNAME(NRFMVS) + CTL(NRFCTL) APPTYPE(*EML) TEXT( PC7SI105, + 3270DE via NRF Link ) /* NRF DEVICES USED WITH MULTI-SESSION SUPPORT */ CRTDEVDSP DEVD(NRFDEV06) DEVCLS(*RMT) TYPE(3279) MODEL(0) LOCADR(06) CTL(NRFCTL) + APPTYPE(*NRF) TEXT( NRF PC7SI106 ) CRTDEVDSP DEVD(NRFDEV07) DEVCLS(*RMT) TYPE(3279) MODEL(0) LOCADR(07) CTL(NRFCTL) + APPTYPE(*NRF) TEXT( NRF PC7SI107 ) CRTDEVDSP DEVD(NRFDEV08) DEVCLS(*RMT) TYPE(3279) MODEL(0) LOCADR(08) CTL(NRFCTL) + APPTYPE(*NRF) TEXT( NRF PC7SI108 ) CRTDEVDSP DEVD(NRFDEV09) DEVCLS(*RMT) TYPE(3279) MODEL(0) LOCADR(09) CTL(NRFCTL) + APPTYPE(*NRF) TEXT( NRF PC7SI109 ) VRYCFG ENDPGM +
CFGOBJ(NRFLINE) CFGTYPE(*LIN) STATUS(*ON)
5.3 Parameter Overview and Relation
63
VTAM 3174 LU NCP/NRF LU Definitions Definitions
AS/400 Definitions VTAM LUs AS/400 DEVDs
Display: PC7SI101 NRFDEV01 PCASNRF1 SESSPART PC7NRA01 LOGAPPL LOGAPPL PC7NRB01 SESSPART PC7SI102 NRFDEV02 SESSPART PC7NRA02 LOGAPPL PC7NRB02 SESSPART PC7SI103 NRFDEV03 SESSPART PC7NRA03 LOGAPPL PC7NRB03 SESSPART Printer: PC7PI104 NRFDEV04 PCAPNRF4 SESSPART PC7NRA04 LOGAPPL LOGON APPLID AUTOINIT PC7NRB04 SESSPART PC7SI106 NRFDEV06 SESSPART PC7NRA05 LOGAPPL PC7NRB05 SESSPART NUMSESS=10 NUMSESS=10 PC7SI107 NRFDEV07 LOGAPPL PC7SI108 NRFDEV08 LOGAPPL PC7SI109 NRFDEV09 LOGAPPL
Figure 45. IBM 3174, NCP/NRF, AS/400 Parameter Overview and Relation
5.4 Status 5.4.1 After Activation

All components are powered on and all communication resources are activated:

In VTAM/NCP: 3174 PU/LUs, NRF Line/PU/LUs, AS/400 Line/PU/LUs With IBM 3174: IMPL is done, display and printer are powered on In AS/400: Line, controller and device descriptions are varied on
Since the VTAM LU of the first and only 3174 display has a LOGAPPL parameter, this display immediately displays the AS/400 signon screen.
64
NCCF C PCAZN PCAZN PCAZN IST075I IST486I IST136I IST081I IST654I IST355I IST080I IST314I
N E T V I E W PCAZN SIMH DISPLAY NET,ID=PCAKNRF,SCOPE=ALL IST097I DISPLAY ACCEPTED
05/04/92 13:41:21
NAME = PCAKNRF , TYPE = PU_T2 STATUS= ACTIV , DESIRED STATE= ACTIV SWITCHED SNA MAJOR NODE = PCAJNRF LINE NAME = J000901F, LINE GROUP = PC9GLT1 , MAJNOD = PC9V54 I/O TRACE = OFF, BUFFER TRACE = OFF LOGICAL UNITS: PCASNRF1 ACT/S PCAPNRF4 ACTIV END
Figure 46. NetView/370 Status for I B M 3174
NCCF C PCAZN PCAZN PCAZN IST075I IST486I IST087I IST134I IST084I IST089I IST089I IST089I IST089I IST089I IST089I IST089I IST089I IST089I IST089I IST089I IST089I IST314I
N E T V I E W PCAZN SIMH DISPLAY NET,ID=PC7LNRF,SCOPE=ALL IST097I DISPLAY ACCEPTED NAME = PC7LNRF , TYPE = LINE STATUS= ACTIV----T, DESIRED STATE= ACTIV TYPE = LEASED , CONTROL = SDLC GROUP = PC7GNRF , MAJOR NODE = PC7V54 NETWORK NODES: PC7NRA TYPE = PHYSICAL UNIT , ACTIV----T PC7NRA01 TYPE = LOGICAL UNIT , ACT/S----T PC7NRA02 TYPE = LOGICAL UNIT , ACT/S----T PC7NRA03 TYPE = LOGICAL UNIT , ACT/S----T PC7NRA04 TYPE = LOGICAL UNIT , ACTIV----T PC7NRA05 TYPE = LOGICAL UNIT , ACT/S----T PC7NRB TYPE = PHYSICAL UNIT , ACTIV----T PC7NRB01 TYPE = LOGICAL UNIT , ACT/S----T PC7NRB02 TYPE = LOGICAL UNIT , ACTIV----T PC7NRB03 TYPE = LOGICAL UNIT , ACTIV----T PC7NRB04 TYPE = LOGICAL UNIT , ACTIV----T PC7NRB05 TYPE = LOGICAL UNIT , ACTIV----T END
05/04/92 13:40:30
Figure 47. NetView/370 Status for the NRF Environment within NCP
65
NCCF C PCAZN PCAZN PCAZN IST075I IST486I IST087I IST134I IST084I IST089I IST089I IST089I IST089I IST089I IST089I IST089I IST089I IST089I IST089I IST314I
N E T V I E W PCAZN SIMH DISPLAY NET,ID=PC7L7,SCOPE=ALL IST097I DISPLAY ACCEPTED NAME = PC7L7 STATUS= ACTIV TYPE = LEASED GROUP = PC7GRPN NETWORK NODES: PC7CI1 TYPE = PC7SI101 TYPE = PC7SI102 TYPE = PC7SI103 TYPE = PC7PI104 TYPE = PC7SI105 TYPE = PC7SI106 TYPE = PC7SI107 TYPE = PC7SI108 TYPE = PC7SI109 TYPE = END , TYPE = LINE , DESIRED STATE= ACTIV , CONTROL = SDLC , MAJOR NODE = PC7V54 PHYSICAL UNIT LOGICAL UNIT LOGICAL UNIT LOGICAL UNIT LOGICAL UNIT LOGICAL UNIT LOGICAL UNIT LOGICAL UNIT LOGICAL UNIT LOGICAL UNIT , , , , , , , , , , ACTIV ACT/S ACT/S ACT/S ACTIV ACTIV ACT/S ACTIV ACTIV ACTIV
05/04/92 13:41:55
Figure 48. NetView/370 Status for AS/400 NRF Environment
Using the CL command WRCFGSTS *LIN NRFLINE, you get this status on AS/400:
Work with Configuration Status 04.05.92 Position to . . . . . Starting characters
AS400BU1 13:38:28
Type options, press Enter. 1=Vary on 2=Vary off 5=Work with job 9=Display mode status ... Opt Description NRFLINE NRFCTL NRFDEV01 NRFDEV02 NRFDEV03 NRFDEV04 NRFDEV05 NRFDEV06 NRFDEV07 NRFDEV08 NRFDEV09 Status ACTIVE ACTIVE SIGNON DISPLAY VARY ON PENDING VARY ON PENDING VARIED ON VARIED ON VARY ON PENDING VARY ON PENDING VARY ON PENDING VARY ON PENDING
8=Work with description
-------------Job----------
Bottom Parameters or command === F3=Exit F4=Prompt F12=Cancel
F23=More options
F24=More keys
Figure 49. Status on AS/400 using the CL command WRCFGSTS *LIN NRFLINE
The next steps performed by the user are:

Sign on to AS/400 at the first IBM 3174 screen Log on from any other 3270 screen to NRF and AS/400 using the following command:
LOGON APPLID(PC7NRB05)
66
Usage of Logmode Table Entry SD82 is required if you do not establish a session with the usual logmode table entry.
Start a spool writer for the printer attached to the IBM 3174, using the following CL command:
STRPRTWTR DEV(NRFDEV04)
The following screens show the changed status of the NRF LUs and the AS/400 configuration objects:
NCCF C PCAZN PCAZN PCAZN IST075I IST486I IST087I IST134I IST084I IST089I IST089I IST089I IST089I IST089I IST089I IST089I IST089I IST089I IST089I IST089I IST089I IST314I
N E T V I E W PCAZN SIMH DISPLAY NET,ID=PC7LNRF,SCOPE=ALL IST097I DISPLAY ACCEPTED NAME = PC7LNRF , TYPE = LINE STATUS= ACTIV----T, DESIRED STATE= ACTIV TYPE = LEASED , CONTROL = SDLC GROUP = PC7GNRF , MAJOR NODE = PC7V54 NETWORK NODES: PC7NRA TYPE = PHYSICAL UNIT , ACTIV----T PC7NRA01 TYPE = LOGICAL UNIT , ACT/S----T PC7NRA02 TYPE = LOGICAL UNIT , ACT/S----T PC7NRA03 TYPE = LOGICAL UNIT , ACT/S----T PC7NRA04 TYPE = LOGICAL UNIT , ACT/S----T PC7NRA05 TYPE = LOGICAL UNIT , ACT/S----T PC7NRB TYPE = PHYSICAL UNIT , ACTIV----T PC7NRB01 TYPE = LOGICAL UNIT , ACT/S----T PC7NRB02 TYPE = LOGICAL UNIT , ACTIV----T PC7NRB03 TYPE = LOGICAL UNIT , ACTIV----T PC7NRB04 TYPE = LOGICAL UNIT , ACT/S----T PC7NRB05 TYPE = LOGICAL UNIT , ACT/S----T END
05/04/92 13:59:20
Figure 50. Changed Status of NRF LUs AS/400 configuration objects
67
Work with Configuration Status 04.05.92 Position to . . . . . Starting characters
AS400BU1 14:01:40
Type options, press Enter. 1=Vary on 2=Vary off 5=Work with job 9=Display mode status ... Opt Description NRFLINE NRFCTL NRFDEV01 NRFDEV02 NRFDEV03 NRFDEV04 NRFDEV05 NRFDEV06 NRFDEV07 NRFDEV08 NRFDEV09 Status ACTIVE ACTIVE ACTIVE VARY ON PENDING VARY ON PENDING ACTIVE/TARGET VARIED ON VARY ON PENDING VARY ON PENDING VARY ON PENDING VARY ON PENDING
8=Work with description
-------------Job----------
NRFDEV01
SIMH
604707
NRFDEV04
QSPLJOB
604751
Bottom Parameters or command === F3=Exit F4=Prompt F12=Cancel
F23=More options
F24=More keys
Figure 51. Changed Status of NRF LUs AS/400 configuration objects
5.5 AS/400 NRF Device Release Program

After signing off from AS/400 the NRF user remains on the AS/400 signon screen. In order to release the NRF session the user may use the following AS/400 CL program by entering CL command ENDNRF. Note: OS/400 V2R3 offers a new parameter with the CL command SIGNOFF ENDCNN(*YES) that does the same thing as our sample program. CMD source of command ENDNRF:
CMD
PROMPT( End AS/400 NRF Session )
CLP source of CL program ENDNRF:
BEGPGM:
PGM DCL MONMSG RTVJOBA SBMJOB VAR(&JOB) TYPE(*CHAR) LEN(10) MSGID(CPF0000) EXEC(GOTO CMDLBL(ENDPGM)) JOB(&JOB) CMD(CALL PGM(CMNLIB/VOFFON) PARM(&JOB)) + JOB(CYCLDEV) JOBD(*LIBL/QBATCH) + JOBQ(*LIBL/QBATCH) OUTQ(*USRPRF)
SIGNOFF ENDPGM: ENDPGM
CLP source of CL program VOFFON:
68
/********************************************************************/ /* VOFFON - Varies the device, whose name is received as a */ /* parameter, off and then on. The intent of this */ /* program is to allow the SNA Session to be */ /* terminated thus allowing VTAM to re-allocate */ /* the device. */ /* */ /* INPUT - 1 Parameter */ /* A. DEV - Device Name */ /* */ /* OUTPUT - The named device is varied off and then back on. */ /* */ /* CHANGE HISTORY: */ /* DATE BY REASON */ /* -------------------------------------------------------------- */ /* 2/06/92 Sent to ITSC - sample program */ /********************************************************************/ BEGPGM: PGM PARM(&DEV) DCL VAR(&DEV) TYPE(*CHAR) LEN(10) DCL VAR(&STATUS) TYPE(*DEC) LEN(5 0) DCL VAR(&COUNTER) TYPE(*DEC) LEN(3 0) VALUE(0) MONMSG MSGID(CPF0000) EXEC(GOTO CMDLBL(ENDPGM)) /*-----------------------------------------------------------------*/ /* BEGIN EXECUTABLE CODE */ /* Delay starting any processing to allow the interactive jobs */ /* an opportunity to terminate. */ /*-----------------------------------------------------------------*/ DLYJOB DLY(10) /* Delay this job 10 seconds */ /*-----------------------------------------------------------------*/ /* Retrieve the status of the device . Valid STATUS values are: */ /* 0 - Varied Off 70 - Held */ /* 10 - Vary Off Pending 80 - RCYPND */ /* 20 - Varied On Pending 90 - RCYCNL */ /* 30 - Varied On 100 - Failed */ /* 40 - Connect Pending 110 - Diagnostic Mode */ /* 50 - Signon Display 111 - Damaged */ /* 60 - Active 112 - Locked */ /* 113 - Unknown */ /*-----------------------------------------------------------------*/ DEACT: RTVCFGSTS CFGD(&DEV) CFGTYPE(*DEV) STSCDE(&STATUS) /*-----------------------------------------------------------------*/ /* Check if the device STATUS is Varied Off or Vary Off Pending. */ /* If so, jump to label REACT. */ /*-----------------------------------------------------------------*/ IF COND(&STATUS *LE 10) THEN(GOTO CMDLBL(REACT)) /*-----------------------------------------------------------------*/ /* The device is in Vary On Pending STATUS or above. Attempt to */ /* Vary Off the device. Variable JOB contains the device name. */ /*-----------------------------------------------------------------*/ VRYCFG CFGOBJ(&DEV) CFGTYPE(*DEV) STATUS(*OFF) + RANGE(*OBJ) /*-----------------------------------------------------------------*/ /* Update the Retry Counter, COUNTER, and determine if the */ /* retry limit has been exceeded. */ /*-----------------------------------------------------------------*/ CHGVAR VAR(&COUNTER) VALUE(+1) IF COND(&COUNTER *GE 10) THEN(GOTO CMDLBL(ENDPGM)) /*-----------------------------------------------------------------*/ /* Delay processing for 2 seconds to allow the Vary Off to */ 69
/* complete. Re-check the status by going to label DEACT */ /*-----------------------------------------------------------------*/ DLYJOB DLY(2) GOTO CMDLBL(DEACT) /*-----------------------------------------------------------------*/ /* When processing reaches here, the device should be either */ /* Varied Off or Vary Off Pending STATUS. If the device is */ /* in Vary Off Pending Status, wait for the device to complete */ /* the Vary Off processing. */ /*-----------------------------------------------------------------*/ REACT: CHGVAR VAR(&COUNTER) VALUE(0) REACT1: IF COND(&STATUS *EQ 0) THEN(GOTO CMDLBL(REACT2)) CHGVAR VAR(&COUNTER) VALUE(+1) IF COND(&COUNTER *GE 10) THEN(GOTO CMDLBL(ENDPGM)) DLYJOB DLY(2) RTVCFGSTS CFGD(&DEV) CFGTYPE(*DEV) STSCDE(&STATUS) GOTO CMDLBL(REACT1) /*-----------------------------------------------------------------*/ /* When processing reaches here, the device should be Varied */ /* Off. Issue a Vary On request for the device to allow the */ /* next connection to occur. */ /*-----------------------------------------------------------------*/ REACT2: VRYCFG CFGOBJ(&DEV) CFGTYPE(*DEV) STATUS(*ON) ENDPGM: ENDPGM
70
Chapter 6. NetView File Transfer Program for OS/400

The AS/400 NetView File Transfer Program (NFTP) allows file transfer with the MVS version of NetView FTP as well as with another AS/400. NFPT uses an LU 6.2 session. File transfer requests are prepared and queued. File transfer is asynchronous. The two basic transfer types are SEND and RETRIEVE. AS/400 and MVS NetView FTP users have the same level of support; both are able to request a file transfer. Functions like compression and restart checkpoints provide a high-performance file transfer. In this chapter, we document all required definitions and a few basic file transfer requests.
IBM 4381 MVS/ESA NetView FTP VTAM NCP SDLC leased OS/400 NetView FTP
Figure 52. Overview of MVS and OS/400 NetView FTP Environment
NetView FTP MVS and OS/400 support dependent and independent LU 6.2 session types. We used independent ones.
71
6.1 Software Used

MVS/ESA 4.2.2 ISPF 3.3 MVS NetView FTP V2 VTAM V3R4.1 NCP V5R4 OS/400 V2R1.1 NetView FTP for OS/400 V1R1
6.2 Network Definitions 6.2.1 VTAM/NCP, Link to AS/400

* ... ************************************************************************ * * * GROUP DEFINITIONS FOR NONDIALED BNN LINES PART 2 * * AS/400 AND POS * * * ************************************************************************ PC8GRP12 GROUP DIAL=NO, SWITCHED LINE CONTROL SUPPORT * LNCTL=SDLC, TYPE OF LINE CONTROL * REPLYTO=1.5, RECOVERY AFTER POLL RESP NOT REC* RNRLIMT=3, MIN AFTER RNR BFORE STATION INOP* TYPE=NCP LINE OPERATION MODE * * PC8L12 LINE ADDRESS=(12,HALF), REL. LINE ADDR, COMM OP MODE * CLOCKNG=EXT, INTERNAL/EXTERNAL CLOCKING * DUPLEX=FULL, RTS UP: FULL SEND/REC, HALF SEND* ETRATIO=30, ERROR TO XMIT RATIO (PER MILLE) * LPDATS=LPDA1, MODEM SUPPORTS LPDA * LTRUNC=NO, LINE TRACE DATA COPY TRUNCATION * MAXPU=1, MAX NUM OF PU ON LINK * NRZI=YES, NO-RETURN-TO-ZERO-INVERTED MODE * PAUSE=0.3, AV. DURATION OF POLLING CYCLE * RETRIES=(7,3,5), RECOVERY: RETRIES,PAUSE,SEQ. * SERVLIM=10, NUM OF REG SCANS BEFORE SOT SCAN* SPEED=19200, LINE SPEED IN BPS * SPAN=(PC8V43,LN,LAD012), * ISTATUS=ACTIVE * * STATOPT= LINE AS/400 NRZI * ** SERVICE ORDER=(PC8CM1) * PC8CM1 PU ADDR=C1, POLLING ADDRESS * ANS=CONTINUE, AUTO NETWORK SHUTDOWN * IRETRY=NO, IMMED. RETRY A POLLING TO ON PU * LPDA=ALLOW, BLOCK/ALLOW LPDA TESTS * MAXDATA=1929, MAX AMOUNT OF DATA TO PU (BYTES)* MAXOUT=7, FRAMES SENT TO NCP BEF REQ RESP * PASSLIM=7, NUM OF CONSEC PIU S TO PU * PUTYPE=2, PUTYPE OF SDLC DEVICE ON LINE * DISCNT=NO, VTAM DISC SSCP-LU/PU SESS * 72
* * AS400BU1 LU
ISTATUS=ACTIVE, SSCPFM=USSSCS, MODETAB=PCADS400, PACING=7, VPACING=8, XID=YES STATOPT= PU AS/400
VTAM INITIAL STATUS VTAM USS FORMAT VTAM DEFAULT LOGMODE TABLE VTAM PACING COUNT NCP-PU VTAM PACING COUNT VTAM-NCP INDEPENDENT LU AS/400
* * * * *
* * AS400BU3 LU
LOCADDR=0, LOCAL DEVICE ADDRESS MODETAB=PCADS400, MODETABLE DLOGMOD=MODLU62, VTAM LOGMODE ISTATUS=ACTIVE, VTAM INITIAL STATUS RESSCB=20 NBR OF SESSIONS STATOPT= ILU AS/400 BU1 LOCADDR=0, LOCAL DEVICE ADDRESS MODETAB=PCADS400, MODETABLE DLOGMOD=MODLU62, VTAM LOGMODE ISTATUS=ACTIVE, VTAM INITIAL STATUS RESSCB=20 NBR OF SESSIONS STATOPT= ILU AS/400 BU3 ...
INDLU62 * * * * * * INDLU62 * * * * * *
* * * PC8SM101 LU
* * PC8SM102 LU
LOCADDR=01, LOCAL DEVICE ADDRESS USSTAB=PCAUSSTB, VTAM USS TABLE DLOGMOD=D4C32782, VTAM DEFAULT LOGMODE ISTATUS=ACTIVE VTAM INITIAL STATUS STATOPT= LU AS400 M2 DSP LOCADDR=02, LOCAL DEVICE ADDRESS USSTAB=PCAUSSTB, VTAM USS TABLE DLOGMOD=D4C32782, VTAM DEFAULT LOGMODE ISTATUS=ACTIVE VTAM INITIAL STATUS STATOPT= LU AS400 M2 DSP ...
LU2 DSP * * * * * LU2 DSP * * * * *
6.2.2 VTAM Logmode Table Entry FTPBIND

************************************************************************ * DSNAME PCADS400 VTAMLST * * USER DEFINED LOGON MODE TABLE FOR HOST PCA * ************************************************************************ PCADS400 MODETAB ************************************************************************ .. .. ************************************************************************ * LOGICAL UNIT TYPE 6.2 * ************************************************************************ FTPBIND MODEENT LOGMODE=FTPBIND, * FMPROF=X 1 3 , TSPROF=X 0 7 , 1,2 * PRIPROT=X B0 , SECPROT=X B0 , COMPROT=X D0B1 , 3,4,5,6* RUSIZES=X8585, 9,10 * PSNDPAC=X 0 0 , SRCVPAC=X 0 0 , SSNDPAC=X 0 4 , 11,8,7 * PSERVIC=X060200000000000000000300 13-24 * * BIND-BYTE NBR* ************************************************************************
73
.. .. MODEEND END
6.2.3 VTAM APPL for MVS NetView FTP

*********************************************************************** * * * MEMBER PCAAFTP VTAMLST * * * * NETVIEW FTP APPLICATIONS MAJOR NODES IN HOST PCA * * SALOGNI, 12.12.91 * *********************************************************************** PCAAFTP VBUILD TYPE=APPL PCAZFTP1 APPL AUTH=(ACQ,PASS),VPACING=16,ACBNAME=PCAZFTP1,APPC=YES, C DLOGMOD=FTPBIND,MODETAB=NETVFTP,PARSESS=YES, C AUTOSES=0,DSESLIM=32,SECACPT=CONV PCAZFTP2 APPL AUTH=(ACQ,PASS),VPACING=16,ACBNAME=PCAZFTP2,APPC=YES, C DLOGMOD=FTPBIND,MODETAB=NETVFTP,PARSESS=YES, C AUTOSES=0,DSESLIM=32,SECACPT=CONV
6.2.4 AS/400 Network Attributes

Display Network Attributes System: Current system name . . . . . . . . . . . . Pending system name . . . . . . . . . . . Local network ID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Local control point name . . . . . . . . . . Default local location . . . . . . . . . . . Default mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Maximum number of conversations for a remote location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPN node type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Maximum number of intermediate sessions . . Route addition resistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . : : : : : : : : : : AS400BU3 CHIBM600 AS400BU3 AS400BU3 MODLU62 64 *NETNODE 200 128 AS400BU3
Figure 53. NetView File Transfer Program, AS/400 Network Attributes
6.2.5 AS/400 APPN Remote Location List
74
Define APPN Remote Locations Type new/changed information, press Enter. Remote Remote Local Control Location Network Location Point Name ID Name Name PCAZFTP* CHIBM600 AS400BU3 CHIBM60A *NETATR *NETATR *NETATR *NETATR *NETATR *NETATR *NETATR *NETATR F3=Exit F11=Additional information F17=Top of list F18=Bottom of list
Control Point Net ID CHIBM600 *NETATR *NETATR *NETATR *NETATR
Location Password
Secure Loc *NO *NO *NO *NO *NO
F12=Previous
Figure 54. NetView File Transfer Program, AS/400 APPN Remote Location List
6.2.6 AS/400 Mode Description FTPBIND

Display Mode Description Mode description name . . . Class-of-service . . . . . . Maximum number of sessions . Maximum conversations . . . Locally controlled sessions Pre-established sessions . . Inbound pacing value . . . . Outbound pacing value . . . Max length of request unit . Text . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . : : : : : : : : : : MODD COS MAXSSN MAXCNV LCLCTLSSN PREESTSSN INPACING OUTPACING MAXLENRU TEXT FTPBIND #CONNECT 8 8 4 0 7 7 256 NFTP with MVS
Figure 55. NetView File Transfer Program, AS/400 Mode Description FTPBIND
6.2.7 AS/400 Configuration Objects as Linked to TS 4381

Only the dependent LU s for 3270 Device Emulation are listed here.
CRTLINSDLC LIND(S4381LIN2) RSRCNAME(LIN052) ONLINE(*NO) + ROLE(*SEC) LINESPEED(19200) MAXFRAME(2057) + MODEM(*IBMLPDA1) DUPLEX(*FULL) + TEXT( Leased, PP, to FSC 4381 for LEN + Support ) CRTCTLHOST CTLD(PC8CM1) LINKTYPE(*SDLC) ONLINE(*NO) APPN(*YES) LINE(S4381LIN2) MAXFRAME(2057) RMTNETID(CHIBM600) RMTCPNAME(CHIBM60A) SSCPID(05000000A0BE) STNADR(C1) CPSSN(*NO) NODETYPE(*LENNODE) TEXT( PU(PC8SM1) to FSC4381 ) + + + + +
CRTDEVHOST DEVD(PC8SM101) LOCADR(01) RMTLOCNAME(PCASSIM0)+ ONLINE(*NO) CTL(PC8CM1) APPTYPE(*EML) + EMLKBD(*LOWER) TEXT(3278 to FSC MVS ) CRTDEVHOST DEVD(PC8SM102) LOCADR(02) RMTLOCNAME(FSCMVS) +
75
ONLINE(*NO) CTL(PC8CM1) APPTYPE(*EML) + EMLKBD(*LOWER) TEXT(3278 to FSC MVS ) CRTDEVHOST DEVD(PC8SM103) LOCADR(03) RMTLOCNAME(FSCMVS) + ONLINE(*YES) CTL(PC8CM1) APPTYPE(*EML) + EMLKBD(*LOWER) TEXT(3278 to FSC MVS )
6.2.8 AS/400 ILU/APPC Device Descriptions

APPC device descriptions PCAZFTP1 and PCAZFTP2 are created automatically. Find here the device description of PCAZFTP1.
Device description . . . . Remote location name . . . Online at IPL . . . . . . APPN-capable . . . . . . . Attached controller . . . Local location name . . . Remote network identifier Mode . . . . . . . . . . . *NETATR Message queue . . . . . . Library . . . . . . . . Local location address . . APPN-capable . . . . . . . Single session: Single session capable . Number of conversations Locally controlled session Pre-established session . Secure location . . . . . Text . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
: : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : :
DEVD RMTLOCNAME ONLINE APPN CTL LCLLOCNAME RMTNETID MODE MSGQ LOCADR APPN SNGSSN LCLCTLSSN PREESTSSN SECURELOC TEXT
PCAZFTP1 PCAZFTP1 *NO *YES PC8CM1 AS400BU3 *NETATR
QSYSOPR *LIBL 00 *YES *NO
*NO AUTOMATICALLY CREATED BY QLUS
6.2.9 AS/400 Subsystem Communications Entry

NetView FTP runs in a separate subsystem, named DVGSBS. We suggest that you have a specific communications entry to direct requests into the NFTP subsystem.
ADDCMNE SBSD(DVGO01/DVGSBS) RMTLOC(PCAZFTP1) JOBD(DVGO01/DVGJOBD) + DFTUSR(*SYS) MODE(FTPBIND) ADDCMNE SBSD(DVGO01/DVGSBS) RMTLOC(PCAZFTP2) JOBD(DVGO01/DVGJOBD) + DFTUSR(*SYS) MODE(FTPBIND)
6.3 NetView FTP Definitions 6.3.1 MVS NetView FTP, Server Table
****************************************************************** * GROUP TABLE / FIND ORIGINAL ON NVFTP.V210.JCL(DVGSVGRP) * * ALL BYTES AFTER BYTE 28 ARE READ AS COMMENT * ****************************************************************** *SERVER OP LU-NAME COMMENT * *GROUP SYS RUNNING * *NAME MODE * ****************************************************************** * -- LOCAL SYSTEM: 76
FTPSRV1 MVS PCAZFTP1 FTPSRV2 MVS PCAZFTP2 * * -- REMOTE SYSTEMS: *VMNODE VM LUNAME1 *VSENOD VSE LUNAME2 OS400N OS4 AS400BU3
C 01. LOCAL SERVER CLASS 1 C 02. LOCAL SERVER CLASS 2
1. REMOTE SERVER VM 2. REMOTE SERVER VSE REMOTE SERVER AS/400
6.3.2 AS/400 NetView FTP LU Directory Entry
DVG326 Display Nickname. . . . . . . . . . Remote location name. . . . Operating system. . . . . . Local location name . . . . Remote network identifier . Communication mode. . . . . Text. . . . . . . . . . . . Date of last update . . . . Last update by user . . . . F3=Exit F12=Cancel
an LU . : . : . : . : . : . : . : . : . :
Directory Entry MVSNFTP PCAZFTP1 MVS *LOC *LOC FTPBIND TS MVS NetView FTP 92/04/01 SIMH
Figure 56. AS/400 NetView FTP LU Directory Entry
An entry for PCAZFTP2 is required only if requests are addressed to this LU as well.
6.4 NetView FTP Access Security

Valid user IDs and passwords are required on the target system. Users need access to the manipulated files. This is true for both the MVS and AS/400 environments.
77
AS400BU3
TS 4381
Network Attributes CPNAME(AS400BU3) NETID(CHIBM600) LCLLOCNAME(AS400BU3) Controller Description CTLD(PC8CM1) RMTNETID(CHIBM600) RMTCPNAME(CHIBM60A)
1 10
VTAM Start Parameter 1 NETID=CHIBM600 8 SCCPNAME=CHIBM60A
1 8
VTAM/NCP for MVS NFTP VTAM Applications 3 PCAZFTP1 APPL PCAZFTP2 APPL
ILU/APPC Device Description (auto configuration) DEVD(PCAZFTP1) RMTLOCNAME(PCAZFTP1) 3 CTL(PC8CM1) LCLLOCNAME(AS400BU3) 10
VTAM/NCP for AS/400 Mode Description FTPBIND 12 VTAM/NCP PC8L12 LINE APPN RMTLOCLIST RMTLOCNAME(PCAZFTP1) RMTNETID(CHIBM600) LCLLOCNAME(AS400BU3) RMTCPNAME(CHIBM60A) 3 1 10 8 PC8CM1 PU ADDR=C1
10 AS400BU3 LU LOCADDR=0
NFTP LU Directory RMTLOCNAME(PCAZFTP1) NICKNAME(MVSFTP)
3 11
VTAM Logon Mode Table 12 FTPBIND Mode Entry
NFTP Request .... NICKNAME(MVSFTP)
11
Figure 57. Matching Parameters
6.6 Operation Status

To start the NetView FTP subsystem on AS/400: 1. Enter CL command STRFTP. 2. Select option 3 from the main menu. 3. Select option 9 from the administrator functions to start subsystem DVGSBS. To start the agent and server jobs on AS/400: 1. Select option 1 from the administration functions. 2. Press F13. Acknowledge by pressing ENTER. To start NetView FTP on MVS, in TSO SDSF/LOG enter: / S NETVFTP. To access the interactive interface on MVS, in TSO ISPF enter: FTP.
78
6.6.1 Status Checking

Enter the following CL command to check the configuration objects:
WRKCFGSTS CFGTYPE(*DEV) CFGD(*LOC) RMTLOCNAME(PCAZFTP*)

Line, controller, and devices must be active. However an active LU 6.2 session is not required before you start using NetView FTP. In AS/400 NetView FTP, you can check the active agent and server jobs in the following manner: 1. Select option 1 of the administrator functions. 2. See the following display:
DVG310 Work with local Components Number of servers that can be started: 20 Number of started Type options, press Enter 1=Stop 2=Start Trace 3=Stop Trace Option Agent/Server Activity status ----Active request---DVG44A0004 ACTIVE DVGSRV01 WAITING DVGSRV02 WAITING
servers:
Trace OFF OFF OFF
F3=Exit
F4=Prompt
F5=Refresh
F12=Cancel
F13=Start Agent
F14=Start Server
Figure 58. Operation Status Checking
6.7 FTP Requests - Interactive

Show request parameters, log, completion codes.
6.7.1 To Send Files From AS/400 to MVS

GUEST/NFTP.NFTP *SRCF to NVFTP.USER.FROMAS4 Request Name is SNDFTOMVS1.
79
DVG130 Change a Request to Send a File Request/User: SNDFTOMVS1 SIMH Remote LU: MVSNFTP Sending File: GUEST/NFTP(*FIRST) Type choices, press Enter. Nickname of remote LU . . . . . MVSNFTP Name Remote check. . . . . . . . . . *NO *NO, *YES Sending File Parameters Library . . . . . . . . . . . GUEST Name File. . . . . . . . . . . . . NFTP Name Member. . . . . . . . . . . . *FIRST *FIRST, Name, *ALL File type . . . . . . . . . . *SRCF *DTAF, *SAVF, *SRCF APPC Conversation Security User ID . . . . . . . . . . . Name Password. . . . . . . . . . . Name F3=Exit F4=LU Directory F12=Cancel F17=Change Request
Figure 59 (Part 1 of 5). FTP Interactive Requests to Send Files from AS/400 to MVS
DVG145 Change a Request to Send a File Request/User: SNDFTOMVS1 SIMH Remote LU: Sending File: GUEST/NFTP(*FIRST) Specify additional transfer parameters. Compression . . . . . . . . . . *ADAPT *ADAPT, *NONE Restart from interruption . . . *NO *NO, *YES Automatic retry . . . . . . . . *YES *NO, *YES Running mode of remote server . *CONT *CONT, *SINGLE Recipient of Report (remote) User ID . . . . . . . . . . . Name Location name . . . . . . . . Name
MVSNFTP
F3=Exit
F12=Cancel
F17=Change Request
DVG146 Change a Request to Send a File Request/User: SNDFTOMVS1 SIMH Remote LU: MVSNFTP Sending File: GUEST/NFTP(*FIRST) Specify receiving file parameters. Receiving File Parameters Data set name . . . . . . . . NVFTP.USER.FROMAS4 DD name . . . . . . . . . . . Name Data set type . . . . . . . . *PS *PS,*PO,*LAB,*UNLAB,*VSAM Security parameters User ID . . . . . . . . . . . SIMH Name Password. . . . . . . . . . . hhhhhh Name Group ID. . . . . . . . . . . Name F3=Exit F12=Cancel F21=User Exit Routine F17=Change Request F20=Get Restart Data
80
DVG151 Change a Request to Send a File Request/User: SNDFTOMVS1 SIMH Remote LU: MVSNFTP Sending File: GUEST/NFTP(*FIRST) Specify receiving file parameters for a PS data set. Disposition . . . . . . . . . . *OLD *NEW, *OLD, *SHR, *CTG Device type . . . . . . . . . . Name Volume serial numbers . . . . .
F3=Exit
F12=Cancel
F17=Change Request
F19=SMS Parameters
DVG010 Display Logs Transfer mode: SEND Request: SNDFTOMVS1 User: SIMH Log ID Log Data DVG4212 Request changed and held by user SIMH on 92/04/30 at 11:10:11 DVG4192 Request released by user SIMH on 92/04/30 at 11:10:21 DVG4452 File transfer SNDFTOMVS1 from local system started on 92/04/30 at 11 DVG4453 File transfer SNDFTOMVS1 from local system finished on 92/04/30 at 1
Press Enter to continue. F3=Exit F5=Refresh F11=Complete View
F12=Cancel
F18=End of List
6.7.2 Retrieve Files from MVS to AS/400

NVFTP.USER.TESTDATA to GUEST/RTVFROMMVS.MBR001 *DTAF Request Name is FROMMVS01.
DVG278 Display a Request to Retrieve a File Main Transfer Parameters Request name. . . . . . . . : FROMMVS01 User ID . . . . . . . . . . : SIMH Nickname of remote LU . . . : MVSNFTP Remote check. . . . . . . . : *NO APPC Conversation Security User ID . . . . . . . . . . : Password. . . . . . . . . . :
Press Enter to continue. F3=Exit F12=Cancel

Figure 60 (Part 1 of 5). FTP Interactive Requests to Retrieve Files from MVS to AS/400
81
DVG270 Display a Request to Retrieve a File Request/User: FROMMVS01 SIMH Remote LU: Sending File: NVFTP.USER.TESTDATA Sending file parameters Data set name . . . . . . . : NVFTP.USER.TESTDATA DD name . . . . . . . . . . : Data set type . . . . . . . : *PS Security parameters User ID . . . . . . . . . . : SIMH Password. . . . . . . . . . : Group ID. . . . . . . . . . : Press Enter to continue. F3=Exit F12=Cancel F21=User Exit Routine
MVSNFTP
DVG274 Display a Request to Retrieve a File Request/User: FROMMVS01 SIMH Remote LU: Sending File: NVFTP.USER.TESTDATA Device type . . . . . . . . . : Volume serial numbers . . . . :
MVSNFTP

DVG273 Display a Request to Retrieve a File Request/User: FROMMVS01 SIMH Remote LU: Sending File: NVFTP.USER.TESTDATA Compression . . . . . . . . . : *ADAPT Restart from interruption . . : *NO Automatic retry . . . . . . . : *YES Running mode of remote server : Recipient of Report (remote) User ID . . . . . . . . . . : SIMH Location name . . . . . . . : ZCHMVS6 Creation date of request. . . : 92/04/01 Date of last update . . . . . : 92/04/30 Last update by user . . . . . : SIMH Press Enter to continue. F3=Exit F12=Cancel
MVSNFTP
82
DVG276 Display a Request to Retrieve a File Request/User: FROMMVS01 SIMH Remote LU: Sending File: NVFTP.USER.TESTDATA Receiving File Parameters Library . . . . . . . . . . : GUEST File. . . . . . . . . . . . : RTVFROMMVS Member. . . . . . . . . . . : MBR001 File type . . . . . . . . . : *DTAF Receiving File Options File option . . . . . . . . : *OLD Member option . . . . . . . : *REPLACE Expiration date for member. : Press Enter to continue. F3=Exit F12=Cancel
MVSNFTP
To obtain the request log, select option 9 from the request main menu.
DVG200 Requests to Retrieve Files Type options, press Enter. 1=Create 2=Change 3=Copy 4=Delete 5=Display 6=Release 7=Rename 8=Report 9=Log 11=Hold Request Nickname of Option Name User Remote LU Sending File 9 FROMMVS01 SIMH MVSNFTP NVFTP.USER.TESTDATA FROMAS401 SIMH AS400BU4 CMNLIB/QCLSRC
Request Status FINISHED HELD
F3=Exit
F5=Refresh
F12=Cancel
F15=Limit Scope
F16=Sort by Date/Name
Figure 61 (Part 1 of 2). Request Log
DVG010 Display Logs Transfer mode: RETRIEVE Request: FROMMVS01 User: SIMH Log ID Log Data DVG4212 Request changed and held by user SIMH on 92/04/30 at 11:22:25 DVG4192 Request released by user SIMH on 92/04/30 at 11:22:31 DVG4452 File transfer FROMMVS01 from local system started on 92/04/30 at 11: DVG4591 Member MBR001 cleared in File RTVFROMMVS in library GUEST by DVGSRV DVG4453 File transfer FROMMVS01 from local system finished on 92/04/30 at 11
Press Enter to continue. F3=Exit F5=Refresh F11=Complete View

Figure 61 (Part 2 of 2). Request Log
F12=Cancel
F18=End of List
6.7.3 To Send Files from MVS to AS/400

Request name is TO_AS4X NVFTP.USER.TESTDATA to GUEST/FROMMVS.MBR333
83
Request Summary of sending file from AS/400 Transfer mode .............. T Remote LU name ............. AS400BU3 Remote check ............... Y Automatic transfer restart N Compression method ......... A Local LU Name .............. PCAZFTP2 Server class ............... 1 Sending server run mode .... C Sending report at Not-before 91 / 12 / 18 14 : 48 I1 ... I2 ... Sending PDS containing jobs ..... If successful 1 2 If unsuccessful 1 2 Receiving PDS containing jobs ... If successful 1 2 If unsuccessful 1 2 Data Set Name ... NVFTP.USER.TESTDATA DD name ......... Type ............ PS User ID ......... Group ID ........ Volume serial numbers .....1 Device type ................ Data set sequence number ... Record format .............. Logical record length ...... Physical block size ........ Library name ...... GUEST File name ......... FROMMVS Member name ....... MBR333 File type ......... D File options ...... O Member options .... A Maximum members per file ....... Initial number of records ...... Increment number of records .... Maximum increments ............. Maximum number of records ...... Public access authority ........ Record length .................. Expiration date ................ File text ... 2 3 (first 3 only) Remote server group ........ Remote operating system .... APPC user ID ............... Restart from checkpoint .... Hold request ............... Data encryption label ...... Request priority ........... Receiving server run mode... Receiving report at Not-after / / (first 35 chars. only) 3 3 3 3 (first 3 only) (first 3 only) (first 3 only) (first 3 only)
OS400 GUEST Y N 1 C :
84
6.7.4 To Retrieve Files from AS/400 to MVS

Request name is FROM_AS4 GUEST/NFTP.NFTP *SRCF to NVFTP.USER.FROMAS4
Transfer mode .............. F Remote server group ........ Remote LU name ............. AS400BU3 Remote operating system .... OS400 Remote check ............... Y APPC user ID ............... GUEST Automatic transfer restart N Restart from checkpoint .... Y Compression method ......... A Hold request ............... N Local LU Name .............. PCAZFTP1 Data encryption label ...... Server class ............... 1 Request priority ........... 1 Sending server run mode .... C Receiving server run mode... C Sending report at Receiving report at Not-before 92 / 03 / 31 14 : 55 Not-after / / : I1 ... I2 ... (first 35 chars. only) Sending PDS containing jobs ..... If successful 1 2 3 (first 3 only) If unsuccessful 1 2 3 (first 3 only) Receiving PDS containing jobs ... If successful 1 2 3 (first 3 only) If unsuccessful 1 2 3 (first 3 only) Library name ... GUEST File name ...... NFTP Member name .... NFTP File type ...... R Data Set Name .. NVFTP.USER.FROMAS4 DD name .. Type .. PS User ID .. Group ID .. Volume serial numbers ...1 2 3 (first 3 only) Disposition .... OLD KSDS option .... PDS option ... Model name ..... Data name ...... Index name ..... Catalog name ... Data organization ........ Device type ................. Key length ............... Key offset .................. Average record size ...... Maximum record size ......... Expiration date .......... Retention period ............ Average block length ..... Directory blocks ............ Primary space quantity ... Secondary space quantity .... Space units ..... Volume count ......... Tape density ...... Record format ... Log. record length ... Phys. block size... Model DSCB ......
85
86
Chapter 7. AS/400 SNA/APPN SOC via SNA/Subarea Network
7.1 Network
In an SNA/APPN network the sphere of control (SOC) specifies the entry points managed by a focal point. Entry point systems send alerts to the focal point system. The focal point defines SNA/APPN network nodes (NN) belonging to its SOC. SNA/APPN end nodes (EN) forward alerts to the NN where they have a CP-CP session. ENs are not subject to the SOC. Within a SOC, alerts are forwarded using an independent LU 6.2 session. The LU names are the NN CP names. The SOC may also use the SNA/Subarea network for its LU 6.2 sessions. Since LU naming conventions within VTAM/NCP are very essential, you must abide by VTAM/NCP naming rules for AS/400 CP names when the SOC requires links via SNA/Subarea network.
The following figure shows the test network with two AS/400s and the SNA/Subarea network.
Network Identification: CHIBM600
CP Name: CHIBM60A VTAM/NCP: Subarea VTAM/NCP: PU PC8CM1 PU PC8CI1 LU PCASK400 ILU6.2 LU PCASX400 ILU6.2 BIND flow for SOC Focal Point Entry Point CP Name: AS400BU4 Location Names: AS400BU4 PCASK400 CP Name: AS400BU3 Location Names: AS400BU3 PCASX400
87
Location names are independent LU 6.2 names in the AS/400. The first one, AS400BU4, is the default, configured in the AS/400 network attributes. Additional ones are defined in the local APPN configuration list. With the above network, you may:
Have independent LU 6.2 sessions via the SNA Subarea network, using the VTAM/NCP defined LU names - PCASK400 and PCASX400 NOT have a session for SOC alert forwarding via the SNA/Subarea network, since the CP names - AS400BU3 and AS400BU4 - are not defined as independent LU 6.2 within VTAM/NCP.
In order to allow SOC alert forwarding we had AS400BU3 and AS400BU4 added as independent LU 6.2 within VTAM/NCP of our test network. Please note, that in a real network you may be forced to accept the VTAM/NCP naming. You have to change CP names to PCASK400 and PCASX400.
7.2 Configurations 7.2.1 AS400BU4 (Focal Point)

7.2.1.1 Network Attributes
Display Network Attributes Current system name . . . . . . . . . . . . Pending system name . . . . . . . . . . . Local network ID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Local control point name . . . . . . . . . . Default local location . . . . . . . . . . . Default mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Maximum number of conversations for a remote location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPN node type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Maximum number of intermediate sessions . . Route addition resistance . . . . . . . . . Server network ID/control point name . . . . Alert status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Alert primary focal point . . . . . . . . . Alert default focal point . . . . . . . . . Alert logging status . . . . . . . . . . . . Alert controller description . . . . . . . . Alert hold count . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Message queue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Library . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Output queue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Library . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Job action . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Maximum hop count . . . . . . . . . . . . . DDM request access . . . . . . . . . . . . . PC Support request access . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : AS400BU4 CHIBM600 AS400BU4 AS400BU4 MODLU62 96 *NETNODE 200 128 *OFF *YES *NO *NONE *NONE 0 QSYSOPR QSYS QPRINT QGPL *SEARCH 16 *OBJAUT *OBJAUT
Figure 62. AS400BU4 (Focal Point) Network Attributes
88
7.2.1.2 APPN Local Configuration List

Display Configuration List Configuration list . . . . . . . . : Configuration list type . . . . . : Text . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . : -----APPN Local Locations----Local Location Text PCASK400 LU for SA QAPPNLCL *APPNLCL Local Location List -----APPN Local Locations----Local Location Text
Figure 63. AS400BU4 (Focal Point) APPN Local Configuration List
LU PCASK400 is not used for the alert support, since we were allowed to add AS400BU4 to our test to VTAM/NCP network. In a real network, you may be forced to accept the VTAM/NCP naming since you may not have any control.
7.2.1.3 APPN Remote Configuration List

Display APPN Remote Locations Configuration list . . . . . . . : Remote Location Name PCASX400 AS400BU3 Remote Network ID CHIBM600 CHIBM600 Local Location Name AS400BU4 AS400BU4 QAPPNRMT Control Point Name CHIBM60A CHIBM60A Control Point Net ID CHIBM600 CHIBM600
Secure Loc *NO *NO
Figure 64. AS400BU4 (Focal Point) APPN Remote Configuration List
7.2.1.4 Line, Controller and Device Descriptions

Refer to the APPN chapter of AS/400 Communications Definitions I , GG24-3449.
7.2.1.5 Sphere of Control (WRKSOC)

As soon as the focal point gets in touch with its observed system, the following status appears on the sphere of control screen.
Work with Sphere of Control (SOC) Position to . . . . . . . . Network ID . . . . . . . . Type options, press Enter. 1=Add 4=Remove Control Point ________ AS400BU3 ________ Control Point ________
Opt _ _
Network ID *NETATR_ CHIBM600
Current Status Active - in sphere of control
Figure 65. AS400BU4 (Focal Point) Sphere of Control
89
7.2.2 AS400BU3
Current system name . . . . . . . . . . Pending system name . . . . . . . . . Local network ID . . . . . . . . . . . . Local control point name . . . . . . . . Default local location . . . . . . . . . Default mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPN node type . . . . . . . . . . . . . Maximum number of intermediate sessions Route addition resistance . . . . . . . Server network ID/control point name . . Alert status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Alert primary focal point . . . . . . . Alert default focal point . . . . . . . Alert logging status . . . . . . . . . . Alert controller description . . . . . . Alert hold count . . . . . . . . . . . . Message queue . . . . . . . . . . . . . Library . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Output queue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Library . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Job action . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Maximum hop count . . . . . . . . . . . DDM request access . . . . . . . . . . . PC Support request access . . . . . . . Default ISDN network type . . . . . . . Default ISDN connection list . . . . . .
Figure 66. AS400BU3 Network Attributes
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
: : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : :
AS400BU3 CHIBM600 AS400BU3 AS400BU3 MODLU62 *NETNODE 200 128 *UNATTEND *NO *NO *NONE *NONE 0 QSYSOPR QSYS QPRINT QGPL *FILE 16 *OBJAUT *OBJAUT QDCCNNLANY
7.2.2.2 APPN Local Configuration List

Display Configuration List Configuration list . . . . . . . . : Configuration list type . . . . . : Text . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . : -----APPN Local Locations----Local Location Text PCASX400 LU for SA QAPPNLCL *APPNLCL Local Location List -----APPN Local Locations----Local Location Text
Figure 67. AS400BU3 APPN Local Configuration List
LU PCASK400 is not used for the alert support, since we were allowed to add AS400BU4 to our test to VTAM/NCP network. In a real network, you may be forced to accept the VTAM/NCP naming since you may not have any control.
90
7.2.2.3 APPN Remote Configuration List

Configuration list . . : Configuration list type : Text . . . . . . . . . : Type changes, press Enter. --------------------------APPN Remote Locations-------------------------Remote Remote Control Remote Network Local Control Point Location Secure Location ID Location Point Net ID Password Loc AS400BU4 CHIBM600 AS400BU3 CHIBM60A CHIBM600 ________________ *NO_
Figure 68. AS400BU3 APPN Local Configuration List
QAPPNRMT *APPNRMT Remote Configuration List
7.2.2.4 Line, Controller and Device Descriptions

Refer to the APPN chapter of AS/400 Communications Definitions I, GG24-3449.
7.2.2.5 Sphere of Control (WRKSOC)

There is no entry in the sphere of control on the entry point system.
Work with Sphere of Control (SOC) Position to . . . . . . . . Network ID . . . . . . . . Type options, press Enter. 4=Remove Control Point ________ Control Point ________
Opt
Network ID
Current Status
(No entries in sphere of control)
Figure 69. AS400BU3 Sphere fo Control (WRKSOC)
7.2.2.6 Creating Alerts from AS/400 Messages

Each message sent to the QSYSOPR message queue can be forwarded as an alert to a focal point. The message description has a keyword called ALROPT. If this parameter is set to *UNATTEND, *IMMED or *DEFER, the focal point gets the message depending on the network attributes on the entry point system. As soon as this message is received in the QSYSOPR message queue, an alert is sent to the focal point.
91
92
Chapter 8. AS/400 MVS Bridge (NJE), Job and Spool File

See AS/400 Communications Definitions II, GG24-3763 for documentation of the link between AS/400 and JES2, and the exchange of files between TSO and AS/400 users. For file transfer, use the ODF CL command SNDNETF/RCVNETF and the MVS/TSO commands transmit and receive. In this chapter you will find how to:

Submit jobs from AS/400 to MVS or MVS to AS/400. Send print spool files from AS/400 to MVS or MVS to AS/400.
TS S/390 MVS, JES2 = ZCHMVS6 VTAM LINE PC8L8 PU PC8CI1 LU PC8RI127 SDLC leased AS400BU3 TS AS/400 E45
Figure 70. TS Network, MVS Bridge Environment
Addressing: The AS/400 represents an NJE node. However store-and-forward mechanism is based on SNADS within AS/400. MVS users are addressed with user at node, for example, SIMH at ZCHMVS6. In the AS/400 the users are addressed with user.qualifier at node (DEN.DGN at REN), for example, SIMH.FSC400 at AS400BU3. From MVS, users in AS/400 are addressed with DEN at DGN, for example, SIMH at FSC400.
8.1 Submit a Job from AS/400 to MVS

As with RJE, prepare the MVS batch job. For example, prepare a source member of type TXT.
//SIMHNJE JOB 0, // SIMH,FSC,BU4 , CLASS=A,PASSWORD=ABCDEF, // MSGLEVEL=(1,1),MSGCLASS=Q,USER=SIMH,NOTIFY=SIMH //INIT EXEC PGM=IEBGENER //SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT=* //SYSIN DD DUMMY
93
//SYSUT2 DD SYSOUT=B,DCB=(RECFM=FB,LRECL=80,BLKSIZE=80), // DEST=(FSC400,SIMH) //SYSUT1 DD * ERSTE TESTKARTE ZWEITE TESTKARTE Jetzt ist es genau 11:14:06 DRITTE UND IN DIESEM FALLE LETZTE TESTKARTE MFG /*
Use CL command SBMNETJOB to send the batch job to MVS for execution.
SBMNETJOB FILE(CMNLIB/QCLSRC) TOUSRID((SIMH ZCHMVS6)) MBR(FSCNJE01)

The following messages report the successful execution of the submitted job:
Display Messages Queue . . . . . : Library . . . : Severity . . . : SIMH QUSRSYS 00 System: Program . . . . : Library . . . : Delivery . . . : AS400BU3 *DSPMSG *NOTIFY
Type reply (if required), press Enter. From . . . : SYSTEM ZCHMVS6 23.03.93 15.51.46 JOB04777 $HASP122 SIMHNJE (JOB00001 FROM FSC400 ) RECEIVED AT ZCHMVS6 From . . . : SYSTEM ZCHMVS6 23.03.93 15.51.52 JOB04777 $HASP165 SIMHNJE (JOB00001 FROM FSC400 ) ENDED AT ZCHMVS6 Spooled file JES2 received and placed on output queue PRT01 in library QUSRSYS. Spooled file JES2 received for user SIMH FSC400. Spooled file JES2 received and placed on output queue PRT01 in library QUSRSYS. Spooled file JES2 received for user SIMH FSC400. Spooled file JES2 received and placed on output queue PRT01 in library QUSRSYS. Spooled file JES2 received for user SIMH FSC400. Spooled file INIT received and placed on output queue PRT01 in library QUSRSYS. Spooled file INIT received for user SIMH FSC400. File INIT member SIMH number 19 received from user SIMH FSC400. File INIT member SIMH number 19 received for user SIMH FSC400.
Figure 71. QSYSOPR Message Queue, Job Submitted to MVS
The job logs received from MVS follows:
94
J E S 2 J O B L O G S Y S T E M M V S 1 N O D E Z C H M V S 6 15.48.34 JOB04777 ICH70001I SIMH LAST ACCESS AT 15:46:19 ON TUESDAY, MARCH 23, 1993 15.48.34 JOB04777 $HASP373 SIMHNJE STARTED INIT 1 CLASS A SYS MVS1 15.48.35 JOB04777 TIMINGS (MINS.) PAGING COUNTS 15.48.35 JOB04777 JOBNAME STEPNAME PSTEP RC EXCP CONN CPU SRB CLOCK SER V PG PAGE 15.48.35 JOB04777 SIMHNJE 00 37 104 .00 .00 .0 73 6 1 0 15.48.35 JOB04777 SIMHNJE ENDED. NAME SIMH,FSC,BU4 TOTAL CPU TIME= .00 15.48.35 JOB04777 $HASP395 SIMHNJE ENDED JES2 JOB STATISTICS 23 MAR 93 JOB EXECUTION DATE 13 CARDS READ 42 SYSOUT PRINT RECORDS 3 SYSOUT PUNCH RECORDS 2 SYSOUT SPOOL KBYTES 0.02 MINUTES EXECUTION TIME
1 //SIMHNJE JOB 0, JOB04777 // SIMH,FSC,BU4 , CLASS=A,PASSWORD=, // MSGLEVEL=(1,1),MSGCLASS=Q,USER=SIMH,NOTIFY=SIMH 2 //INIT EXEC PGM=IEBGENER 3 //SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT=* 4 //SYSIN DD DUMMY 5 //SYSUT2 DD SYSOUT=B,DCB=(RECFM=FB,LRECL=80,BLKSIZE=80), // DEST=(FSC400,SIMH) 6 //SYSUT1 DD *
ICH70001I SIMH LAST ACCESS AT 15:46:19 ON TUESDAY, MARCH 23, 1993 IEF236I ALLOC. FOR SIMHNJE INIT IEF237I JES2 ALLOCATED TO SYSPRINT IEF237I DMY ALLOCATED TO SYSIN IEF237I JES2 ALLOCATED TO SYSUT2 IEF237I JES2 ALLOCATED TO SYSUT1 IEF142I SIMHNJE INIT STEP WAS EXECUTED COND CODE 0000 IEF285I SIMH.SIMHNJE.JOB04777.D0000102.? SYSOUT IEF285I SIMH.SIMHNJE.JOB04777.D0000103.? SYSOUT IEF285I SIMH.SIMHNJE.JOB04777.D0000101.? SYSIN IEF373I STEP /INIT / START 93082.1548 IEF374I STEP /INIT / STOP 93082.1548 CPU 0MIN 00.04SEC SRB 0MIN 00.00SEC IEF375I JOB /SIMHNJE / START 93082.1548 IEF376I JOB /SIMHNJE / STOP 93082.1548 CPU 0MIN 00.04SEC SRB 0MIN 00.00SEC
DATA SET UTILITY GENERATE PROCESSING ENDED AT EOD
Figure 72. MVS Job Log
95
Work with Network Files 23.03.93 User . . . . . . . . . . . . : User ID/Address . . . . . . : SIMH SIMH FSC400
AS400BU3 16.00.18
Type options, press Enter. 1=Receive network file 3=Submit job 5=Display physical file member File Number 19
4=Delete network file
Opt
File INIT
Member SIMH
From User ID Address SIMH FSC400
Arrival Date Time 23.03.93 15.52
Parameters or command === F3=Exit F4=Prompt F5=Refresh F12=Cancel
F9=Retrieve
F11=Display type/records
Figure 73. Punched/Received File from MVS
Display Physical File Member File . . . . . . : INIT Library . . . . : *N Member . . . . . : SIMH Record . . . . . : 1 Control . . . . . Column . . . . . : 1 Find . . . . . . . *...+....1....+....2....+....3....+....4....+....5....+....6....+....7....+....8 ERSTE TESTKARTE ZWEITE TESTKARTE Jetzt ist es genau 11:14:06 DRITTE UND IN DIESEM FALLE LETZTE TESTKARTE MFG ****** END OF DATA ******
F3=Exit
F12=Cancel
F19=Left
F20=Right
F24=More keys
Figure 74. Received File, Display PF M e m b e r
8.2 Submit Job from MVS to AS/400 8.2.1 AS/400 Definitions

AS/400 Network Attribute parameter Job Action has to be set to *SEARCH to allow job submission from remote.
96
Display Network Attributes Current system name . . . . . . . . . . Pending system name . . . . . . . . . Local network ID . . . . . . . . . . . . Local control point name . . . . . . . . Default local location . . . . . . . . . Default mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPN node type . . . . . . . . . . . . . Maximum number of intermediate sessions Route addition resistance . . . . . . . Server network ID/control point name . . Alert status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Alert logging status . . . . . . . . . . Alert primary focal point . . . . . . . Alert default focal point . . . . . . . ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . : : : : : : : : : : : : : : System: AS400BU3 CHIBM600 AS400BU3 AS400BU3 MODLU62 *NETNODE 200 128 CHIBM600 *ON *ALL *YES *NO AS400BU3
AS400BU3
Output queue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . : Library . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . : Job action . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . :

Figure 75. AS/400 Network Attributes, Job Action
QPRINT QGPL *SEARCH
NETJOB entries are required to allow submission of jobs by specific remote users, in this case by user SIMH at ZCHMVS6.
Change Network Job Entry (CHGNETJOBE) Type choices, press Enter. User ID: User ID . . . . . User ID qualifier Network job action . User profile . . . . Message queue . . . Library . . . . . Job queue . . . . . Library . . . . . SIMH ZCHMVS6 *SUBMIT SIMH QSYSOPR QSYS QBATCH QGPL
. . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . .
Character value Character value *SAME, *FILE, *REJECT... Name, *SAME Name, *SAME, *USRPRF, *NONE Name, *LIBL, *CURLIB Name, *SAME Name, *LIBL, *CURLIB Bottom F13=How to use this display
F3=Exit F4=Prompt F24=More keys
F5=Refresh
F12=Cancel
Figure 76. AS/400 Network Job Entries
8.2.2 Job Submission on MVS

Job, prepared in MVS.
97
EDIT SIMH.TSO.CLIST(AS4JOB) 01.01 COLUMNS 001 072 COMMAND === SCROLL === PAGE ****** ***************************** TOP OF DATA ****************************** ==MSG CAUTION PROFILE CHANGED TO CAPS ON (FROM CAPS OFF) BECAUSE THE ==MSG DATA DOES NOT CONTAIN ANY LOWER CASE CHARACTERS. ==MSG WARNING THE UNDO COMMAND IS NOT AVAILABLE UNTIL YOU CHANGE ==MSG YOUR EDIT PROFILE USING THE COMMAND RECOVERY ON . 000001 //SIMHAS4 JOB 0, 000002 // SIMH,FSC,BU4 , CLASS=A,PASSWORD=SIM426, 000003 // MSGLEVEL=(1,1),MSGCLASS=Q,USER=SIMH,NOTIFY=SIMH 000004 /*XMIT FSC400.SIMH 000005 //BCHJOB 000006 DSPLIB GUEST 000007 //ENDBCHJOB 000008 /* 000009 // ****** **************************** BOTTOM OF DATA ****************************
F13=HELP F19=UP
F14=SPLIT F20=DOWN
F15=END F21=SWAP
F16=RETURN F22=LEFT
F17=RFIND F23=RIGHT
F18=RCHANGE F24=RETRI TSO
Figure 77. Job for AS/400, Prepared on MVS
To submit the job to AS/400, enter command SUBMIT.
EDIT SIMH.TSO.CLIST(AS4JOB) 01.01 COLUMNS 001 072 COMMAND === submit SCROLL === PAGE ****** ***************************** TOP OF DATA ****************************** ==MSG CAUTION PROFILE CHANGED TO CAPS ON (FROM CAPS OFF) BECAUSE THE ==MSG DATA DOES NOT CONTAIN ANY LOWER CASE CHARACTERS. ==MSG WARNING THE UNDO COMMAND IS NOT AVAILABLE UNTIL YOU CHANGE ==MSG YOUR EDIT PROFILE USING THE COMMAND RECOVERY ON . 000001 //SIMHAS4 JOB 0, 000002 // SIMH,FSC,BU4 , CLASS=A, 000003 // MSGLEVEL=(1,1),MSGCLASS=Q,USER=SIMH,NOTIFY=SIMH 000004 /*XMIT FSC400.SIMH 000005 //BCHJOB 000006 DSPLIB GUEST 000007 //ENDBCHJOB 000008 /* 000009 // ****** **************************** BOTTOM OF DATA ****************************
IKJ56250I JOB SIMHAS4(JOB04789) SUBMITTED *** TSO ********************************************************************************

Figure 78. Job Submitted to AS/400
Following the message on MVS, you see the screen showing successful job submission.
98
16.18.06 JOB04789 $HASP526 SIMHAS4 TRANSMITTED FOR EXECUTION AT FSC400 CN(INTE RNAL) SIMH Input stream file SIMHAS4 member SIMH received for us er SIMH FSC400. 1 j CN(INTERNAL) SIMH bs submitted. 0 jobs not submitted. CN(INTERNAL) ***
Figure 79. MVS Job Submission Message
8.2.3 Job Execution on AS/400

Display Messages Queue . . . . . : Library . . . : Severity . . . : QSYSOPR QSYS 45 System: Program . . . . : Library . . . : Delivery . . . : AS400BU3 *DSPMSG *HOLD
Type reply (if required), press Enter. An adapter has inserted or left the tokenring An adapter has inserted or left the tokenring Device DSP08 no longer communicating. An adapter has inserted or left the tokenring An adapter has inserted or left the tokenring An adapter has inserted or left the tokenring An adapter has inserted or left the tokenring Input stream file SIMHAS4 member SIMH received jobs submitted. 0 jobs not submitted
on line TRNLINE. on line T3174L. on line TRNLINE. on line T3174L. on line T3174L. on line TRNLINE. from user SIMH ZCHMVS6. 1 Bottom
F3=Exit F13=Remove all
F11=Remove a message F16=Remove all except unanswered
F12=Cancel F24=More keys
Figure 80. Message on AS/400, Showing Job Submission from MVS
Use CL command DSPLOG to check successful execution of the submitted job.
Display History Log Contents Input stream file SIMHAS4 member SIMH received from user SIMH ZCHMVS6. 1 jobs Job 093355/QPGMR/QBATCH started on 23.03.93 at 16.20.48 in subsystem QBATCH i Job 093355/QPGMR/QBATCH ended on 23.03.93 at 16.21.04; 2 seconds used; end co Bottom F3=Exit F10=Display all F12=Cancel
Figure 81. Display History Log
99
8.3 Send Print Spoolfile from AS/400 to MVS

TS S/390 MVS, JES2 = ZCHMVS6 IN/IS Network (IBM internal) VTAM PC8L8 PC8CI1 PC8RI127 IBM4028 IBM3820 R3 at ZCHBU4P at ZCHMVS6 SDLC ZCHMVSIS leased AS400BU3 TS AS/400 E45
Figure 82. TS Network, MVS Bridge, Spool Files to MVS
No additional definitions are required to allow the sending of spool files to JES2 controlled printers. Spool files are addressed to printers. Each printer has an identification like human users: ID at node. In addition you have to ask which is the from type to be provided and what queueing class is to be specified. In this example, we show two printers:

An IBM 4028, R3 at ZCHMVS6, requires class P, form type STD An IBM 3820, ZCHBU4P at ZCHMVSIS, requires class N, form type STD
Before sending the spool file, change the form type with the CL command Change Spool File Attributes:
CHGSPLFA FILE(QPDSPLIB) JOB(094296/SIMH/DSP03) SPLNBR(0001) FORMTYPE(STD)

To send the spool file to the IBM 4028 use the commands:
SNDNETSPLF FILE(QPDSPLIB) TOUSRID((R3 ZCHMVS6)) JOB(094296/SIMH/DSP03) SP LNBR(0001) CLASS(P) File QPDSPLIB sent to 1 users. Not sent to 0 users.
To send the same spool file to the IBM 3820 use the commands:
SNDNETSPLF FILE(QPDSPLIB) TOUSRID((ZCHBU4P ZCHMVSIS)) JOB(094296/SIMH/DSP0 3) SPLNBR(0001) CLASS(N) File QPDSPLIB sent to 1 users. Not sent to 0 users.
Successful transmission of the spool file to the target JES2 is confirmed with a message to the originating AS/400 user:
100
Display Messages Queue . . . . . : Library . . . : Severity . . . : SIMH QUSRSYS 00 System: Program . . . . : Library . . . : Delivery . . . : AS400BU3 *DSPMSG *NOTIFY
Type reply (if required), press Enter. From . . . : SYSTEM ZCHMVS6 25.03.93 14.02.23 JOB05236 $HASP546 AS400001 (JOB00001 FROM FSC400 ) SYSTEM OUTPUT RECEIVED AT ZCHMVS6
F3=Exit F11=Remove a message F13=Remove all F16=Remove all except unanswered Already at top of area.
F12=Cancel F24=More keys
Figure 83. Message Indicating Successful Transmission of Spool File
8.4 Send Print Spool File from MVS to AS/400

The objective of this section is to show how a print spool file queued by JES2 is transmitted to AS/400. There are many different ways that print output can be produced on an MVS system. However it is not the objective of this chapter to investigate these alternatives. We used MVS command PRINTDS - print a dataset. Print spool files are sent to a user ID at a node. On the AS/400 the profile of the addressed user includes information into which output queue the received spool file has to be placed.
Display User Profile - Basic User profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . : Previous sign-on . . . . . . Sign-on attempts not valid . Status . . . . . . . . . . . Date password last changed . Password expiration interval Set password to expired . . ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . : : : : : : SIMH 23.03.93 0 *ENABLED 02.02.93 *SYSVAL *NO 14.22.35
Message queue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . : Library . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . : Message queue delivery . . . . . . . . . . : Message queue severity . . . . . . . . . . : Output queue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . : Library . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . : Printer device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . : ...
SIMH QUSRSYS *NOTIFY 00 PRT01 QUSRSYS *WRKSTN
Figure 84. On the AS/400, DSPUSRPRF (Display User Profile)
In order to print an MVS dataset, enter the following command:
101
------------------------- TSO COMMAND PROCESSOR ENTER TSO COMMAND, CLIST, OR REXX EXEC BELOW: ===
-----------------------------
printds da( ipo1.*rmlib(jes2parm) ) dest(fsc400.simh)
Figure 85. To Print an MVS Dataset
SIMH N(INTERNAL) ***
Spooled file TSOISPF received for user SIMH FSC400. C
Figure 86. Successful Transmission of Spool File to AS/400
Work with All Spooled Files Type options, press Enter. 1=Send 2=Change 3=Hold 4=Delete 5=Display 8=Attributes 9=Work with printing status Device or Queue PRT01
6=Release
7=Messages
Opt
File TSOISPF
User SIMH
User Data TSOISPF
Sts HLD
Total Pages 16
Cur Page
Copy 1 Bottom
Parameters for options 1, 2, 3 or command === F3=Exit F10=View 3 F11=View 2 F12=Cancel

Figure 87. Received Spool File from MVS
F22=Printers
F24=More keys
102
Chapter 9. OfficeVision/VM Bridge

The VM/MVS Bridge, previously called PROFS/RSCS Bridge, allows VM/CMS, MVS/TSO and AS/400 users to exchange data files. OfficeVision/400 and OfficeVision/VM users may exchange messages, notes and documents as well. The example network includes an IBM 9370 with VM, RSCS and OfficeVision/VM. The SNA link between the IBM 9370 and the AS/400 is SNA/SDLC to the IBM 4381.
IBM 4381 IBM 9370 FSCVMB VM, MVS VM/SP 6.0 RSCS Node=ZCHVM5 OfficeVision/VM V2R2 VTAM LINE PC8L8 PU PC8CI1 via IBM IN LU PC8RI126 Network SDLC leased AS400BU3 AS/400 B45
Figure 88. Network, OfficeVision/VM Bridge Environment
This chapter covers the AS400BU3 to ZCHVM5 connection used by the OfficeVision/VM (OV/VM) Bridge. Addressing: The AS/400 represents an RSCS node. However, the store-and-forward mechanism is based on SNADS within AS/400. VM users are addressed with user at node, for example SIMH at ZCHVM5. AS/400 users are addressed with user.qualifier at node (DEN.DGN at REN), for example SIMH.FSC400 at AS400BU3. As long as DGN and REN of an AS/400 are the same, there is no additional effort required. Users might want to take advantage of the SNADS capabilities and introduce the DGN. This requires that each DGN of an AS/400 is defined as a node within RSCS. With AS400BU3, the DGN normally used for local users is FSC400. In our example, where we look at ZCHVM5 and AS400BU3, RSCS of ZCHVM5 has to define FSC400 as AS/400 nodes.
103
9.1 Definitions 9.1.1 RSCS

************************************************************************ * RSCS LOCAL NODEID SPECIFICATION * ************************************************************************ * LOCAL GMT * NODEID OFFSET COMMENTS * ------- ------- -------------------------------------LOCAL ZCHVM5 0 ************************************************************************ * RSCS OPERATOR FORM NAME SPECIFICATION * ************************************************************************ * * OPERATOR * FORM NAME * -------OPFORM * ************************************************************************ * RSCS CHANNEL RESERVATION SPECIFICATION * ************************************************************************ * * RESERVE THESE * CHANNELS * ------------CHANNELS F ************************************************************************ * RSCS LINK, ROUTE, PARM, AND AUTH SPECIFICATIONS * ************************************************************************ * * LINK VIRT TIME SPOOL KEEP QUEUE DISP LU- LOGMODE * LINKID TYPE ADDR ZONE CLASS SLOTS TYPE PRI NAME NAME * ------- ------ ---- ---- ----- ----- ----- ---- ------ ------LINK ZCHVM1 SNANJE * 0 * * * * DCQZRSCS RSCSNJE0 LINK ZCHVM4 SNANJE * 0 * * * * MCAZRSCS RSCSNJE0 LINK ZCHVM6 SNANJE * 0 * * * * PCEZRSCS RSCSNJE0 AST LINK ZCHVM7 SNANJE * 0 * * * * MCGZRSCS RSCSNJE0 *LINK ZCHVM8 SNANJE * 0 * * * * MCHZRSCS RSCSNJE0 LINK ZCHVM8 NJE 600 LINK ZCHVM9 NJE 610 LINK ZCHVSE4 SNANJE * 0 * * * * MCCZPNET RSCSNJE0 LINK ZCHVSE5 SNANJE * 0 * * * * MCDZPNET RSCSNJE0 * DIS MAILGATE R. LAEUFFER LINK DISLAN NJE * LINK AS400BU3 SNANJE * 0 * * * * PC8RI126 * AST * LINK MCASX011 SNANJE * 0 * * * * * RJE AST LINK MCASX021 SNANJE * 0 * * * * * RJE AST LINK MCASX031 SNANJE * 0 * * * * * RJE AST ... LINK HP 3270P 0AE * 3270 TERMINAL PRINTERS IN FSCH560 NETWORK 17.10.1990 GMY LINK MC2SEA48 SNA3270P * * * 2 * * * * AST LINK MC2SEA49 SNA3270P * * * 2 * * * * AST 104
... PARM MC2SEA48 L=72 P=132 VFC=YES SEP=NO ... PARM MCBSX07F L=72 P=132 VFC=YES SEP=NO * * LINKID PARM TEXT * ------- ------------PARM HP LPAGE=72 VFC=YES SEP=NO COMP=NO * * NODEID LINKID COMMENTS * -------- -------- ---------------------------------*ROUTE SYSTEM2 SYSTEM1 PASS FILES FOR SYSTEM2 TO SYSTEM1 ROUTE ZCHHLP1 ZCHVM1 ROUTE ZCHMVS1 ZCHVM1 ... ROUTE CHVM1 ZCHVM1 ROUTE CHVM2 ZCHVM1 ROUTE FSC400 AS400BU3 ... ************************************************************************ * REROUTE FILES FOR DISLAN TO DISMGWB INST. DIS R. LAEUFFER REROUTE ALL FOR DISLAN ANY TO * DISMGWB * REROUTE 3270 TERMINAL PRINTERS TO IS NETWORK REROUTE ALL FOR DCDPXA01 ANY TO CHVM1 DCDPXA01 REROUTE ALL FOR DCDPXA09 ANY TO CHVM1 DCDPXA09 ... REROUTE ALL FOR FCNPKI31 ANY TO CHVM1 FCNPKI31 ************************************************************************ * GIVE COMPLETE RSCS AUTHORIZATION TO OPERATOR * ************************************************************************ * LINKID USERID NODEID CP * -------- -------- -------- -AUTH * ADMIN * CP AUTH * MAINT * CP ... ************************************************************************ * RSCS SUPERVISOR SPECIFICATIONS * ************************************************************************ * COMMENTS * -----------------------------------TAGS 1000 NUMBER OF TAG SLOTS TO GENERATE DUMP VM OPERATNS DUMP TYPE AND USERID TO SEND IT TO MSGNOH SPECIFY NO HEADER (THE RSCS VIRTUAL * MACHINE MUST BE PRIVILEDGE CLASS B * (OR EQUIVALENT USER DEFINED CLASS) * TO USE THIS) ************************************************************************
Chapter 9. OfficeVision/VM B r i d g e
105
9.1.2 RSCS Remloc File

1 1 2 2 3 3 4 1...5....0....5....0....5....0....5....0 DEMO9370PROMAIL PROT ZCHVM5 PROMAIL FSCU ZCHVM5 PRUMAIL FSUU ZCHVM7 PROMAIL CSCT ZCHVM2 PROFMAILPROT ZHDISOSSSYSTEM D9ARDZCHMVS1 ZHDISOSTSYSTEM D9BRDZCHMVS1 ZHDISOSASYSTEM D9CRDZCHMVS1 CHIBMFSCSYSTEM NLSRDZCHMVS6 FSC400 SYSTEM SIMTSFSC400 S38BU3 S36BU3 OAC36 CHVM1 OVCSC SYSTEM SYSTEM SYSTEM CH2MAIL SYSTEM D4ARDZCHMVS1 D3ARDZCHMVS1 D3BRDZCHMVS1 CH2T OV2RDZCHMVS1
DCUZCIDPZCP DCUZCIDTZCT DCUZCIDAZCA CICST5 DSV AS/400 SIM DCUZCIDPZCP DCUZCIDPZCP DCUZCIDPZCP DCUZCIDPZCP
9.1.3 VTAM/NCP on IBM 4381

************************************************************************ * * * LINE, PU, LU DEFINITIONS FOR BNN LINKS AS/400 * * * ********************************************************************** * PC8L8 LINE ADDRESS=(8,HALF), REL. LINE ADDR, COMM OP MODE * CLOCKNG=EXT, INTERNAL/EXTERNAL CLOCKING * DUPLEX=FULL, RTS UP: FULL SEND/REC, HALF SEND* ETRATIO=30, ERROR TO XMIT RATIO (PER MILLE) * LPDATS=LPDA1, MODEM SUPPORTS LPDA * LTRUNC=NO, LINE TRACE DATA COPY TRUNCATION * MAXPU=1, MAX NUM OF PU ON LINK * NRZI=YES, NO-RETURN-TO-ZERO-INVERTED MODE * PAUSE=0.3, AV. DURATION OF POLLING CYCLE * RETRIES=(7,3,5), RECOVERY: RETRIES,PAUSE,SEQ. * SERVLIM=10, NUM OF REG SCANS BEFORE SOT SCAN* SPEED=9600, LINE SPEED IN BPS * SPAN=(PC8V43,LN,LAD008), * ISTATUS=ACTIVE * STATOPT= LI AS4 NRZI ** SERVICE ORDER=(PC8CI1) * PC8CI1 PU ADDR=C1, POLLING ADDRESS * ANS=CONTINUE, AUTO NETWORK SHUTDOWN * IRETRY=NO, IMMED. RETRY A POLLING TO ON PU * LPDA=ALLOW, BLOCK/ALLOW LPDA TESTS * MAXDATA=265, MAX AMOUNT OF DATA TO PU (BYTES)* MAXOUT=7, FRAMES SENT TO NCP BEF REQ RESP * PASSLIM=7, NUM OF CONSEC PIU S TO PU * PUTYPE=2, PUTYPE OF SDLC DEVICE ON LINE * DISCNT=NO, VTAM DISC SSCP-LU/PU SESS * ISTATUS=ACTIVE, VTAM INITIAL STATUS * SSCPFM=USSSCS, VTAM USS FORMAT * MODETAB=PCADS400, VTAM DEFAULT LOGMODE TABLE * PACING=7, VTAM PACING COUNT NCP-PU * 106
* *
SPAN=(MAJ0100,MIN04,BID400,PC8V43,PC8L8,PU), VPACING=8 VTAM PACING COUNT VTAM-NCP STATOPT= PU AS400 C1 LPDA ...
* PC8RI126 LU LOCADDR=26, LOCAL DEVICE ADDRESS DLOGMOD=RSCSNJE, VTAM DEFAULT LOGMODE SPAN=(MIN04,BID400,PC8V43,PC8L8,PC8CI1,LU), ISTATUS=ACTIVE VTAM INITIAL STATUS * STATOPT= NJE/RSCS AS400
LU0
* * *
9.1.3.1 Logmode Table Entry

*********************************************************************** * * * DSNAME PCADS400 VTAMLST * * * * USER DEFINED LOGON MODE TABLE FOR HOST PCA * * * *********************************************************************** PCADS400 MODETAB ... RSCSNJE MODEENT LOGMODE=RSCSNJE, FMPROF=X 0 3 , TSPROF=X 0 3 , PRIPROT=X 7 2 , SECPROT=X 7 2 , COMPROT=X4020, RUSIZES=X0000, PSNDPAC=X 0 0 , SRCVPAC=X 0 0 , SSNDPAC=X 0 0 , PSERVIC=X 0 0 , ENCR=0,TYPE=1 ... MODEEND END * * * * *
9.1.3.2 Cross Domain Resource Definitions

* CDRSC FUER NETID=CHIBM500 HOHLSTR.560 * ************************************************************************ CHIBM500 NETWORK NETID=CHIBM500 *----------------------------------------------------------------------* ... MCBZRSCS CDRSC ISTATUS=ACTIVE ... APPL RSCS
9.1.3.3 Further VTAM/NCP

Further VTAM/NCP, VM and RSCS definitions in the target IBM 9370 are transparent to the AS/400 implementation. It is assumed that the appropriate systems programmers will provide the required resource definitions.
9.1.4 AS/400
107
9.1.4.1 Line, Controller, Device Description

CRTLINSDLC LIND(FSC370LINE) RSRCNAME(LIN031) + ONLINE(*YES) ROLE(*SEC) LINESPEED(19200) + MODEM(*IBMLPDA1) DUPLEX(*FULL) + TEXT( Leased, PP, Connection to FSC 4381) + AUT(*USE) CRTCTLHOST CTLD(PC8CI1) LINKTYPE(*SDLC) ONLINE(*YES) + APPN(*NO) LINE(FSC370LINE) + SSCPID(05000000A0BE) STNADR(C1) + TEXT( PU(PC8CI1) to FSC4381 ) AUT(*USE) ... /* RSCS NJE */ CRTDEVSNUF DEVD(PC8RI126) LOCADR(1A) RMTLOCNAME(ZCHVM5) + CTL(PC8CI1) APPID(MCBZRSCS) TEXT( RSCS NJE )

Display Network Attributes System: AS400BU3 CHIBM600 AS400BU3 AS400BU3 MODLU62 64 *NETNODE 200 128 *LCLNETID AS400BU3
Current system name . . . . . . . . . . . . Pending system name . . . . . . . . . . . Local network ID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Local control point name . . . . . . . . . . Default local location . . . . . . . . . . . Default mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Maximum number of conversations for a remote location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPN node type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Maximum number of intermediate sessions . . Route addition resistance . . . . . . . . . Server network ID/control point name . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . .
: : : : : : : : : : :
S36APPN
Figure 89. Network Attributes, AS400BU3
AS/400 system name has to correspond with the RSCS link name.
9.1.4.3 Routing Table Entry
108
Display Details of Routing Table Entry Destination system name/Group . . . Description . . . Service level: Fast: Queue name . . Maximum hops . Status: Queue name . . Maximum hops . Data high: Queue name . . Maximum hops . Data low: Queue name . . Maximum hops .
. . : . . :
ZCHVM5 VM/RSCS of TS on 9370
. . : . . : . . : . . : . . : . . : . . : . . :
ZCHVM5 *DFT ZCHVM5 *DFT ZCHVM5 *DFT ZCHVM5 *DFT
Figure 90. Routing Table Entry, ZCHVM5
9.1.4.4 Distribution Queue

Display Details of Distribution Queue Queue . . . . . . . . Queue type . . . . . Remote location name Mode . . . . . . . . Remote net ID . . . . Local location name . Normal priority: Send time: From/To . . . . . Force . . . . . . Send depth . . . . High priority: Send time: From/To . . . . . Force . . . . . . Send depth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . : : : : : : ZCHVM5 *RPDS ZCHVM5 *NETATR *LOC *LOC Page 1 of 2
. . . : . . . : . . . :
: : 1
. . . : . . . : . . . :
: : 1
Figure 91 (Part 1 of 2). Distribution Queue, ZCHVM5
Display Details of Distribution Queue Number of retries . . . . . : Number of minutes between retries . . . . . : To ignore time/depth values while receiving: Send queue . . . . . . . : 3 5
Page 2 of 2
Y=Yes, N=No
Figure 91 (Part 2 of 2). Distribution Queue, ZCHVM5
109
9.1.4.5 VM Destination Entry

Work with VM Destinations Type options, press Enter. 2=Change 4=Remove 5=Display details VM Destination Node ID ZCHVM5 OfficeVision/VM Distribution Manager PROMAIL VM/RSCS Code Page DSP20
Opt
OfficeVision/VM YES
F3=Exit
F5=Refresh
F6=Add destination
F12=Cancel
F17=Top
Bottom F18=Bottom ------
Figure 92. VM Destination Entry
9.1.4.6 System Directory

To allow routing to any user at node ZCHVM5, we added the following system directory entry:
ADDDIRE USRID(*ANY ZCHVM5) USRD( Generic Entry for ZCHVM5 ) SYSNAME(ZCHVM5)

After the connection is established successfully, the RSCS node sends a message to user SYSTEM.AS400BU3 at AS400BU3. To receive this message correctly, we created a user profile SYSTEM and added an appropriate user:
CRTUSRPRF USRPRF(SYSTEM) TEXT( General VM bridge user ) MSGQ(QSYS/QSYSOPR) ADDDIRE USRID(SYSTEM AS400BU3) USRD( General VM bridge user ) SYSNAME(AS400BU3)
9.2 Operation 9.2.1 Starting the VM Bridge

If the VM bridge does not come up automatically when VM and AS/400 are started, start the bridge as follows: 1. Restart subsystem QSNADS or take option 5 - Send Queue - on the WRKDSTQ screen. While attempting to establish the connection, the distribution queue status is SENDING and the following message is sent to the QSYSOPR message queue:
VM/MVS bridge processes started for *RPDS gateway sender serving the ZCHVM5 distribution queue.
2. Next, start the RSCS link with AS/400. At the VM console, enter the following command:
SMSG RSCS START AS400BU3

Messages at the VM console document the successful establishment of the connection with the AS/400. The following message indicates that RSCS link to AS/400 has been activated.
110
DMTVXT700I DMTSNE151I DMTSNE152I DMTNCR905I
Activating link AS400BU3 SNANJE LUNAME PC8RI126 ... Link AS400BU3 LUNAME PC8RI126 ready for session initiation Link AS400BU3 LUNAME PC8RI126 session established Signon of link AS400BU3 complete, buffer size=1024
Enter the following VM console command to get the RSCS link status:
SMSG RSCS Q AS400BU3

If you get the following link status, the connection between AS/400 and RSCS is successfully established:
DMTCMQ652I Link AS400BU3 connected ... DMTCMQ637I Link AS400BU3 class=* hold=no drain=no ...
3. The AS/400 QSYSOPR message queue receives the following message indicating the successful establishment of the connection with RSCS.
Sign-on complete on VM/MVS bridge to remote location ZCHVM5. From . . . : SYSTEM ZCHVM5 25.11.91 15:24:55 DMTNCR905I Signon of link AS400BU3 complete, buffer size=1024
Only after this point is data exchanged between AS/400, RSCS and OfficeVision/VM. In our example, subsystem QSNADS maintains three jobs: LDZCHVM5, RCZCHVM5 and ZCHVM5. LDZCHVM5 is the communicating job, that is attached to the SNUF device PC8RI126.
9.3 Usage
This VM bridge can be used by VM/CMS and AS/400 ODF users to exchange data files. Consult AS/400 Communications Definitions II, GG24-3763 for further details. Users enrolled with OfficeVision/VM or OfficeVision/400 use this VM bridge to exchange messages, notes and documents. On OfficeVision/VM we have user SIMH at ZCHVM5, on OfficeVision/400 we have user SIMH.FSC400 at AS400BU3. Both users are enrolled. To show the interaction between these two OfficeVision products we documented the exchange of notes.
9.3.1 Sending Note from OV/400 to OV/VM
111
+NOTE P:12 Edit Req d Carrier Ret Pg:1 DSP11 .:..T.2..T.:..T.3..T.:..T.4..T.:..Tv5..T.:..T.6..T.:..T.7..T.:..T.8..T. ....9. F TO: SIMH ZCHVM5 Generic entry for TS PROFS VM FROM: DATE: SUBJECT: REFERENCE: F SIMH FSC400 S. Imhof on AS400BU3
date Testing OV/VM Bridge
This is to test the AS/400 - OV/VM Bridge. Regards, F F1=Copy F2=Move F3=Exit/Save F6=Find F10=Send F12=Cancel F13=Edit options F14=Get options F16=Adjust/Paginate F17=Functions F18=Search/Replace F19=Print/View F21=Nondisplay keys F22=Spell functions F23=Word spell aid F24=More keys
START TYPING YOUR NOTE HERE.

Figure 93. Typing Note with OfficeVision/400
In-Basket:Stephan Imhof Press a PF-key to see the note. ---SENDER-------TO----PF1 SIMH --FSC400 SIMH --ZCHVM5 Subject: Testing OV/VM Bridge PF2 SIMH --FSC400 SIMH --ZCHVM5 Subject: No Subject PF3 SIMH --FSC400 SIMH --ZCHVM5 Subject: No Subject PF4 SIMH --FSC400 SIMH --ZCHVM5 Subject: No Subject
DSP11
TYPE NOTE NOTE NOTE NOTE
DUE DATE
DOCUMENT-DATE 18/09/91 16:29 18/09/91 15:06 18/09/91 14:56 03/05/91 11:25
PF9 Help
PF10 Next Page
PF11 Previous Page
Page 1 of PF12 Cancel
Figure 94. Receiving Note with OfficeVision/VM
112
NOTE FROM: SIMH --FSC400 TO: SIMH ZCHVM5 FROM: DATE: SUBJECT: SIMH FSC400 Date and Time: Generic entry for TS PROFS VM S. Imhof on AS400BU3
DSP11 18/09/91 16:29:31
SEPTEMBER 18, 1991 Testing OV/VM Bridge
This is to test the AS/400 - OV/VM Bridge. Regards,
* * END OF NOTE * *
PF1 Altern.-PF PF2 File Note PF3 Keep PF4 Delete PF5 Forward PF7 Resend PF8 Print PF9 Help PF10 Next Page PF11 Previous Page
Figure 95. Viewing Received Note with OfficeVision/VM
PF6 Reply PF12 Cancel
9.3.2 Sending Note from OV/VM to OV/400

SEND A NOTE Send to: fsc400(simh) From: Subject: Testing OV/VM Bridge This is to test the OV/VM - OV/400 Bridge. Many regards, DSP11
PF1 Top PF2 Bottom PF3 Delete line PF4 Add line PF5 Join PF6 Format PF7 Send PF8 Proof PF9 Help PF10 Next Page PF11 Previous Page PF12 Cancel
Figure 96. Typing Note with OfficeVision/VM
113
Work with Mail Working with mail for . . . . . : SIMH FSC400
DSP11 User ID/Address...
Type options, press Enter. 2=Revise a copy 4=Delete 9=Print options 10=Forward 14=Authority
5=View 11=Reply
6=Print 12=File remote
8=Change details 13=File local
Opt
Status NEW OPENED OPENED OPENED OPENED
-------From------User ID Address SIMH ZCHVM5 SIMH ZCHVM5 QGATE AS400BU3 QGATE AS400BU3 ROOT EFSCRS53
Description Testing OV/VM Bridge No Subject Undeliverable Mail Undeliverable Mail Test de Communication
Date Received 18.09.91 18.09.91 13.09.91 13.06.91 24.05.91
Bottom F3=Exit F5=Refresh F10=Display new mail F6=Work with outgoing mail status F12=Cancel F13=More tasks F24=More keys
Figure 97. Receiving Note with OfficeVision/400
MAIL P:12 VIEW Pg:1 DSP11 .:....2...T:...T3...T:...T4...T:...T5..vT:...T6...T:...T7...T:...T8...T:...T9. From: SIMH --ZCHVM5 Date and time: 18.09.91 16:35:14 An: SIMH --FSC400 Von: Betreff: Testing OV/VM Bridge This is to test the OV/VM - OV/400 Bridge. Many regards,
F3=Exit F4=Find char F5=Goto F6=Find
F7=Window F8=Reset F10=Forward F11=Reply
F12=Cancel F13=Edit option F14=Delete mail F15=File local
F16=File remote F17=Function F19=Print F21=Nondisplay keys @
Figure 98. Viewing Received Note with OfficeVision/400
114

AS/400 NETWORK ATTRIBUTES System Name AS400BU3 2 VM
SYSTEM DIRECTORY User ID/Address: *ANY.ZCHVM5 System name: ZCHVM5 User ID/Address: SYSTEM.AS400BU3 System name: AS400BU3 2 ROUTING TABLE System Name: ZCHVM5 Queue Name: ZCHVM5 DISTRIBUTION QUEUE Queue Name: ZCHVM5 Queue Type: *RPDS Rem Location: ZCHVM5 RSCS DESTINATION Dest Node ID: ZCHVM5 1 OV/VM: YES 1 OV/VM Distr Mgr: PROMAIL 1 DEVD NAME(PC8RI126) LOCADR(1A) 4 RMTLOCNAME(ZCHVM5) CTL(PC8CI1) APPID(MCBZRSCS) 3 CTLD NAME(PC8CI1) STNADR(C1) 5 LINE(FSC370LINE) LIND NAME(FSC370LINE)
OV/VM DISTRIBUTION MANAGER 1 ZCHVM5 PROMAIL
OV/VM DISTRIBUTION REQUEST TO: FSC400(SIMH) RSCS REMLOC FILE FSC400 .. SYSTEM .. FSC400 RSCS ROUTING ROUTE FSC400 AS400BU3 RSCS LINK LINK AS400BU3 ... PC8RI126 2
VTAM/NCP TS IBM 4381 LINE PC8L8 PU 5 ... LU 4 PC8RI126 LOCADDR=26 PC8CI1 ADDR=C1
3 CDRSC MCBZRSCS
Figure 99. OfficeVision/VM Bridge, Matching Parameters
115
116
Chapter 10. VM/MVS Bridge Monitor Program
10.1 Situation
The VM/MVS Bridge allows transfer of files between System/390 and AS/400 users. The AS/400 represents an SNA/NJE node. For communications an SNA LU TYPE session is used. Since it is a dependent SNA session, AS/400 has to request the session establishment. After the AS/400 subsystem QSNADS is started, the VM/MVS Bridge jobs try to establish the connection.
If there are not objects in the distribution queue, there is only a single attempt to get the connection. If there are objects in the distribution queue, the VM/MVS Bridge jobs retry based on the definitions given when the distribution queue was created.
If the SNA connection with the System/390 is not up and running at the moment, the VM/MVS Bridge jobs try to communicate. They make only a single attempt. The connection will work if the device has the status VARIED ON. There is the same situation in the case where the connection has been established successfully and the was interrupted afterwards.
10.2 Approaches to Solve

Since the restart capabilities of the VM/MVS Bridge jobs do not cover all situations, we see a need for a higher-level monitor program. With OS/400 V2R2, you can accomplish a monitor function using the alert filtering and routing function. However, for a single case, we find it easier not to use this latest enhancement. Technical remark: The VM/MVS Bridge for a specific remote note, for example ZCHVM1, consists of three jobs: ZCHVM1 (the main job), RDZCHVM1 (the communicating job) and job LDZCHVM1. We selected a CL program to monitor the device status. This monitor CL program is started with subsystem QSNADS. It checks periodically to see if the VM/MVS bridge is active, that is whether the RD... job is attached to the SNUF device and whether the status of this device is ACTIVE. If the RD... job is not attached to the SNUF device, the device status is not ACTIVE, the CL command SNDDSTQ is used to re-start the VM/MVS Bridge. If the main job, in our case ZCHVM1, is still active and if there are no objects in the distribution queue, CL command SNDDSTQ has no effect. Sending a dummy message to an existing or non-existing VM or MVS user ID is the best option. This message is queued in the distribution queue and invokes
117
the retries. After the CL program sends the dummy message, CL command SNDDSTQ is required to start the process. The main job can be terminated with the CL command ENDJOB. We find this approach may show negative consequences. Termination and restart of subsystem QSNADS is another approach. On an AS/400 system with multiple SNADS connections this approach is not acceptable.
10.3 VM/MVS Bridge Monitor Program

To follow the solution based on the discussion in the previous chapter you must implement the following components:

CL Program WUPRPDS Add Autostart Job Entry to Subsystem QSNADS Add Routing Entry to Subsystem QSNADS Create Job Description WUPRPDS Configure Distribution Queue
The changes to subsystem QSNADS can only be made when it is inactive. After you make the changes and restart subsystem QSNADS, the VM/MVS Bridge will restart automatically.
10.3.1 CL Program WUPRPDS

PGM DCL DCL /* /* CHGVAR DLYJOB START: /* 1 RTVCFGSTS CFGD(PC8RI128) CFGTYPE(*DEV) STSCDE(&DEVSTS) ******** */ VAR(&DEVSTS) TYPE(*DEC) LEN(5 0) VAR(&LSTCHK) TYPE(*CHAR) LEN(1) &LSTCHK = S, SUCCESSFUL &LSTCHK = F, DEVICE WAS NOT ACTIVE VAR(&LSTCHK) VALUE( S ) DLY(120)
*/ */
/* BRIDGE IS ACTIVE OR AT LEAST TRYING */ IF COND(&DEVSTS *EQ 60) THEN(DO) CHGVAR VAR(&LSTCHK) VALUE( S ) DLYJOB DLY(720) GOTO CMDLBL(START) ENDDO /* BRIDGE NOT ACTIVE, IF IT WAS ACTIVE AT LAST CHECK */ /* SEND DUMMY MESSAGE TO PUSH */ IF COND(&LSTCHK *EQ S ) THEN(SNDNETMSG + MSG( R ) TOUSRID((ICCCSFBO CHAIBM00))) SNDDSTQ DSTQ(ZCHVM1) PTY(*HIGH) /* .rk.2 ****** */ CHGVAR VAR(&LSTCHK) VALUE( F ) DLYJOB DLY(720) 118
GOTO ENDPGM
CMDLBL(START)
Required changes to the above CL program:

1 Name of your device description, leading to RSCS or JES2 2 Name of your distribution queue you defined for RSCS or JES2
This documented example runs with IBM VANS RSCS. As long as the content and address of the dummy message is not changed, IBM VANS will not charge this traffic. Create the CL program in library QGPL.
10.3.2 Autostart Job Entry

ADDAJE SBSD(QSNADS) JOB(WUPRPDS) JOBD(QGPL/WUPRPDS)
Figure 100. Autostart Job Entry
10.3.3 Routing Entry

ADDRTGE SBSD(QSNADS) SEQNBR(9998) PGM(QGPL/WUPRPDS) CLS(QGPL/QSNADS) + CMPVAL( WUPRPDS )
Figure 101. Routing Entry
10.3.4 Job Description

CRTJOBD (QGPL/WUPRPDS) JOBQ(QGPL/QSNADS) USER(SYSTEM) RTGDTA( WUPRPDS )
Figure 102. Job Description
USER SYSTEM must be a local user authorized to use the CL program WUPRPDS. USER SYSTEM must be included in the local distribution directory (WRKDIR). In this example, user is SYSTEM.AS400BU3 AS400BU3.
10.3.5 Configuration of Distribution Queue

The objective is that this monitor program represents a higher-level monitor above the retries already defined in the SNADS distribution queue. This means that distribution queue retries should be done within the the wait/inactivity time of this monitor program. Change your distribution queue with CL command CFGDSTSRV so that the SNADS automatic retries fall within the DLYJOB number of seconds as defined in WUPRPDS.
Chapter 10. VM/MVS Bridge Monitor Program
119
120
Part 3. AS/400 Peer Communications
121
122
Chapter 11. Submit Network Job via SNADS

The CL command Submit Network Job (SBMNETJOB) sends a job stream to another system user in the SNADS network. At the receiving system, the job may be submitted immediately, filed for placement by the receiving user, or rejected. It is governed by the value JOBACN in the network attributes, or by the value specified on the ACTION parameter of the Add Network Job Entry (ADDNETJOBE) or Change Network Job Entry (CHGNETJOBE) CL commands. The CL command SBMNETJOB can only be used to send a batch job stream to a user on a remote system.

On the target system, set the NETA parameter Job Action to value *SEARCH.
5738SS1 V2R1M0 910524 Network Current system name . . . . . . . . . . . . Pending system name . . . . . . . . . . . Local network ID . . . . . . . . . . . . . Local control point name . . . . . . . . . Default local location . . . . . . . . . . Default mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPN node type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Maximum number of intermediate sessions . . Route addition resistance . . . . . . . . . Network node servers: Server network ID/control point name . . Alert status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Alert primary focal point . . . . . . . . . Alert default focal point . . . . . . . . . Alert logging status . . . . . . . . . . . Alert controller description . . . . . . . Alert hold count. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Message queue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Library . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Output queue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Library . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Job action. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Maximum hop count . . . . . . . . . . . . . DDM request access . . . . . . . . . . . . PC Support request access . . . . . . . . . Default ISDN network type . . . . . . . . . Default ISDN connection list . . . . . . .
Attributes . . . : SYSNAME . . . : . . . : LCLNETID . . . : LCLCPNAME . . . : LCLLOCNAME . . . : DFTMODE . . . : NODETYPE . . . : MAXINTSSN . . . : RAR NETSERVER . . . : . . . : ALRSTS . . . : ALRPRIFP . . . : ALRDFTFP . . . : ALRLOGSTS . . . : ALRCTLD . . . : ALRHLDCNT . . . : MSGQ . . . : . . . : OUTQ . . . : . . . : JOBACN . . . : MAXHOP . . . : DDMACC . . . : PCSACC . . . : DFTNETTYPE . . . : DFTCNNLST
AS400BU3 CHIBM600 AS400BU3 AS400BU3 MODLU62 *NETNODE 200 128
*ON *YES *NO *ALL *NONE 0 QSYSOPR QSYS QPRINT QGPL *SEARCH 16 *OBJAUT *OBJAUT QDCCNNLANY
Figure 103. SNADS AS/400 Definitions Network Attributes
The following CL commands support the network job table function:
123
Work with Network Job Entries System: AS400BU3 Network job action . . . . . . . : *SEARCH Position to . . . . . . . . . . . User ID/Address Type options, press Enter. 1=Add network job entry 2=Change network job entry 4=Remove network job entry Opt User ID Address Action User ----Message Queue----CMN FSCB20 *SUBMIT CMN *USRPRF
Figure 104 (Part 1 of 2). SNADS AS/400 Definitions Network Job Entries
Add Network Job Entry (ADDNETJOBE) Type choices, press Enter. User ID: User ID . . . . . . . . . . . CMN Character value User ID qualifier . . . . . . FSCB20 Character value Network job action . . . . . . . *SUBMIT *FILE, *REJECT, *SUBMIT User profile . . . . . . . . . . CMN Name Message queue . . . . . . . . . *USRPRF Name, *USRPRF, *NONE Library . . . . . . . . . . . Name, *LIBL, *CURLIB Job queue . . . . . . . . . . . QBATCH Name Library . . . . . . . . . . . *LIBL Name, *LIBL, *CURLIB
Figure 104 (Part 2 of 2). SNADS AS/400 Definitions Network Job Entries
11.2 Batch Job

The following job stream lists a library and resends the output back to the requester on the source system.
SOURCE FILE . . . . . . . CMNLIB/QCLSRC MEMBER . . . . . . . . . ODFBATCH03 SEQNBR*...+... 1 ...+... 2 ...+... 3 ...+... 4 ...+... 5 ...+... 6 ...+... 7 ... 100 //BCHJOB JOB(ODFJOB) JOBD(QGPL/CMNJOBD) JOBQ(*JOBD) OUTQ(*JOBD) + 200 LOG(*JOBD *JOBD *MSG) MSGQ(CMNLIB/ODFJOBMSGQ) 300 DSPLIB LIB(GUEST) OUTPUT(*PRINT) 400 SNDNETSPLF FILE(QPDSPLIB) TOUSRID((CMN FSCB20)) JOB(*) DTAFMT(*ALLDATA) 500 //ENDBCHJOB
Figure 105. SNADS Batch Job
11.3 Operations
Use the following CL command to send a job stream to user CMN.FSC400 at the remote system AS400BU3. The SNADS environment is documented in AS/400 Communications Definitions I , GG24-3449.
124
Submit Network Job (SBMNETJOB) Type choices, press Enter. File . . . . . . . . . . . . . . QCLSRC Name Library . . . . . . . . . . . CMNLIB Name, *LIBL, *CURLIB User ID: User ID . . . . . . . . . . . CMN Character value Address . . . . . . . . . . . FSC400 Character value + for more values Member . . . . . . . . . . . . . ODFBATCH03 Name, *FIRST
Figure 106. SNADS - Send a Job Stream
11.4 Job Control

The following messages prove that the job stream was submitted on the remote system. Submitting user on the source system is CMN.FSCB20
Additional Message Information Message ID . . . . . . : CPC8056 Severity . . . . . . : 00 Message type . . . . . : INFO Date sent . . . . . . . : 20/11/91 Time sent . . . . . : 10:29:07 From program . . . . . : QUOCMD Instruction . . . . : 0000 To program . . . . . . : QUOMAIN Instruction . . . . : 0000 Message . . . . : Input stream in file QCLSRC in CMNLIB member ODFBATCH03 sent to 1 users. Not sent to 0 users. Cause . . . . . : The input stream was sent to 1 users, using the Submit Network Job (SBMNETJOB) command. The input stream was not sent to 0 users because they had distributions that were not correct. Recovery . . . : See the previously listed messages in the job log to determine the cause of the error. Correct the error and try the request again.
Figure 107 (Part 1 of 3). SNADS - Messages to the Submitting User
Additional Message Information Message ID . . . . . . : CPI8073 Severity . . . . . . : 00 Message type . . . . . : INFO Job . . : QNFTP User . . : QSNADS Number . . : 031761 Date sent . . . . . . . : 20/11/91 Time sent . . . . . : 10:29:48 From program . . . . . : QNFDSTRB Instruction . . . . : 0000 Message . . . . : Job stream file QCLSRC member ODFBATCH03 received for user CMN FSC400. 1 jobs submitted. 0 jobs not submitted. Cause . . . . . : The job stream was sent by user CMN FSCB20 to user CMN FSC400 at 20/11/91 10:29:06 and received at 20/11/91 10:27:37. The job stream was submitted to a job queue.
125
Additional Message Information Message ID . . . . . . : CPI8052 Severity . . . . . . : 00 Message type . . . . . : INFO Job . . : QNFTP User . . : QSNADS Number . . : 031761 Date sent . . . . . . . : 20/11/91 Time sent . . . . . : 10:29:58 From program . . . . . : QNFDSTRB Instruction . . . . : 0000 Message . . . . : Spooled file QPDSPLIB received and placed on output queue PRT01 in library QUSRSYS. Cause . . . . . : The spooled (processed later) file that was sent by user CMN FSC400 to user CMN FSCB20 at 20/11/91 10:27:57 was received at 20/11/91 10:29:54.
On the target system, user CMN.FSC400 receives the following messages in his message queue.
Additional Message Information Message ID . . . . . . : CPI8053 Severity . . . . . . : 00 Message type . . . . . : INFO Job . . : QNFTP User . . : QSNADS Number . . : 036429 Date sent . . . . . . . : 22.11.91 Time sent . . . . . : 10:58:57 From program . . . . . : QNFDSTRB Instruction . . . . : 0000 Message . . . . : Input stream file QCLSRC member ODFBATCH03 received from user CMN FSCB20. 1 jobs submitted. 0 jobs not submitted Cause . . . . . : The input stream that was sent by user CMN FSCB20 to user CMN FSC400 at 22.11.91 11:00:37 was received at 22.11.91 10:58:52. The input stream was submitted to a job queue. If any jobs in the input stream were not submitted, a previously displayed message identifies the jobs that were not submitted. Also, the job logs for those jobs indicate the reason the jobs were not submitted.
Figure 108 (Part 1 of 2). SNADS - Messages on the Target System
Additional Message Information Message ID . . . . . . : CPI8072 Severity . . . . . . : 00 Message type . . . . . : INFO Job . . : QNFTP User . . : QSNADS Number . . : 036429 Date sent . . . . . . . : 22.11.91 Time sent . . . . . : 10:59:20 From program . . . . . : QNFDSTRB Instruction . . . . : 0000 Message . . . . : Spooled file QPDSPLIB received for user CMN FSCB20. Cause . . . . . : The spooled (processed later) file was sent by user CMN FSC400 to user CMN FSCB20. It has been placed on output queue PRT01 in QUSRSYS. The file was sent at 22.11.91 10:59:06 and was received at 22.11.91 11:01:01.
Figure 108 (Part 2 of 2). SNADS - Messages on the Target System
126
AS/400 Target
AS/400 Source
WRKDIR Usr.Id CMN Address FSC400 WRKNETJOBE Usr.Id CMN 1 Address FSCB20 2 User CMN WRKJOBD Job D. CMNJOBD Lib QGPL User CMN BCHJOB JOBD CMNJOBD LIB QGPL
WRKDIR 1 Usr.Id CMN 2 Address FSCB20
11.6 Completion Message

If the job stream fails on the target system, the sender does not receive any messages. To avoid this problem, use the MSGQ parameter on the BCHJOB command to specify the name of the message queue where you want a completion message sent when the job ends.
127
128
Part 4. Remote Workstation Controller
129
130
Chapter 12. IBM 5394 via SNA/X.25 SVC, Called by AS/400

The IBM 5394 usually establishes the connection with the AS/400 host by dialing the PSTN number or by submitting an X.25 call. Note: AS/400 does not have a means to establish implicitly the connection from the AS/400 to the IBM 5394. It does with the IBM 5494. With a short CL program and the appropriate configuration of the IBM 5394, you can create and automatically control the connection from an AS/400 to the IBM 5394 in auto-answer status. This process is documented in this chapter.
* * * * * * * * AS/400 47971013 * TELEPAC * 47911140 5394 * PTT PSDN * * * * * * * * * Call Direction
Figure 109. IBM 5394, using multiple X.25 links to AS/400
12.1 IBM 5394 Setup

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 D . . . . . . P . . . . . . . . . . . . .
0/ 1/ 2/
AA 1 BB 1 2A 7 0A03
0 2
C1
4 0 2 7
5 1
2 0 0 0
6 0 0 1 0 1 1 2 P 1 0
Figure 110. IBM 5394 Setup Screen for X.25
A display station is on port 0 address 0 of the IBM 5394. We used an IBM 3180, with a Swiss German multinational keyboard. Therefore, we had a value of 2 A for parameter 1. On port 1 address 0, we attached an IBM 5224 printer. The LOCADR parameter of the display has to be 00. Because the printer is attached to port 1 address 0, the LOCADR has to be 07.
131
12.2 AS/400 Definitions 12.2.1 TELEPAC Link

The following CL program defines the X.25 line as registered in TELEPAC by the Swiss PTT.
... CRTLINX25 LIND(X25LINE) RSRCNAME(LIN071) LGLCHLE((001 + *PVC) (002 *SVCBOTH) (003 *SVCBOTH) (004 + *SVCBOTH) (005 *SVCBOTH) (006 *SVCBOTH) + (007 *SVCBOTH) (008 *SVCBOTH)) + NETADR(47911140) CNNINIT(*LOCAL) + ONLINE(*NO) EXCHID(056FFFFF) + DFTPKTSIZE(128) MAXPKTSIZE(512) MODULUS(8) + DFTWDWSIZE(2) TEXT( X.25 link, 47911140 ) ...
12.2.2 IBM 5394 Controller

The following CL program will create the controller, display station, and printer device description for the remote IBM 5394.
... CRTCTLRWS CTLD(XRWS5394) TYPE(5394) MODEL(1) + LINKTYPE(*X25) ONLINE(*NO) SWITCHED(*YES) + SWTLINLST(X25LINE) + EXCHID(05F000C1) INLCNN(*DIAL) + CNNNBR(47971013) NETLVL(1984) + CNNPWD(P5394) TEXT( Rem 5394 via X.25/SVC ) CRTDEVDSP DEVD(XRWS5394) DEVCLS(*RMT) TYPE(3180) + MODEL(2) LOCADR(00) ONLINE(*NO) + CTL(XRWS5394) DROP(*NO) TEXT( IBM 3180-2 + an IBM 5394 ) CRTDEVPRT DEVD(XRWS5394PP) DEVCLS(*RMT) TYPE(5224) + MODEL(2) LOCADR(07) ONLINE(*NO) + CTL(XRWS5394) TEXT( IBM 5224-2 an IBM 5394 )
12.2.3 Mechanism to Activate

12.2.3.1 Display File RWSCALL
Edit the following DDS source member. In our example, we used RWSCALLR in CMNLIB.QDDSSRC.
A A
R RWSCALLR
10 20 TEXT
Create the display file using the following CL command:
CRTDSPF FILE(CMNLIB/RWSCALL) SRCFILE(CMNLIB/QDDSSRC) DEV(XRWS5394)
132
Note: The DEV parameter value is *REQUESTER. This value indicates that the display station is attached to the remote workstation controller with which we want to establish a connection.
12.2.3.2 CL Programs AUTORWS and RWSCALL

CL program AUTORWS is a simple monitor program that periodically (every 120 seconds) checks the status of the remote workstation controller. If the workstation controller has status VARY ON PENDING, this CL program varies the controller OFF and ON. It also calls program RWSCALL to automatically re-establish the connection. Note: These two CL programs represent only a basic sample of automated operation. If you intend to use these programs as a base, carefully watch your operation. You may need to add appropriate statements to these CL programs to manage the situation you observe in your network.
CL Program AUTORWS
PGM DCL /* START: DLYJOB DLY(120) RTVCFGSTS CFGD(XRWS5394) CFGTYPE(*CTL) STSCDE(&DEVSTS) /* CONTROLLER IS NOT CONNECTED */ IF COND(&DEVSTS *EQ 20) THEN(DO) VRYCFG VRYCFG CFGOBJ(XRWS5394) CFGTYPE(*CTL) STATUS(*OFF) + RANGE(*NET) CFGOBJ(XRWS5394) CFGTYPE(*CTL) STATUS(*ON) + RANGE(*NET) PGM(CMNLIB/RWSCALL) VAR(&DEVSTS) TYPE(*DEC) LEN(5 0) 20 = VARY ON PENDING
*/
CALL ENDDO GOTO ENDPGM
CMDLBL(START)
CL Program RWSCALL.
PGM DCLF FILE(CMNLIB/RWSCALL)
SNDF DEV(XRWS5394B) RCDFMT(RWSCALLR) /* IN CASE CONNECTION CAN T BE ESTABLISHED MONMSG MSGID(CPF4128) ENDPGM
*/
133
12.3 Operation 12.3.1 On the IBM 5394

Power on the display station, printer, and controller.
12.3.2 On the AS/400

Activate the X.25 line, the remote workstation controller, the display station, and the printer device descriptions. The X.25 line will get status VARIED ON . The remote workstation controller and the devices will get status VARY ON PENDING .
12.3.3 Connection Establishment

To establish the connection from AS/400 to the IBM 5394, call CL program AUTORWS:
CALL CMNLIB/AUTORWS
You can call CL program AUTORWS in batch job. After a successful call, the status of the configuration objects on the AS/400 will change to the following status:
Work with Configuration Status Opt Lin/Ctl/Dev/Mod X25LINE XRWS5394 XRWS5394 XRWS5394P Status ACTIVE ACTIVE SIGNON DISPLAY VARIED ON
Figure 111. Final Status after Connection Establishment
The terminal and the printer are now ready to use.
134
AS/400 Line Description LIND(X25LINE) EXCHID(056FFFFF) MODULUS(8) /default LCLNETADR(47911140) LGLCHLE((0 1 *PVC) (002 *SVCBOTH) (0 . *SVCBOTH) (008 *SVCBOTH) Control Unit Description CTLD(XRWS5394) TYPE(5394) MODEL(1) LINKTYPE(*X25) SWITCHED(*YES) CNNNBR(47911013) INLCNN(*DIAL) NETLVL(1984) EXCHID(05F000C1) SWTLINLST(X25LINE) DFTPKTSIZE /default DFTWDWSIZE /default CNNPWD(P5394) LINKPCL /default Device Description DEVD(XRWS5394) CTL(XRWS5394) LOCADR(00) Device Description DEVD(XRWS5394P) CTL(XRWS5394) LOCADR(07) DSPF FILE(CMNLIB/RWSCALL) DEV(XRWS5394) CLP CMNLIB/RWSCALL DCLF (CMNLIB/RWSCALL) SDNF ...
IBM 5394 Setup Screen 2 0/0=D 10 1/0=P AA 1 BB 0 1 2A 2 C1 1 3 4 0 2 7 7 (Port/Addr) (Port/Addr) (Communication Mode) (Operating Mode) (Keyboard Code) (Station Address)
(X.25 Subscrip Data)
9 9
6 7 5 8
6 9 3 8
5 1 2 0 0 0 (X.25 Config Data) 6 0 0 1 0 1 1 2 (X.25 SW Data) 7 0A03 (Retry Parameters) P 1 0 (Hardcopy Printer)
10
Figure 112. Matching Parameters, AS/400 calling I B M 5394 using X.25/SVC
135
136
Chapter 13. IBM 5394 via SNA/X.25 SVC, AS/400 with Double X.25 Access
IBM 5394 remote workstation controller must communicate with a single AS/400 that has two links with the PSDN. When establishing the connection with the AS/400, the IBM 5394 user may chose either address of the target AS/400 without loading a different configuration diskette on the IBM 5394. On the AS/400, there is only one CTLD and one associated set of DEVDs for this IBM 5394. Manually selecting either AS/400 address is not discussed in this chapter. The PSDN can re-direct the X.25 call request from the 5394 to either AS/400 address as part of the its service.
* * * * * * * * 47911140 AS/400 47971013 * TELEPAC 5394 * 47911141 * Swiss PTT PSDN * * * * * * * *
Figure 113. IBM 5394, using multiple X.25 links of AS/400
13.1 IBM 5394 Setup

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 D . . . . . . P . . . . . . . . . . . . .
0/ 1/ 2/
AA 1 BB 1 2A 7 0A03
0 2
C1
4 0 2 7
5 1
0 0 0 0
6 0 0 1 0 1 1 2 P 1 0
Figure 114. IBM 5394 Setup Screen for X.25
A display station is on port 0 address 0 of the IBM 5394. We used an IBM 3180, with Swiss German multinational keyboard. Therefore we had a value of 2 A for parameter 1. On port 1 address 0, we attached an IBM 5224 printer.
137
The LOCADR parameter of the display must be 00. Because the printer is attached on port 1 address 0, the LOCADR has to be 07.

On the AS/400, we created one X.25 line description for each of the two links. One remote workstation controller description is required with the appropriate device descriptions.
13.2.1 TELEPAC Link 1

The following CL program defines the first X.25 line.
CRTLINX25 LIND(X25LINE) RSRCNAME(LIN051) LGLCHLE((001 + *PVC) (002 *SVCBOTH) (003 *SVCBOTH) (004 + *SVCBOTH) (005 *SVCBOTH) (006 *SVCBOTH) + (007 *SVCBOTH) (008 *SVCBOTH)) + NETADR(47911140) CNNINIT(*LOCAL) + ONLINE(*NO) EXCHID(056FFFFF) + DFTPKTSIZE(128) MAXPKTSIZE(512) MODULUS(8) + DFTWDWSIZE(2) TEXT( X.25 link, 47911140 )
13.2.2 TELEPAC Link 2

This CL program defines the second X.25 link.
CRTLINX25 LIND(X25LIN2) RSRCNAME(LIN052) LGLCHLE((001 + *PVC) (002 *SVCBOTH) (003 *SVCBOTH) (004 + *SVCBOTH) (005 *SVCBOTH) (006 *SVCBOTH) + (007 *SVCBOTH) (008 *SVCBOTH)) + NETADR(47911141) CNNINIT(*LOCAL) + ONLINE(*NO) EXCHID(056EEEEE) + DFTPKTSIZE(128) MAXPKTSIZE(512) MODULUS(8) + DFTWDWSIZE(2) TEXT( X.25 link, 47911141 )
13.2.3 IBM 5394 Controller

This CL program creates the controller, display station, and printer device description for the remote IBM 5394.
CRTCTLRWS CTLD(XRWS5394) TYPE(5394) MODEL(1) + LINKTYPE(*X25) ONLINE(*NO) SWITCHED(*YES) + SWTLINLST(X25LINE X25LIN2) + EXCHID(05F000C1) INLCNN(*ANS) + CNNNBR(47971013) NETLVL(1984) + CNNPWD(P5394) TEXT( Rem 5394 via X.25/SVC ) CRTDEVDSP DEVD(XRWS5394) DEVCLS(*RMT) TYPE(3180) + MODEL(2) LOCADR(00) ONLINE(*NO) + CTL(XRWS5394) DROP(*NO) TEXT( IBM 3180-2 + an IBM 5394 ) CRTDEVPRT DEVD(XRWS5394PP) DEVCLS(*RMT) TYPE(5224) + MODEL(2) LOCADR(07) ONLINE(*NO) + CTL(XRWS5394) TEXT( IBM 5224-2 an IBM 5394 )
138
13.3 Operation
To activate the X.25 lines and the remote workstation controller perform these steps: 1. Activate the X.25 lines by entering WRKCFGSTS *LIN X25LIN*. Then select option 1 on both lines to activate. After about 20 to 30 seconds, the line status will change from VARIED OFF to VARY ON PENDING to VARIED ON . This status indicates that the AS/400 is communicating on a link level. 2. Activate the controller by entering WRKCFGSTS *CTL XRWS5394. Then select option 1 for the controller. After a few seconds, the controller and the device status will change to VARY ON PENDING .
Work with Configuration Status Opt Lin/Ctl/Dev/Mod XRWS5394 XRWS5394 XRWS5394P Status VARY ON PENDING VARY ON PENDING VARY ON PENDING
Figure 115. Status of Controller XRWS5394
3. Using the IBM 5394

Power on the display station, printer, and controller. From master terminal, press SYS REQ. Refer to the IBM 5394 User s Guide , Appendix F (Key Sequences) for other keyboards. Enter: c,n47911140,xP5394 c means call. n determines the X.25 address field. 47911140 is the X.25 address of the AS/400. You can chose either 47911140, the first AS/400 address or 47911141, the second AS/400 address. x determines the password field. P5394 is the connection password. It is case sensitive.
4. After a successful call, the line status at the AS/400 changes to:
Work with Configuration Status Opt Lin/Ctl/Dev/Mod X25LINE XRWS5394 XRWS5394 XRWS5394P Status ACTIVE ACTIVE SIGNON DISPLAY VARIED ON
Figure 116. Final Status, using the first X.25 Line
The terminal and printer are now ready to use.
Chapter 13. IBM 5394 via SNA/X.25 SVC, AS/400 with Double X.25 Access
139

AS/400 Line Description LIND(X25LINE) EXCHID(056FFFFF) MODULUS(8) /default LCLNETADR(47911140) LGLCHLE((0 1 *PVC) (002 *SVCBOTH) (0 . *SVCBOTH) (008 *SVCBOTH) LIND(X25LIN2) EXCHID(056EEEEE) MODULUS(8) /default LCLNETADR(47911141) LGLCHLE((0 1 *PVC) (002 *SVCBOTH) (0 . *SVCBOTH) (008 *SVCBOTH) Control Unit Description CTLD(XRWS5394) TYPE(5394) MODEL(1) LINKTYPE(*X25) SWITCHED(*YES) CNNNBR(47911013) INLCNN(*ANS) NETLVL(1980) EXCHID(05F000C1) SWTLINLST(X25LINE X25LIN2) DFTPKTSIZE /default DFTWDWSIZE /default CNNPWD(P5394) LINKPCL /default Device Description DEVD(XRWS5394) CTL(XRWS5394) LOCADR(00) Device Description DEVD(XRWS5394P) CTL(XRWS5394) LOCADR(07) IBM 5394 Setup Screen 2 0/0=D 10 1/0=P AA 1 BB 0 1 2A 2 C1 1 3 4 0 2 7 7 (Port/Addr) (Port/Addr) (Communication Mode) (Operating Mode) (Keyboard Code) (Station Address)
3 4
3 11
(X.25 Subscrip Data)
6 9 3 8
5 1 0 0 0 0 (X.25 Config Data) 6 0 0 1 0 1 1 2 (X.25 SW Data) 7 0A03 (Retry Parameters) P 1 0 (Hardcopy Printer)
SVC Call Screen 5 4 c,n47911140,xP5394 Call from 5394 to AS/400 *** or *** SVC Call Screen 5 11 c,n47911141,xP5394 Call from 5394 to AS/400
6 7 5 8
10
Figure 117. Matching Parameters, AS/400 and I B M 5394 using X.25/SVC
140
Chapter 14. IBM 5394 Configuration Quick-Reference

This table should only be used for general information purposes. To configure your IBM 5394, please use the appropriate IBM 5394 reference manuals.
SDLC USES FIELDS AA,BB,1,2,3, AND FOR RELEASE 2 FIELDS 8 AND P X.21 USES FIELDS AA,BB,1,2,A,B,C, AND FOR RELEASE 2 FIELD P X.25 USES FIELDS AA,BB,1,2,4,5,6,7, AND FOR RELEASE 2 FIELD P ____________________________________________________________________ FIELD | FORMAT | FUNCTION | OPTIONS ---------|-----------|------------|--------------------------------AA | 1 DIGIT | COMMUNICA- | 0= SDLC, 1= X.25, 2= X.21 | | TIOM MODE | ---------|-----------|------------|--------------------------------BB | 1 DIGIT | OPERATING | 0= IBM 5394 MODE (FOR AS400) | | MODE | 1= IBM 5294 EMULATION MODE | | | (FOR S/36, S/38) ---------|-----------|------------|--------------------------------1 | 4 DIGITS | KEYBOARD | 1&2 D: KEYBOARD CODE | | CODE | 3 D: DISPLAY STATION PORT | | | 4 D: DISPLAY STATION ADDRESS ---------|-----------|------------|--------------------------------2 | 2 DIGITS | CONTROLUNIT| STATION ADDRESS OF IBM 5394 | | ADDRESS | HEX NUMBER ---------|-----------|------------|---------------------------------3 | 7 DIGITS | MODEM | 1 D: 0= NONSWITCHED, 1= SWITCHED | | CONFIG. | 2= V.25 AUTO DIAL SWITCHED (SDLC) | | DATA | 2 D: 0= HALFDUPLEX , 1= DUPLEX | | | 3 D: 0= MULTIPOINT , 1= PT-PT | | | 4 D: 0= NRZI , 1= NRZ | | | 5 D: 0= DTR , 1= CDSTL | | | 6 D: 0= LEADING PAD NOT REQ. | | | 1= LEADING PAD | | | 7 D: 0= NO LOCAL LOOPBACK | | | 1= LOCAL LOOPBACK ----------|-----------|------------|---------------------------------8 | 3 DIGITS | V.25 BIS | 1&2 D: V.25 BIS TIMEOUT | | AUTO-DIAL | (IN SECONDS) 01 TO FF | | OPTION | 3 D: V.25 BIS CALL INFO SAVED TO | | INFO. | DISKETTE | | | (0: NOT SAVED, 1: SAVED) ----------|-----------|------------|--------------------------------P | 2 DIGITS | PRINTER | 1 D: PORT ADDRESS (0,1,OR 2) | | ADDRESS | 2 D: STATION ADDRESS (0 - 6) | | | ----------|-----------|------------|-------------------------------4 | 3 DIGITS | X.25 | 1 D: PACKET LEVEL SEQUENCE NUM (X.25) | |SUBSCRIPTION| 0= MODULO 8, 1= MODULO 128 | | DATA | 2 D: PACKET WINDOW SIZE | | | 2 TO 7 = MODULO 8 | | | 2 TO F = MODULO 128 | | | 3 D: LINK WINDOW SIZE (1 TO 7) ----------|-----------|------------|--------------------------------5 | 5 DIGITS | X.25 | 1 D: PACKET SIZE (BYTES) (X.25) | | CONFIG. | 0= 64, 1= 128, 2= 256 | | DATA | (3= 512 RELEASE 2 ONLY)
141
| | | 2 D: CIRCUIT TYPE | | | 0= MULTIPLE PVCs, MULTIPLE | | | SVCs, OR SVC CALL | | | 1= SINGLE PVC | | | 2= SINGLE SVC ANSWER ONLY | | | WITH RELEASE 2 | | | 3 D: FLOW CONTROL NEGO. ALLOW | | | 0= YES, 1= NO | | | 4 D: ALL MANUAL OPTIONS ALLOWED | | | 0= YES, 1= NO | | | 5 D: LOCAL LOOP BACK SUPPORTED | | | 1= YES, 0= NO ----------|-----------|------------|--------------------------------6 | 7 DIGITS | X.25 | 1 D: REVERSE CHARGING ACCEPTED (X.25) | | SOFTWARE | 1= YES, 0= NO | | DATA | 2&3 D: LOGICAL LINK CONTROL | | | 00= PSH, 01= QLLC, 10= ELLC | | | 4 D: SPECIAL NETWORK ATTACHMENT | | | 0= YES, 1= NO | | | 5 D: LINK INITIALIZATION CONTROL | | | 0= NETWORK OR IBM 5394 | | | 1= NETWORK ONLY | | | 6 D: NETWORK SUBSCRIPTION | | | 0= CCITT X.25 1980 | | | 1= CCITT X.25 1984 | | | 7 D: DIAGNOSTICS CODE | | | 0= SNA 1984 | | | 1= ISO 1984 | | | 2= SNA 1980 ---------|-----------|------------|---------------------------------7 | 4 DIGITS | RETRY | 1&2 D: NUMBER OF RETRIES (X.25) | HEXADECI. | PARAMETERS | HEX. 00 TO FF | | | 3&4 D: SECOND BETWEEN RETRIES | | | HEX. 01 TO 3C ---------|-----------|------------|---------------------------------A | 1 TO 15 | NETWORK | IBM 5394 TELEPHONE NUMBER (X.21) | DECIMAL | ID # | (1 - 15 DECIMALS) | DIGITS | | ---------|-----------|------------|---------------------------------B | 4 DIGITS | X.21 SHM | 1&2 D: NUMBER OF RETRIES (X.21) | HEXADECI. | RETRY| HEX. 00 TO FF | | PARAMETER | 3 D: DELAY BETWEEN RETRIES | | | HEX. 1 TO F | | | 4 D: DIRECT CALL SUPPORT IN SHM | | | 1= YES, 0= NO ----------|-----------|------------|--------------------------------C | 2 DIGITS | OPTIONAL | DURING SHM REESTABLISHMENT, (X.21) | HEXADECI. | CALL PROG- | UP TO 8 OPTIONAL CO-PROGRESS | | RESS SIGNAL| CAN BE CHOSEN TO CAUSE 5394 | | | REENTRY OPERATION. --------------------------------------------------------------------
142
Chapter 15. IBM 5394 as Node T2.1 via SNA Subarea Network
This chapter describes the IBM 5250 Twinax Terminals connection via SNA Subarea Network to AS/400. The IBM 5394 T2.1 RPQ is a microcode enhancement feature for the IBM 5394 Remote Control Unit. This enhancement allows the IBM 5394 to connect to the AS/400 directly as a LEN node, or through a SNA subarea network. IBM 5394 T2.1 RPQ supports SDLC leased link connections. This RPQ allows you to use the corporate backbone network or connect remote control units via the IBM IN network. RPQ title/number: 8Q0775 - LIC Type 2.1 Support. Specific IBM 5394 Remote Control Units need a HW extension. See RPQ text for more information. SW requirements: VTAM V3R2 or later, OS/400 V2R1.1. This test was done with an early version of the RPQ code. Your final configuration may be different due to changes in the level of code from the time of our test until now.
MVS VTAM NCP SDLC SDLC leased leased AS/400 OS/400 V2R1.1 3196 5394 w/RPQ
Figure 118. IBM 5394 with T2.1 RPQ via SNA Subarea to AS/400
143
15.1 Software required

OS/400 V2R1.1 MVS/ESA V4R2.2 VTAM V3R4.1 NCP V5R4
15.2 IBM 5394 Set Up

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
0/ 1/ 2/
AA 1 BB 1 2A
2 CC2 C1
77-826BE 3 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 10-
8-
3C 0 0A 06 P _ _
Figure 119 (Part 1 of 2). IBM 5394 T2.1 Setup Screen
1115-
CHIBM600 CHIBM600
12- PC8SRWS0 16- AS400BU4
13- PC8CRWS_
14- MODLU62_
P
_ _
The display station is on port 0 address 0 of the IBM 5394. We used an IBM 3196, with Swiss German multinational keyboard. Therefore we had a value of 2 A for parameter 1.
144
15.3.1 Network Attributes

Figure 120. IBM 5394 T2.1 AS/400 Definition, Network Attributes
15.3.2 Link with VTAM/NCP

The dependent LU s for 3270 Device Emulation are defined:
CRTLINSDLC LIND(FSC370LINE) RSRCNAME(LIN021) + ONLINE(*YES) ROLE(*SEC) LINESPEED(19200) + MODEM(*IBMLPDA1) DUPLEX(*FULL) + TEXT( Leased, PP, Connection to FSC + 4381 ) AUT(*USE) CRTCTLHOST CTLD(PC8CM2) LINKTYPE(*SDLC) ONLINE(*YES) + APPN(*YES) LINE(FSC370LINE) + RMTNETID(CHIBM600) RMTCPNAME(CHIBM60A) + SSCPID(05000000A0BE) STNADR(C1) + CPSSN(*NO) NODETYPE(*LENNODE) + TEXT( PU(PC8CM2) to FSC4381 ) AUT(*USE) /* EMULATED SCREEN 3278/9-2 */ CRTDEVHOST DEVD(PC8SI201) LOCADR(01) RMTLOCNAME(FSC4381) + ONLINE(*YES) CTL(PC8CM2) APPTYPE(*EML) + EMLKBD(*LOWER) TEXT(3278 to FSC MVS) + AUT(*USE) ...
15.3.2.1 Auto-Created DEVD PC8SRWS0
145
Display Device Description 05-05-92 Device description . . . . . . . . : PC8SRWS0 Option . . . . . . . . . . . . . . : *BASIC Category of device . . . . . . . . : *APPC Remote location . . . . . . . . . : PC8SRWS0 Online at IPL . . . . . . . . . . : *NO Local location . . . . . . . . . . : AS400BU4 Remote network identifier . . . . : *NETATR Attached controller . . . . . . . : PC8CM2 Message queue . . . . . . . . . . : QSYSOPR Library . . . . . . . . . . . . : *LIBL Local location address . . . . . . : 00 APPN-capable . . . . . . . . . . . : *YES Single session: Single session capable . . . . . : *NO Text . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . : AUTOMATICALLY CREATED BY QLUS Device description . . . . . . . . : PC8SRWS0 Option . . . . . . . . . . . . . . : *MODE Category of device . . . . . . . . : *APPC -------------------------Mode-------------------------MODLU62
AS400BU4 10:32:44
Bottom Press Enter to continue. F3=Exit F11=Display keywords F12=Cancel
Figure 121. IBM 5394 T2.1 AS/400 Definition, Auto-created Device Description
15.3.3 IBM 5394 Controller, Device

CRTCTLRWS CTLD(T215394RWS) TYPE(5394) MODEL(1) + LINKTYPE(*NONE) ONLINE(*NO) + RMTLOCNAME(PC8SRWS0) LCLLOCNAME(AS400BU4) + RMTNETID(CHIBM600) TEXT(5394 via SNA SA ) CRTDEVDSP DEVD(T21319600) DEVCLS(*RMT) TYPE(3196) + MODEL(A1) LOCADR(00) ONLINE(*NO) + CTL(T215394RWS) TEXT(3196 at 5394 T2.1 )
15.3.4 Mode MODLU62

Display Mode Description Mode description name . . . Class-of-service . . . . . . Maximum number of sessions . Maximum conversations . . . Locally controlled sessions Pre-established sessions . . Inbound pacing value . . . . Outbound pacing value . . . Max length of request unit . Text . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . : : : : : : : : : : MODD COS MAXSSN MAXCNV LCLCTLSSN PREESTSSN INPACING OUTPACING MAXLENRU TEXT MODLU62 #CONNECT 8 8 4 1 7 7 *CALC TS Environment
Figure 122. IBM 5394 T2.1 AS/400 Definition, Mode MODLU62
146

Define APPN Remote Locations Type new/changed information, press Enter. Remote Remote Local Control Location Network Location Point Name ID Name Name PC8SRWS0 CHIBM600 AS400BU4 CHIBM60A *NETATR *NETATR F3=Exit F11=Additional information F17=Top of list F18=Bottom of list
Control Point Net ID CHIBM600 *NETATR
Location Password
Secure Loc *NO *NO
F12=Previous
Figure 123. IBM 5394 T2.1 AS/400 Definition, Remote APPN Configuration List
15.4 VTAM/NCP Definitions 15.4.1 Link with AS/400

* * ********************************************************************** * * * * LINE, PU, LU DEFINITIONS FOR BNN LINKS AS400 BU4 * * * ********************************************************************** * PC8L9 LINE ADDRESS=(9,HALF), REL. LINE ADDR, COMM OP MODE * CLOCKNG=EXT, INTERNAL/EXTERNAL CLOCKING * DUPLEX=FULL, RTS UP: FULL SEND/REC, HALF SEND* ETRATIO=30, ERROR TO XMIT RATIO (PER MILLE) * LPDATS=LPDA1, MODEM SUPPORTS LPDA * LTRUNC=NO, LINE TRACE DATA COPY TRUNCATION * MAXPU=1, MAX NUM OF PU ON LINK * NRZI=YES, NO-RETURN-TO-ZERO-INVERTED MODE * PAUSE=0.3, AV. DURATION OF POLLING CYCLE * RETRIES=(7,3,5), RECOVERY: RETRIES,PAUSE,SEQ. * SERVLIM=10, NUM OF REG SCANS BEFORE SOT SCAN* SPEED=19200, LINE SPEED IN BPS * ISTATUS=ACTIVE * STATOPT= LINE AS/400 BU4 * SERVICE ORDER=(PC8CM2) * PC8CM2 PU ADDR=C1, POLLING ADDRESS * ANS=CONTINUE, AUTO NETWORK SHUTDOWN * IRETRY=NO, IMMED. RETRY A POLLING TO ON PU * LPDA=ALLOW, BLOCK/ALLOW LPDA TESTS * MAXDATA=1929, MAX AMOUNT OF DATA TO PU (BYTES)* MAXOUT=7, FRAMES SENT TO NCP BEF REQ RESP * PASSLIM=7, NUM OF CONSEC PIU S TO PU * PUTYPE=2, PUTYPE OF SDLC DEVICE ON LINE * DISCNT=NO, VTAM DISC SSCP-LU/PU SESS * ISTATUS=ACTIVE, VTAM INITIAL STATUS * SSCPFM=USSSCS, VTAM USS FORMAT * MODETAB=PCADS400, VTAM DEFAULT LOGMODE TABLE *
147
* * AS400BU4 LU LOCADDR=0, LOCAL DEVICE ADDRESS INDLU62 MODETAB=PCADS400, MODETABLE DLOGMOD=MODLU62, VTAM LOGMODE ISTATUS=ACTIVE, VTAM INITIAL STATUS RESSCB=20 ANZAHL SESSIONS * STATOPT= ILU AS/400 BU4 * PC8SI201 LU LOCADDR=01, LOCAL DEVICE ADDRESS LU2 DSP USSTAB=PCAUSSTB, VTAM USS TABLE DLOGMOD=SNX32702, VTAM DEFAULT LOGMODE LOGAPPL=PCAZNVAS, VTAM DEFAULT APPLICATION ISTATUS=ACTIVE VTAM INITIAL STATUS * STATOPT= LU ASBU4 M2 DSP * ... * *
PACING=7, VTAM PACING COUNT NCP-PU VPACING=8, VTAM PACING COUNT VTAM-NCP XID=YES INDEPENDENT LU AS/400 STATOPT= PU AS/400 BU4
* *
* * * *
* * * *
15.4.2 Link with IBM 5394

********************************************************************** * * * * LINE, PU, LU DEFINITIONS FOR BNN LINK - SIMH 5394 T2.1 NODE * * * ********************************************************************** * PC8L69 LINE ADDRESS=(69,HALF), REL. LINE ADDR, COMM OP MODE * CLOCKNG=EXT, INTERNAL/EXTERNAL CLOCKING * DUPLEX=FULL, RTS UP: FULL SEND/REC, HALF SEND* MAXPU=1, MAX NUM OF PU ON LINK * NRZI=YES, NO-RETURN-TO-ZERO-INVERTED MODE * PAUSE=0.5, AV. DURATION OF POLLING CYCLE * RETRIES=(7,3,5), RECOVERY: RETRIES,PAUSE,SEQ. * SPEED=9600, LINE SPEED IN BPS * ISTATUS=INACTIVE * STATOPT= LINE 5394 T2.1 NODE * PC8CRWS PU ADDR=C1, POLLING ADDRESS * ANS=CONTINUE, AUTO NETWORK SHUTDOWN * DLOGMOD=MODLU62, VTAM DEFAULT LOGMODE * IRETRY=YES, IMMED. RETRY A POLLING TO ON PU * MAXOUT=7, FRAMES SENT TO PU BEF REQ RESP * MAXDATA=265, MAX PIU TO PHYS. UNIT * MODETAB=PCADLMOD, VTAM LOGON MODE TABLE * PACING=0, BNN TO LU PACING * PUTYPE=2, PUTYPE OF SDLC DEVICE ON LINE * VPACING=5, VTAM TO BNN PACING * XID=YES FOR T2.1 NODE SUPPORT * STATOPT= PU 5394 T2.1 NODE ** PC8SRWS0 LU LOCADDR=0, LOCAL DEVICE ADDRESS ILU * RESSCB=32 * STATOPT= LU 5394 T2.1 NODE
148
* PC8SRWS1 LU * *
LOCADDR=0, LOCAL DEVICE ADDRESS RESSCB=32 STATOPT= LU 5394 T2.1 NODE
ILU
15.4.3 VTAM Logmode Table Entry MODLU62

... *********************************************************************** * LOGICAL UNIT TYPE 6.2 / LEN (ILU) WITH COS ACCORDING INS * *********************************************************************** MODLU62 MODEENT LOGMODE=MODLU62, * COS=#CONNECT MEDIUM *********************************************************************** ...
15.4.4 VTAM COS Table

ISTSDCOS COSTAB *--------------------------------------------------------------------* * - COS ENTRIES ( customer nw ) * *--------------------------------------------------------------------* TITLE COMBINED COS TABLE EMEA CCDN STF *********************************************************************** * * * CLASS OF SERVICE TABLE - ISTSDCOS COSTAB FUER MVS PCA * * * * IN 24.03.92 Add cos #connect,#inter,#batch for ilu (ins standard) * *********************************************************************** *********************************************************************** * * * VR0 = SSCP & CDRM TRAFFIC * * VR1 = APPLICATION TRAFFIC - PRIMARY ROUTE * * VR2 = APPLICATION TRAFFIC - ALTERNATE ROUTE * * VR3 = APPLICATION TRAFFIC - 2ND ALTERNATE ROUTE * * VR4 = APPLICATION TRAFFIC - 3RD ALTERNATE ROUTE * * VR5 = APPLICATION TRAFFIC - 4TH ALTERNATE ROUTE * * * *********************************************************************** *********************************************************************** * * * DISPLAYS/NCCF (HIGH PRIORITY) * * * *********************************************************************** INTERACT COS VR=((1,2),(2,2),(3,2),(4,2),(5,2),(6,2),(7,2),(0,0)) INIT COS VR=((1,2),(2,2),(3,2),(4,2),(5,2),(6,2),(7,2),(0,0)) NCCF COS VR=((1,2),(2,2),(3,2),(4,2),(5,2),(6,2),(7,2),(0,0)) APPL COS VR=((1,2),(2,2),(3,2),(4,2),(5,2),(6,2),(7,2),(0,0)) VTC COS VR=((1,2),(2,2),(3,2),(4,2),(5,2),(6,2),(7,2),(0,0)) VAMP COS VR=((1,2),(2,2),(3,2),(4,2),(5,2),(6,2),(7,2),(0,0)) TSO COS VR=((1,2),(2,2),(3,2),(4,2),(5,2),(6,2),(7,2),(0,0)) IMS COS VR=((1,2),(2,2),(3,2),(4,2),(5,2),(6,2),(7,2),(0,0)) #INTER COS VR=((1,2),(2,2),(3,2),(4,2),(5,2),(6,2),(7,2),(0,0)) *********************************************************************** * * * PRINTERS/ISC (MEDIUM PRIORITY) * * *
149
*********************************************************************** PRINTER COS VR=((1,1),(2,1),(3,1),(4,1),(5,1),(6,1),(7,1),(0,0)) NCCFP COS VR=((1,1),(2,1),(3,1),(4,1),(5,1),(6,1),(7,1),(0,0)) APPLP COS VR=((1,1),(2,1),(3,1),(4,1),(5,1),(6,1),(7,1),(0,0)) VTCP COS VR=((1,1),(2,1),(3,1),(4,1),(5,1),(6,1),(7,1),(0,0)) TSOP COS VR=((1,1),(2,1),(3,1),(4,1),(5,1),(6,1),(7,1),(0,0)) IMSP COS VR=((1,1),(2,1),(3,1),(4,1),(5,1),(6,1),(7,1),(0,0)) IMSISC COS VR=((1,1),(2,1),(3,1),(4,1),(5,1),(6,1),(7,1),(0,0)) #CONNECT COS VR=((1,1),(2,1),(3,1),(4,1),(5,1),(6,1),(7,1),(0,0)) *********************************************************************** * * * BATCH (LOW PRIORITY) * * * *********************************************************************** BATCH COS VR=((1,0),(2,0),(3,0),(4,0),(5,0),(6,0),(7,0),(0,0)) TPNS COS VR=((1,0),(2,0),(3,0),(4,0),(5,0),(6,0),(7,0),(0,0)) CJN COS VR=((1,0),(2,0),(3,0),(4,0),(5,0),(6,0),(7,0),(0,0)) NJE COS VR=((1,0),(2,0),(3,0),(4,0),(5,0),(6,0),(7,0),(0,0)) RJE COS VR=((1,0),(2,0),(3,0),(4,0),(5,0),(6,0),(7,0),(0,0)) VIBTS COS VR=((1,0),(2,0),(3,0),(4,0),(5,0),(6,0),(7,0),(0,0)) IBMINNJE COS VR=((1,0),(2,0),(3,0),(4,0),(5,0),(6,0),(7,0),(0,0)) #BATCH COS VR=((1,0),(2,0),(3,0),(4,0),(5,0),(6,0),(7,0),(0,0)) *********************************************************************** * * * APPLFB (USED BY ZURICH) * * APPLFBP (USED BY ZURICH) * * * *********************************************************************** APPLFB COS VR=((5,2),(4,2),(3,2),(2,2),(1,2),(0,2),(0,0)) APPLFBP COS VR=((5,1),(4,1),(3,1),(2,1),(1,1),(0,1),(0,0)) *********************************************************************** * * * SSCP S/CDRM S AND FSC CLASS OF SERVICE * * * *********************************************************************** HIGH COS VR=((0,2),(1,2),(2,2),(3,2)) MED COS VR=((0,1),(1,1),(2,1),(3,1)) LOW COS VR=((0,0),(1,0),(2,0),(3,0)) HIGH10 COS VR=((1,2),(0,2),(2,2),(3,2)) MED10 COS VR=((1,1),(0,1),(2,1),(3,1)) LOW10 COS VR=((1,0),(0,0),(2,0),(3,0)) *--------------------------------------------------------------------* * - COS ENTRIES ( hi priority ) national / international * *--------------------------------------------------------------------* ROUTH001 COS VR=((0,2),(1,2),(2,2),(3,2),(4,2),(5,2),(6,2),(7,2)) ROUTH002 COS VR=((0,2),(1,2),(2,2),(3,2),(4,2),(5,2),(6,2),(7,2)) ROUTH003 COS VR=((0,2),(1,2),(2,2),(3,2),(4,2),(5,2),(6,2),(7,2)) *--------------------------------------------------------------------* * - COS ENTRIES ( medi priority) national / international * *--------------------------------------------------------------------* ROUTM001 COS VR=((0,1),(1,1),(2,1),(3,1),(4,1),(5,1),(6,1),(7,1)) ROUTM002 COS VR=((0,1),(1,1),(2,1),(3,1),(4,1),(5,1),(6,1),(7,1)) ROUTM003 COS VR=((0,1),(1,1),(2,1),(3,1),(4,1),(5,1),(6,1),(7,1)) *--------------------------------------------------------------------* * - COS ENTRIES ( low priority) national / international * *--------------------------------------------------------------------* ROUTL001 COS VR=((0,0),(1,0),(2,0),(3,0),(4,0),(5,0),(6,0),(7,0)) ROUTL002 COS VR=((0,0),(1,0),(2,0),(3,0),(4,0),(5,0),(6,0),(7,0)) ROUTL003 COS VR=((0,0),(1,0),(2,0),(3,0),(4,0),(5,0),(6,0),(7,0)) 150
*--------------------------------------------------------------------* * - SSCPS/CDRMS ( HI PRIORITY ) * *--------------------------------------------------------------------* ISTVTCOS COS VR=((0,2),(1,2),(2,2),(3,2),(4,2),(5,2),(6,2),(7,2)) COS VR=((0,2),(1,2),(2,2),(3,2),(4,2),(5,2),(6,2),(7,2)) COSEND END
15.5 Operation and Status

To activate the environment:

Activate link AS/400 to VTAM/NCP. Activate IBM 5394 controller and device descriptions within the AS/400. Activate resources for AS/400 and IBM 5394 within VTAM/NCP. Insert appropriately configured system diskette into IBM 5394 diskette drive. Power on display station and IBM 5394 controller.
If everything is defined properly working correctly, the AS/400 displays the signon screen on the IBM 5394 attached display station. You will get this status information:
15.5.1 AS/400 Configuration Objects

Work with Configuration Status 05-05-92 AS400BU4 10:25:36
Position to . . . . . Starting characters Type options, press Enter. 1=Vary on 2=Vary off 5=Work with job 8=Work with description 9=Display mode status ... Opt Description Status -------------Job-------------FSC370LINE ACTIVE PC8CM2 ACTIVE PC8SRWS0 ACTIVE MODLU62 ACTIVE/TARGET PC8SRWS0 QUSER 044649 Bottom Parameters or command === F3=Exit F4=Prompt F11=Display types F12=Cancel F23=More options F24=More keys
Figure 124 (Part 1 of 3). IBM 5294 T2.1 AS/400 Configuration Objects
151
AS400BU4 Display Mode Status System: Device . . . . . . . . . : Device status . . . . . . : Type options, press Enter. 5=Display details Mode Opt Mode Status SNASVCMG Started MODLU62 Started F3=Exit F5=Refresh PC8SRWS0 ACTIVE AS400BU4
---------Conversations--------Total Source Target Detached 0 0 0 0 2 1 1 0 Bottom F12=Cancel
F11=Display sessions
AS400BU4 Work with Configuration Status 05-05-92
AS400BU4 10:27:01
Position to . . . . . Starting characters Type options, press Enter. 1=Vary on 2=Vary off 5=Work with job 8=Work with description 9=Display mode status ... Opt Description Status -------------Job-------------T215394RWS ACTIVE T21319600 SIGNON DISPLAY Bottom Parameters or command === F3=Exit F4=Prompt F11=Display types F12=Cancel F23=More options F24=More keys
15.5.2 NetView/370
152
NCCF N E T V I E W PCAZN SIMH 05/05/92 11DSP01 C PCAZN DISPLAY NET,ID=PC8L69,SCOPE=ALL PCAZN IST097I DISPLAY ACCEPTED PCAZN IST075I NAME = PC8L69 , TYPE = LINE IST486I STATUS= ACTIV , DESIRED STATE= ACTIV IST087I TYPE = LEASED , CONTROL = SDLC IST134I GROUP = PC8GRP , MAJOR NODE = PC8V43 IST084I NETWORK NODES: IST089I PC8CRWS TYPE = PHYSICAL UNIT , ACTIV--L-IST089I PC8SRWS0 TYPE = LOGICAL UNIT , ACT/S IST314I END -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
???
Figure 125 (Part 1 of 2). IBM 5294 T2.1 NetView/370
NLDM.SESS SESSION LIST
DSP01
NAME: PC8SRWS0 DOMAIN: PCAZN -----------------------------------------------------------------------------***** PRIMARY ***** **** SECONDARY **** SEL# NAME TYPE DOM NAME TYPE DOM START TIME END TIME ( 1) AS400BU4 ILU PCAZN PC8SRWS0 ILU PCAZN 05/05 11:01:43 *** ACTIVE *** ( 2) PC8SRWS0 ILU PCAZN AS400BU4 ILU PCAZN 05/05 11:01:30 *** ACTIVE *** ( 3) PC8SRWS0 ILU PCAZN AS400BU4 ILU PCAZN 05/05 11:01:27 05/05 11:01:30 REASON CODE 0F ( 4) AS400BU4 ILU PCAZN PC8SRWS0 ILU PCAZN 05/05 09:27:47 05/05 10:36:28 REASON CODE 08 SENSE 80200007 ( 5) PC8SRWS0 ILU PCAZN AS400BU4 ILU PCAZN 05/05 09:27:38 05/05 10:36:28 REASON CODE 08 SENSE 80200007 ( 6) PC8SRWS0 ILU PCAZN AS400BU4 ILU PCAZN 05/05 09:27:35 05/05 09:27:37 REASON CODE 0F ( 7) AS400BU4 ILU PCAZN PC8SRWS0 ILU PCAZN 05/05 09:11:03 05/05 09:22:30 REASON CODE 0F SENSE 08010000 ( 8) PC8SRWS0 ILU PCAZN AS400BU4 ILU PCAZN 05/05 09:10:52 05/05 09:16:06 REASON CODE 0F ENTER TO VIEW MORE DATA ENTER SEL# (CONFIG), SEL# AND CT (CONN. TEST), SEL# AND STR (TERM REASON) CMD==
Figure 125 (Part 2 of 2). IBM 5294 T2.1 NetView/370
153
IBM 5394, T2.1 0/0 = 0 AA = 1 BB = 2 CC = 77826BE 1 2 3 8 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 = = = = = = = = = = = 2A C1 011 0000 3C 0 0A 06 CHIBM600 PC8SRWS0 PC8CRWS MODLU62 CHIBM600 AS400BU4 3 5 4 10 1 2
VTAM Startup NetID=CHIBM600 SSCPName=CHIBM60A
VTAM Logon Mode Table Table Entry=MODLU62
VTAM/NCP for IBM 5394 4 4 5 PC8L69 LINE DUPLEX=FULL NRZI=YES ADDR=C1 PUTYPE=2 XID=YES LOCADDR=0
1 6 5 3 1 9
PC8CRWS PU
6 AS/400 NETA NETID(CHIBM600) LCLCPNAME(AS400BU4) LCLLOCNAME(AS400BU4) 1 9
PC8SRWS0 LU
VTAM/NCP for AS/400 PC8L9 LINE DUPLEX=FULL NRZI=YES PU ADDR=C1 PUTYPE=2 XID=YES LOCADDR=0
Remote APN Config List REMLOCNAME(PC8SRWS0) REMNETID(CHIBM600) LCLLOCNAME(AS400BU4) REMCPNAME(CHIBM60A) REMNETID(CHIBM600) 5 1 9 2 1
7 8 8 9
PC8CM2
AS400BU4 LU
AS/400 for IBM 5394 CTLRWS CTLD(T215394RWS) RMTLOCNAME(PC8SRWS0) 5 LCLLOCNAME(AS400BU4) 9 RMTNETID(CHIBM600) 1 DEVDSP LOCADR(00) 10
AS/400 for VTAM/NCP LINSDLC LIND(FSC370LINE) CTLHOST CTLD(PC8CM2) NODETYPE(*LENNODE) 8 RMTNETID(CHIBM600) 1 RMTCPNAME(CHIBM60A) 2 DEVAPPC REMLOCNAME(PC8SRWS0) LCLLOCNAME(AS400BU4) MODE(MODLU62) LOCADR(00) 5 9 3 9
Figure 126. Matching Parameters, VTAM/NCP, AS/400 and 5394 T2.1
154
Chapter 16. IBM 5494 V.24 via SNA/SDLC Leased to AS/400
AS/400 SDLC leased 3180 5494 2 19200 bps
Figure 127. IBM 5494 via SNA/SDLC Leased
16.1 IBM 5494 Setup

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 ---------------------------------------------------------2A 2A 2A 2A 2A 2A 2A 2A 2A 2A 2A 2A 2A 2A 2A 2A 2A 2A 2A 2A 2A 2A 2A 2A 2A 2A 2A 2A
0/ 1/ 2/ 3/
AA 0 1- 2A - -
2-
C1
3-
DD- 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 8-
060 P- -
Figure 128 (Part 1 of 2). IBM 5494 V.24 via SNA/SDLC Leased to AS/400 Setup Screen
155
1115-
CHIBM600 12- RWS5494_ 13_______________ 16- 010 06
RWS5494_ 1417- 77-FB011
MOD5494_
H1:1H1:5H1:6H2:1H2:5H2:6H3:1H3:5H3:6H4:1H4:5H4:6-
AS400BU3 H1:2- CHIBM600 H1:3- CHIBM600 H1:4- MOD5494 ____________________________________________________________ ____ H1:7- __ H1:8- _ H1:9- _ H1:10- _ ________ H2:2- ________ H2:3- ________ H2:4- ________ ____________________________________________________________ ____ H2:7- __ H2:8- _ H2:9- _ H2:10- _ ________ H3:2- ________ H3:3- ________ H3:4- ________ ____________________________________________________________ ____ H3:7- __ H3:8- _ H3:9- _ H3:10- _ ________ H4:2- ________ H4:3- ________ H1:4- _______ ____________________________________________________________ ____ H4:7- __ H4:8- _ H4:9- _ H4:10- _
Figure 128 (Part 2 of 2). IBM 5494 V.24 via SNA/SDLC Leased to AS/400 Setup Screen
A display station is on port 0, address 0 of the IBM 5494. We used an IBM 3180-2, with Swiss German multinational keyboard. Therefore, we had a value of 2 A for parameter 1.
16.2 AS/400 Definitions 16.2.1 Network Attributes

Figure 129. IBM 5494 via SNA/SDLC Leased, AS/400 Definitions, DSPNETA
156
16.2.2 SDLC Line and APPC Controller Description

Source PF CMNLIB/QCLSRC member SRWS5494. The APPC device description is created automatically.
CRTLINSDLC LIND(SRWSLINE) RSRCNAME(LIN092) ONLINE(*NO) + ROLE(*PRI) LINESPEED(19200) MAXFRAME(521) + DUPLEX(*FULL) CRTCTLAPPC CTLD(SRWSCTL) LINKTYPE(*SDLC) ONLINE(*NO) + APPN(*YES) LINE(SRWSLINE) + RMTCPNAME(RWS5494) ROLE(*SEC) STNADR(C1) + NODETYPE(*LENNODE) TEXT(5494 via SDLC + leased )
16.2.2.1 Auto-Created DEVD RWS5494

Display Device Description 05-09-92 Device description . . . . . . . . : RWS5494 Option . . . . . . . . . . . . . . : *BASIC Category of device . . . . . . . . : *APPC Remote location . . . . . . . . . : RWS5494 Online at IPL . . . . . . . . . . : *NO Local location . . . . . . . . . . : AS400BU3 Remote network identifier . . . . : *NETATR Attached controller . . . . . . . : SRWSCTL Message queue . . . . . . . . . . : QSYSOPR Library . . . . . . . . . . . . : *LIBL Local location address . . . . . . : 00 APPN-capable . . . . . . . . . . . : *YES Single session: Single session capable . . . . . : *NO Text . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . : AUTOMATICALLY CREATED BY QLUS Device description . . . . . . . . : RWS5494 Option . . . . . . . . . . . . . . : *MODE Category of device . . . . . . . . : *APPC -------------------------Mode-------------------------*NETATR Bottom Press Enter to continue. F3=Exit F11=Display keywords F12=Cancel AS400BU3 10:32:44
Figure 130. IBM 5494 via SNA/SDLC Leased, AS/400 definitions, Device Description
16.2.3 IBM 5494 Controller and Device Description

Source PF CMNLIB/QCLSRC, member RWS5494
CRTCTLRWS CTLD(RWS5494) TYPE(5494) MODEL(2) + LINKTYPE(*NONE) ONLINE(*NO) + RMTLOCNAME(RWS5494) LCLLOCNAME(AS400BU3) + RMTNETID(CHIBM600) TEXT(5494 RWS Ctl ) CRTDEVDSP DEVD(RWS549400) DEVCLS(*RMT) TYPE(3180) + MODEL(2) LOCADR(00) ONLINE(*NO) + CTL(RWS5494) TEXT(3180 at 5494 )
157
16.2.4 Mode MOD5494

Display Mode Description Mode description name . . . Class-of-service . . . . . . Maximum number of sessions . Maximum conversations . . . Locally controlled sessions Pre-established sessions . . Inbound pacing value . . . . Outbound pacing value . . . Max length of request unit . Text . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . : : : : : : : : : : MODD COS MAXSSN MAXCNV LCLCTLSSN PREESTSSN INPACING OUTPACING MAXLENRU TEXT MOD5494 #CONNECT 64 64 4 0 7 7 512 MODD for 5494
Figure 131. IBM 5494 via SNA/SDLC Leased, AS/400 Definitions, Mode Description


Insert the diskette into the 5494. Power on the 3180-2 and the 5494. Vary on the SDLC line and the APPC controller description. Vary on the 5494 controller and the display station description.
If everything is defined correctly and all components are working as expected, AS/400 displayed the signon screen on the IBM 5494 attached display station. You get the status information:
Work with Configuration Status 19-08-92
AS400BU3 10:25:36
Position to . . . . . Starting characters Type options, press Enter. 1=Vary on 2=Vary off 5=Work with job 8=Work with description 9=Display mode status ... Opt Description Status -------------Job-------------SRWSLINE ACTIVE SRWSCTL ACTIVE RWS5494 ACTIVE MOD5494 ACTIVE/TARGET RWS5494 QUSER 044649 Bottom Parameters or command === F3=Exit F4=Prompt F11=Display types F12=Cancel F23=More options F24=More keys
Figure 132 (Part 1 of 2). IBM 5494 via SNA/SDLC Leased to AS/400, Configuration Status
158
AS400BU3 10:27:01
Position to . . . . . Starting characters Type options, press Enter. 1=Vary on 2=Vary off 5=Work with job 8=Work with description 9=Display mode status ... Opt Description Status -------------Job-------------RWS5494 ACTIVE RWS549400 SIGNON DISPLAY Bottom Parameters or command === F3=Exit F4=Prompt F11=Display types F12=Cancel F23=More options F24=More keys
Figure 132 (Part 2 of 2). IBM 5494 via SNA/SDLC Leased to AS/400, Configuration Status
159
AS/400 SDLC Line Description LIND(SRWSLINE) ROLE(*PRI) MAXFRAME(521) DUPLEX(*FULL) NRZI(*YES) CNN(*NONSWTPP) 8
IBM 5494 Setup Screen 10 0/0 = 31802 9 12 11 8 AA DD = 0 = 0 (no TRLAN Gateway)
APPC Controller Description CTLD(SRWSCTL) STNADR(C1) 7 NODETYPE(*LEN) ROLE(*SEC) APPN(*YES) RMTCPNAME(RWS5494) 2 RMTNETID(*NETATR) 1 MAXFRAME(521)
7 11 9 11 12
1 = 2A 2 = C1 3 = 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 8 = 060
APPC Device Description (autocreated) DEVD(RWS5494) CTL(SRWSCTL) RMTLOCNAME(RWS5494) LCLLOCNAME(AS400BU3) RMTNETID(*NETATR) MODE(*NETATR)
1 3 2 6
3 4 1
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 H1:1 H1:2 H1:3 H1:4 H1:5
= = = = = = = = = = = =
CHIBM600 RWS5494 RWS5494 MOD5494 010 06 77FB011 AS400BU3 CHIBM600 CHIBM600 MOD5494
4 5 1 6
RWS Controller Description CTLD(RWS5494) TYPE(5494) MODEL(2) LINKTYPE(*NONE) RMTLOCNAME(RWS5494) LCLLOCNAME(*NETATR) RMTNETID(*NETATR) 11
3 4 5
Display Device Description DEVD(RWS549400) TYPE(3180) MODEL(2) LOCADR(00) CTLD(RWS5494)
10 11
AS/400 NETA NETID(CHIBM600) LCLCPNAME(AS400BU3) LCLLOCNAME(AS400BU3) MODNAME(MODLU62) 5 4
Mode Description MODD(MOD5494) MAXSSN(64) 6
Figure 133. Matching Parameters, 5494 via SNA/SDLC Leased
160
AS/400 V.35 SDLC Leased V.35 3180 5494 2 64 Kbps
Figure 134. IBM 5494 V.35 via SNA/SDLC Leased
17.1 IBM 5494 Setup

IBM 5494 V.35 has the same set up as the IBM 5494 V.24 SDLC leased described in Chapter 16, IBM 5494 V.24 via SNA/SDLC Leased to AS/400 on page 155
0/ 1/ 2/ 3/
AA 0 1- 2A - -
2-
C1
3-
DD- 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 8-
060 P- -
Figure 135 (Part 1 of 2). IBM5494 V.35 via SNA/SDLC Leased to AS/400, Setup Screen
161
1115-
CHIBM600 12- RWS5494_ 13_______________ 16- 010 06
RWS5494_ 1417- 77-FB011
MOD5494_
H1:1H1:5H1:6H2:1H2:5H2:6H3:1H3:5H3:6H4:1H4:5H4:6-
AS400BU3 H1:2- CHIBM600 H1:3- CHIBM600 H1:4- MOD5494 ____________________________________________________________ ____ H1:7- __ H1:8- _ H1:9- _ H1:10- _ ________ H2:2- ________ H2:3- ________ H2:4- ________ ____________________________________________________________ ____ H2:7- __ H2:8- _ H2:9- _ H2:10- _ ________ H3:2- ________ H3:3- ________ H3:4- ________ ____________________________________________________________ ____ H3:7- __ H3:8- _ H3:9- _ H3:10- _ ________ H4:2- ________ H4:3- ________ H1:4- _______ ____________________________________________________________ ____ H4:7- __ H4:8- _ H4:9- _ H4:10- _
Figure 135 (Part 2 of 2). IBM5494 V.35 via SNA/SDLC Leased to AS/400, Setup Screen

Figure 136. IBM 5494 V.35 via SNA/SDLC Leased, AS/400 Definitions, Network Attributes
162
17.2.2 SDLC Line and APPC Controller Description

Source PF CMNLIB/QCLSRC member VRWS5494. The APPC device description is created automatically.
CRTLINSDLC LIND(VRWSLINE) RSRCNAME(LIN061) ONLINE(*NO) + ROLE(*PRI) INTERFACE(*V35) + LINESPEED(64000) MAXFRAME(521) + DUPLEX(*FULL) TEXT(5494 via + V.35/SDLC/leased 64 Kbps ) CRTCTLAPPC CTLD(VRWSCTL) LINKTYPE(*SDLC) ONLINE(*NO) + APPN(*YES) LINE(VRWSLINE) + RMTCPNAME(RWS5494) ROLE(*SEC) STNADR(C5) + NODETYPE(*LENNODE) TEXT(5494 via SDLC + leased )

Display Device Description 26-04-93 Device description . . . . . . . . : RWS5494 Option . . . . . . . . . . . . . . : *BASIC Category of device . . . . . . . . : *APPC Remote location . . . . . . . . . : RWS5494 Online at IPL . . . . . . . . . . : *NO Local location . . . . . . . . . . : AS400BU3 Remote network identifier . . . . : *NETATR Attached controller . . . . . . . : VRWSCTL Message queue . . . . . . . . . . : QSYSOPR Library . . . . . . . . . . . . : *LIBL Local location address . . . . . . : 00 APPN-capable . . . . . . . . . . . : *YES Single session: Single session capable . . . . . : *NO Text . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . : AUTOMATICALLY CREATED BY QLUS Option . . . . . . . . . . . . . . : *MODE Category of device . . . . . . . . : *APPC -------------------------Mode-------------------------*NETATR Bottom Press Enter to continue. F3=Exit F11=Display keywords F12=Cancel AS400BU3 10:32:44
Figure 137. IBM 5494 V.35 via SNA/SDLC Leased, AS/400 Definitions, Device Description

163
17.2.4 Mode MOD5494

Figure 138. IBM 5494 V.35 via SNA/SDLC Leased, AS/400 Definitions, Mode Description


Insert the diskette into the 5494. Power on the 3180-2 and the 5494. Vary on the SDLC line and the APPC controller description. Vary on the 5494 controller and the display station description.
If everything is defined correctly and all components are working as expected, AS/400 displays the signon screen on the IBM 5494 attached display station.

Position to . . . . . Starting characters Type options, press Enter. 1=Vary on 2=Vary off 5=Work with job 8=Work with description 9=Display mode status ... Opt Description Status -------------Job-------------VRWSLINE ACTIVE VRWSCTL ACTIVE RWS5494 ACTIVE MOD5494 ACTIVE/TARGET RWS5494 QUSER 044649 Bottom Parameters or command === F3=Exit F4=Prompt F11=Display types F12=Cancel F23=More options F24=More keys
Figure 139 (Part 1 of 2). IBM 5494 V.35 via SNA/SDLC Leased, AS/400 Configuration Objects
164
AS400BU3 10:27:01
Figure 139 (Part 2 of 2). IBM 5494 V.35 via SNA/SDLC Leased, AS/400 Configuration Objects
165
AS/400 SDLC Line Description LIND(VRWSLINE) ROLE(*PRI) MAXFRAME(521) DUPLEX(*FULL) NRZI(*YES) CNN(*NONSWTPP) 8
IBM 5494 Setup Screen 10 0/0 = 31802 9 12 11 8 AA DD = 0 = 0 (no TRLAN Gateway)
APPC Controller Description CTLD(VRWSCTL) STNADR(C1) 7 NODETYPE(*LEN) ROLE(*SEC) APPN(*YES) RMTCPNAME(RWS5494) 2 RMTNETID(*NETATR) 1 MAXFRAME(521)
7 11 9 11 12
1 = 2A 2 = C1 3 = 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 8 = 060
APPC Device Description (autocreated) DEVD(RWS5494) CTL(VRWSCTL) RMTLOCNAME(RWS5494) LCLLOCNAME(AS400BU3) RMTNETID(*NETATR) MODE(*NETATR)
1 3 2 6
3 4 1
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 H1:1 H1:2 H1:3 H1:4 H1:5
= = = = = = = = = = = =
CHIBM600 RWS5494 RWS5494 MOD5494 010 06 77FB011 AS400BU3 CHIBM600 CHIBM600 MOD5494
4 5 1 6
3 4 5
10 11
Figure 140. Matching Parameters, 5494 via SNA/SDLC Leased
166
Chapter 18. IBM 5494 via SNA/TRLAN to AS/400
AS/400 TRLAN 3180 5494 2 4 Mbps
Figure 141. IBM 5494 via SNA/TRLAN
18.1 IBM 5494 Setup

0/ 1/ 2/ 3/
AA 4 1- 2A - F- 04 G-
01
H-
30
I-
030
J-
08 P- -
Figure 142 (Part 1 of 2). IBM 5494 via SNA/TRLAN to AS/400 Setup Screen
167
1115-
CHIBM600 12- RWS5494_ 13400000005494___ 16- 010 06
RWS5494_ 1417- 77-FB011
MOD5494_
H1:1H1:5-
AS400BU3 H1:2- CHIBM600 H1:3- CHIBM600 H1:4- MOD5494 400000009406________________________________________________ H1:7- 04 H1:8- 2 H1:9- 1 ________ H2:2- ________ H2:3- ________ H2:4- ________ ____________________________________________________________ H2:7- __ H2:8- _ H2:9- _ ________ H3:2- ________ H3:3- ________ H3:4- ________ ____________________________________________________________ H3:7- __ H3:8- _ H3:9- _ ________ H4:2- ________ H4:3- ________ H1:4- _______ ____________________________________________________________ H4:7- __ H4:8- _ H4:9- _
H2:1H2:5-
H3:1H3:5-
H4:1H4:5-
Figure 142 (Part 2 of 2). IBM 5494 via SNA/TRLAN to AS/400 Setup Screen

Figure 143. IBM 5494 via SNA/TRLAN, AS/400 Definitions, Network Attributes
168
18.2.2 TRLAN Line Description

CRTLINTRN LIND(TRNLINE) RSRCNAME(LIN041) MAXCTL(64) + MAXFRAME(1994) ADPTADR(400000009406) + EXCHID(05600000) SSAP((04) (06) (AA)) + TEXT( TS E45 TRLAN adapter LIN041) + AUTOCRTCTL(*YES) AUTODLTCTL(7200)
18.2.3 Auto-Created APPC Controller Description

Display Controller Description Controller description . . . . . . : CTLD RWS549400 Option . . . . . . . . . . . . . . : OPTION *ALL Category of controller . . . . . . : *APPC Link type . . . . . . . . . . . . : LINKTYPE *LAN Online at IPL . . . . . . . . . . : ONLINE *NO Active switched line . . . . . . . : TRNLINE Character code . . . . . . . . . . : CODE *EBCDIC Maximum frame size . . . . . . . . : MAXFRAME 16393 Remote network identifier . . . . : RMTNETID CHIBM600 Remote control point . . . . . . . : RMTCPNAME RWS5494 Initial connection . . . . . . . . : INLCNN *DIAL Switched disconnect . . . . . . . : SWTDSC *YES Data link role . . . . . . . . . . : ROLE *NEG LAN remote adapter address . . . . : ADPTADR 400000005494 LAN DSAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . : DSAP 04 LAN SSAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . : SSAP 04 Text . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . : TEXT AUTOMATICALLY CREATED BY QLUS Switched line list . . . . . . . . : SWTLINLST --------------------Switched Lines--------------------TRNLINE Attached devices . . . . . . . . . : DEV -------------------Attached Devices-------------------RWS549402 APPN-capable . . . . . . . . . . . : APPN *YES APPN CP session support . . . . . : CPSSN *YES APPN node type . . . . . . . . . . : NODETYPE *CALC APPN transmission group number . . : TMSGRPNBR *CALC APPN minimum switched status . . . : MINSWTSTS *VRYONPND Model controller description . . . : MDLCTL *NO Control owner . . . . . . . . . . : CTLOWN *SYS Disconnect timer . . . . . . . . . : DSCTMR 170 LAN frame retry . . . . . . . . . : LANFRMRTY 10 LAN connection retry . . . . . . . : LANCNNRTY 10 LAN response timer . . . . . . . . : LANRSPTMR 10 LAN connection timer . . . . . . . : LANCNNTMR 70 LAN acknowledgement timer . . . . : LANACKTMR 1 LAN inactivity timer . . . . . . . : LANINACTMR 100 LAN acknowledgement frequency . . : LANACKFRQ 1 LAN max outstanding frames . . . . : LANMAXOUT 2 LAN access priority . . . . . . . : LANACCPTY 0 LAN window step . . . . . . . . . : LANWDWSTP *NONE Recovery limits . . . . . . . . . : CMNRCYLMT Count limit . . . . . . . . . . : 2 Time interval . . . . . . . . . : 5
Figure 144. IBM 5494 via SNA/TRLAN, AS/400 Definitions, Controller Description
169
18.2.4 Auto-Created APPC Device Description

Display Device Description Device description . . . . . . . . : DEVD RWS549402 Option . . . . . . . . . . . . . . : OPTION *ALL Category of device . . . . . . . . : *APPC Remote location . . . . . . . . . : RMTLOCNAME RWS5494 Online at IPL . . . . . . . . . . : ONLINE *NO Local location . . . . . . . . . . : LCLLOCNAME AS400BU3 Remote network identifier . . . . : RMTNETID *NETATR Attached controller . . . . . . . : CTL RWS549400 Message queue . . . . . . . . . . : MSGQ QSYSOPR Library . . . . . . . . . . . . : *LIBL Local location address . . . . . . : LOCADR 00 APPN-capable . . . . . . . . . . . : APPN *YES Single session . . . . . . . . . . : SNGSSN Single session capable . . . . . : *NO Text . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . : TEXT AUTOMATICALLY CREATED BY QLUS Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . : MODE -------------------------Mode-------------------------*NETATR
Figure 145. IBM 5494 via SNA/TRLAN, AS/400 Definitions, Device Description

18.2.6 Mode MOD5494

Figure 146. IBM 5494 via SNA/TRLAN, AS/400 Definitions, Mode Description
170


Insert the diskette into the 5494. Power on the 3180-2 and the 5494. Vary on the TRLAN and APPC controller description. Vary on the 5494 controller and the display station description.
If everything is defined correctly and all components are working as expected, AS/400 displays the signon screen on the IBM 5494 attached display station. You get the status information:

Position to . . . . . Starting characters Type options, press Enter. 1=Vary on 2=Vary off 5=Work with job 8=Work with description 9=Display mode status ... Opt Description Status -------------Job-------------TRNLINE ACTIVE RWS549400 ACTIVE RWS549402 ACTIVE MOD5494 ACTIVE/TARGET RWS549402 QUSER 044649 Bottom Parameters or command === F3=Exit F4=Prompt F11=Display types F12=Cancel F23=More options F24=More keys
Figure 147 (Part 1 of 2). IBM 5494 via SNA/TRLAN to AS/400, Configuration Objects
AS400BU3 10:27:01
Figure 147 (Part 2 of 2). IBM 5494 via SNA/TRLAN to AS/400, Configuration Objects
171

AS/400 TRLAN Line Description LIND(TRNLINE) ADPTADR(400000009406) SSAP(04) 8 12 13 IBM 5494 Setup Screen 10 0/0 = 31802 8 AA 1 9 APPC Controller Description (autocreated) CTLD(RWS549400) ADPTADR(400000005494) 7 DSAP(04) 9 APPN(*YES) RMTCPNAME(RWS5494) RMTNETID(*NETATR) F G H I J = A = 2A = = = = = 04 01 30 030 08
2 1 1 3 2 6 7 3 4 1 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 H1:1 H1:2 H1:3 H1:4 H1:5 H1:7 = = = = = = = = = = = = = CHIBM600 RWS5494 RWS5494 MOD5494 400000005494 010 06 77FB011 AS400BU3 CHIBM600 CHIBM600 MOD5494 400000009406 04
APPC Device Description (autocreated) DEVD(RWS549402) CTL(RWS549400) RMTLOCNAME(RWS5494) LCLLOCNAME(AS400BU3) RMTNETID(*NETATR) MODE(*NETATR)
4 5 1 6 12 13
3 4 5
10 11
Figure 148. Matching Parameters, 5494 via SNA/TRLAN
172
Chapter 19. IBM 5494 via SNA/X.25 SVC to AS/400

* * * * * * * AS/400 V.24 * * V.24 3180 5494 Swiss PTT PSDN 2 * Telepac * * * * * * * * 47971013 47911140 Call Direction
Figure 149. IBM 5494 via SNA/X.25 SVC, 5494 is calling
19.1 Hardware and Software Used

AS/400 E45 with OS/400 V2R1.1 IBM 5494-2, Microcode R1.0 Two real PSDN access links were used
19.2 IBM 5494 Setup

0/ 1/ 2/ 3/
AA 1 1- 2A - 7- 010 03
2-
C1
4-
0 02 7
DD- 0 5- 1 0 0 0 0
6-
0 0 0 0 1 0 P- -
Figure 150 (Part 1 of 2). IBM 5494 via SNA/X.25 SVC to AS/400 Setup Screen
173
1115-
CHIBM600 12- RWS5494_ 1347971013_______ 16- 010 06
RWS5494_ 1417- 77-FB011
MOD5494_
H1:1H1:5H1:6H2:1H2:5H2:6H3:1H3:5H3:6H4:1H4:5H4:6-
AS400BU3 H1:2- CHIBM600 H1:3- CHIBM600 H1:4- MOD5494 47911140____________________________________________________ ____ H1:7- __ H1:8- _ H1:9- _ H1:10- _ ________ H2:2- ________ H2:3- ________ H2:4- ________ ____________________________________________________________ ____ H2:7- __ H2:8- _ H2:9- _ H2:10- _ ________ H3:2- ________ H3:3- ________ H3:4- ________ ____________________________________________________________ ____ H3:7- __ H3:8- _ H3:9- _ H3:10- _ ________ H4:2- ________ H4:3- ________ H1:4- _______ ____________________________________________________________ ____ H4:7- __ H4:8- _ H4:9- _ H4:10- _
Figure 150 (Part 2 of 2). IBM 5494 via SNA/X.25 SVC to AS/400 Setup Screen
The display station is on port 0, address 0 of the IBM 5494. We used an IBM 3180-2 with Swiss German multinational keyboard. Therefore, we had a value of 2 A for parameter 1.

Figure 151. IBM 5494 via SNA/X.25 SVC, AS/400 Definitions, Network Attributes
174
19.3.2 X.25 Line and APPC Controller Description

CRTLINX25 LIND(X25LINE) RSRCNAME(LIN071) LGLCHLE((001 + *PVC) (002 *SVCBOTH) (003 *SVCBOTH) (004 + *SVCBOTH) (005 *SVCBOTH) (006 *SVCBOTH) + (007 *SVCBOTH) (008 *SVCBOTH)) + NETADR(47911140) CNNINIT(*LOCAL) + ONLINE(*NO) EXCHID(056FFFFF) + DFTPKTSIZE(128) MAXPKTSIZE(512) MODULUS(8) + DFTWDWSIZE(2) TEXT( X.25 link )
Source PF CMNLIB/QCLSRC, member XRWS5494 The APPC device description is been created automatically.
CRTCTLAPPC CTLD(XRWSCTL) LINKTYPE(*X25) ONLINE(*NO) + SWITCHED(*YES) APPN(*YES) + SWTLINLST(X25LINE) MAXFRAME(521) + RMTCPNAME(RWS5494) EXCHID(073000C1) + CNNNBR(47971013) ROLE(*SEC) NETLVL(1984) + NODETYPE(*LENNODE) TEXT(5494 via X.25/SVC )

Display Device Description 05-09-92 Device description . . . . . . . . : RWS549401 Option . . . . . . . . . . . . . . : *BASIC Category of device . . . . . . . . : *APPC Remote location . . . . . . . . . : RWS5494 Online at IPL . . . . . . . . . . : *NO Local location . . . . . . . . . . : AS400BU3 Remote network identifier . . . . : *NETATR Attached controller . . . . . . . : XRWS5494 Message queue . . . . . . . . . . : QSYSOPR Library . . . . . . . . . . . . : *LIBL Local location address . . . . . . : 00 APPN-capable . . . . . . . . . . . : *YES Single session: Single session capable . . . . . : *NO Text . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . : AUTOMATICALLY CREATED BY QLUS Device description . . . . . . . . : RWS549401 Option . . . . . . . . . . . . . . : *MODE Category of device . . . . . . . . : *APPC -------------------------Mode-------------------------*NETATR Bottom
Figure 152. IBM 5494 via SNA/X.25 SVC, AS/400 Definitions, Auto-created Device Description
AS400BU3 10:32:44
175

19.3.4 Mode MOD5494

Figure 153. IBM 5494 via SNA/X.25, AS/400 Definitions, Mode Description


Insert the diskette into the 5494. Power on the 3180-2 and the 5494. Vary on the X.25 line and the APPC controller description. Vary on the 5494 controller and the display station description.
From a display station of the 5494, press SYS REQ. Enter the following command to initialize the X.25 connection build-up:
H1,C
Press ENTER. The 5494 is calling the AS/400. Finally, the AS/400 displays the signon screen. You will get the status information:
176

Position to . . . . . Starting characters Type options, press Enter. 1=Vary on 2=Vary off 5=Work with job 8=Work with description 9=Display mode status ... Opt Description Status -------------Job-------------X25LINE ACTIVE XRWSCTL ACTIVE RWS549401 ACTIVE MOD5494 ACTIVE/TARGET RWS549401 QUSER 044649 Bottom Parameters or command === F3=Exit F4=Prompt F11=Display types F12=Cancel F23=More options F24=More keys
Figure 154 (Part 1 of 2). IBM 5494 via SNA/X.25, AS/400 Configuration Status
AS400BU3 10:27:01
Figure 154 (Part 2 of 2). IBM 5494 via SNA/X.25, AS/400 Configuration Status
177
AS/400 X.25 Line Description LIND(X25LINE) NETADR(47911140) 8 14
IBM 5494 Setup Screen 10 0/0 = 31802 8 AA DD = 1 = 0 (no TRLAN Gateway)
APPC Controller Description CTLD(XRWSCTL) CNNNBR(47971013) EXCHID(073000C1) SWITCHED(*YES) APPN(*YES) RMTCPNAME(RWS5494) RMTNETID(*NETATR) DFTWDWSIZE(2 2)
12 7 11 2 1 9
1 = 2A 2 = C1 4 = 0 02 7 9 5 = 1 0 0 0 0 11 6 = 0 0 0 0 1 0 7
APPC Device Description (autocreated) DEVD(RWS549401) CTL(XRWSCTL) RMTLOCNAME(RWS5494) LCLLOCNAME(AS400BU3) RMTNETID(*NETATR) MODE(*NETATR)
1 3 2 6 12 3 4 1
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 H1:1 H1:2 H1:3 H1:4 H1:5
= = = = = = = = = = = =
CHIBM600 RWS5494 RWS5494 MOD5494 47971013 010 06 77FB011 AS400BU3 CHIBM600 CHIBM600 MOD5494 47911140
4 5 1 6 14
3 4 5
10 11
Figure 155. Matching Parameters, 5494 via SNA/X.25 SVC
178
Chapter 20. IBM 5494 via SNA/X.25 PVC to AS/400

* * * * * * * AS/400 V.24 * * V.24 3180 5494 Swiss PTT PSDN 2 * Telepac * * * * * * * * 47911141 PVC 47911140
Figure 156. IBM 5494 via SNA/X.25 PVC
20.1 IBM 5494 Setup

0/ 1/ 2/ 3/
AA 1 1- 2A - 7- 010 03
2-
C1
4-
0 02 7
DD- 0 5- 1 1 0 0 0
6-
0 0 0 0 1 0 P- -
Figure 157 (Part 1 of 2). IBM 5494 via SNA/X.25 PVC Setup Screen
179
1115-
CHIBM600 12- RWS5494_ 13_______________ 16- 010 06
RWS5494_ 1417- 77-FB011
MOD5494_
H1:1H1:5H1:6H2:1H2:5H2:6H3:1H3:5H3:6H4:1H4:5H4:6-
AS400BU3 H1:2- CHIBM600 H1:3- CHIBM600 H1:4- MOD5494 ____________________________________________________________ 001 ________ H2:2- ________ H2:3- ________ H2:4- ________ ____________________________________________________________ ___ ________ H3:2- ________ H3:3- ________ H3:4- ________ ____________________________________________________________ ___ ________ H4:2- ________ H4:3- ________ H1:4- _______ ____________________________________________________________ ___
Figure 157 (Part 2 of 2). IBM 5494 via SNA/X.25 PVC Setup Screen
The display station is on port 0, address 0 of the IBM 5494. We used an IBM 3180-2, with Swiss German multinational keyboard. Therefore, we had a value of 2 A for parameter 1.

Figure 158. IBM 5494 via SNA/X.25 PVC, AS/400 Definitions, Network Attributes
180
20.2.2 X.25 Line and APPC Controller Description

CRTLINX25 LIND(X25LINE) RSRCNAME(LIN071) LGLCHLE((001 + *PVC) (002 *SVCBOTH) (003 *SVCBOTH) (004 + *SVCBOTH) (005 *SVCBOTH) (006 *SVCBOTH) + (007 *SVCBOTH) (008 *SVCBOTH)) + NETADR(47911140) CNNINIT(*LOCAL) + ONLINE(*NO) EXCHID(056FFFFF) + DFTPKTSIZE(128) MAXPKTSIZE(512) MODULUS(8) + DFTWDWSIZE(2) TEXT( X.25 link )
Source PF CMNLIB/QCLSRC, member XPRWS5494 The APPC device description is been created automatically.
CRTCTLAPPC CTLD(XPRWSCTL) LINKTYPE(*X25) ONLINE(*NO) + SWITCHED(*NO) APPN(*YES) + LINE(X25LINE) MAXFRAME(521) + RMTCPNAME(RWS5494) EXCHID(073000C1) + LGLCHLID(001) ROLE(*SEC) NETLVL(1984) + NODETYPE(*LENNODE) TEXT(5494 via X.25/PVC )

Display Device Description 05-09-92 Device description . . . . . . . . : RWS549403 Option . . . . . . . . . . . . . . : *BASIC Category of device . . . . . . . . : *APPC Remote location . . . . . . . . . : RWS5494 Online at IPL . . . . . . . . . . : *NO Local location . . . . . . . . . . : AS400BU3 Remote network identifier . . . . : *NETATR Attached controller . . . . . . . : XPRWS5494 Message queue . . . . . . . . . . : QSYSOPR Library . . . . . . . . . . . . : *LIBL Local location address . . . . . . : 00 APPN-capable . . . . . . . . . . . : *YES Single session: Single session capable . . . . . : *NO Text . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . : AUTOMATICALLY CREATED BY QLUS Device description . . . . . . . . : RWS549403 Option . . . . . . . . . . . . . . : *MODE Category of device . . . . . . . . : *APPC -------------------------Mode-------------------------*NETATR Bottom
Figure 159. IBM 5494 via SNA/X.25 PVC, AS/400 Definitions, Auto-created Device Description
AS400BU3 10:32:44
181

20.2.4 Mode MOD5494

Figure 160. IBM 5494 via SNA/X.25 PVC, AS/400 Definitions, Mode Description


Insert the diskette into the 5494. Power on the 3180-2 and the 5494. Vary on the X.25 line and the APPC controller description. Vary on the 5494 controller and the display description.
AS/400 will display the signon screen. You will get the following information:
182
AS400BU3 10:25:36
Position to . . . . . Starting characters Type options, press Enter. 1=Vary on 2=Vary off 5=Work with job 8=Work with description 9=Display mode status ... Opt Description Status -------------Job-------------X25LINE ACTIVE XPRWSCTL ACTIVE RWS549403 ACTIVE MOD5494 ACTIVE/TARGET RWS549401 QUSER 045649 Bottom Parameters or command === F3=Exit F4=Prompt F11=Display types F12=Cancel F23=More options F24=More keys
Figure 161 (Part 1 of 2). IBM 5494 via SNA/X.25 PVC, AS/400 Configuration Objects
AS400BU3 10:27:01
Figure 161 (Part 2 of 2). IBM 5494 via SNA/X.25 PVC, AS/400 Configuration Objects
183
AS/400 X.25 Line Description LIND(X25LINE) LGLCHLE(001 *PVC) 8 13
IBM 5494 Setup Screen 10 0/0 = 31802 8 AA DD = 1 = 0 (no TRLAN Gateway)
APPC Controller Description CTLD(XPRWSCTL) SWITCHED(*NO) LGLCHLID(001) EXCHID(073000C1) APPN(*YES) RMTCPNAME(RWS5494) RMTNETID(*NETATR)
12 13 7 2 1
1 = 2A 2 = C1 4 = 0 02 7 5 = 1 1 0 0 0 12 6 = 0 0 0 0 1 0 7
APPC Device Description (autocreated) DEVD(RWS549403) CTL(SRWSCTL) RMTLOCNAME(RWS5494) LCLLOCNAME(AS400BU3) RMTNETID(*NETATR) MODE(*NETATR)
1 3 2 6
3 4 1
11 12 13 14 15 16 17
= = = = = = = = = = = = =
CHIBM600 RWS5494 RWS5494 MOD5494 010 06 77FB011 AS400BU3 CHIBM600 CHIBM600 MOD5494 001
4 5 1 6
H1:1 H1:2 H1:3 H1:4 H1:5 13 H1:6
3 4 5
10 11
Figure 162. Matching Parameters, 5494 via SNA/X.25 PVC
184

Usually, the IBM 5494 establishes the connection with AS/400 host by dialing the PSTN number, or by submitting an X.25 call to AS/400. Prior to OS/400 V2R2, you had to call a dummy program which acquired an AS/400 display station device. Because of this acquisition, AS/400 initiated a link from itself to the IBM 5494. In V2R2, OS/400 has a new parameter on the CTLD. The parameter is called DIALINIT - Dial Initiation . Set this to *IMMED to cause OS/400 to call the 5494 immediately after vary-on of the 5494/APPC controller description. You need to monitor for error messages and take appropriate actions, in case the call is not successful,
* * * * * * * * AS/400 47971013 * TELEPAC * 47911140 5494 * Swiss PTT PSDN * * * * * * * * * Call Direction
Figure 163. IBM 5494, using SNA/X.25 SVC, called by AS/400
21.1 IBM 5494 Setup

All 5494 setup parameters and AS/400 definitions are the same as for 5494 SNA/X.25 SVC, call initiated by 5494, with one exception. Exception: IBM 5494 setup field 5 / subfield 2 must be changed to 2 - SVC answer only.
21.2 AS/400 Definition Changes

As explained above, parameter DIALINIT on the CTLD description has to be changed. The CL command to create the APPC controller description will look like the following:
CRTCTLAPPC CTLD(XRWSCTL) LINKTYPE(*X25) ONLINE(*NO) + SWITCHED(*YES) APPN(*YES) + DIALINIT(*YES) + SWTLINLST(X25LINE) MAXFRAME(521) + RMTCPNAME(RWS5494) EXCHID(073000C1) + CNNNBR(47911141) ROLE(*SEC) NETLVL(1984) + NODETYPE(*LENNODE) TEXT(5494 via X.25/SVC )
185
21.3 Operation 21.3.1 At the IBM 5494 Site

Power on the display station and the controller.
21.3.2 On the AS/400

Activate the X.25 line, the controller, and device descriptions as usual.
21.3.3 Connection Establishment

Immediately after you vary on the APPC controller description, XRWSCTL, AS/400 sends a CALL REQUEST to the 5494. After a successful call, the status of the configuration objects on the AS/400 change to the status as shown in the SNA/X.25 SVC chapter. 5494 users get the AS/400 signon screen without any manual intervention.
186
This section addresses the scenario where IBM 5250 Twinax terminals are attached to an IBM 5494 via an SNA Subarea Network to AS/400. The IBM 5494 T2.1 RPQ is a microcode enhancement feature for the IBM 5494 Remote Control Unit. This enhancement allows the IBM 5494 to connect to the AS/400 as a LEN node through the SNA subarea network. SDLC leased is the only link type supported by the IBM 5494 T2.1 RPQ. This enhancement allows customers to use the corporate backbone network or connect remote control units via the IBM IN network. RPQ title/number: 8Q0932 - Attachment to SNA Subarea Network. SW requirements: VTAM V3R2 or later, OS/400 V2R1.1. Note: Release 3.0 of the 5494 microcode includes the features provided by the RPQ 8Q0932; eliminating the need for this RPQ.
MVS VTAM NCP SDLC SDLC leased leased AS/400 OS/400 V2R1.1 3180 5494 w/RPQ
Figure 164. IBM 5494, with T2.1 RPQ via SNA Subarea to AS/400
22.1 Software Used

OS/400 V2R1.1 MVS/ESA V4R2.2 VTAM V3R4.1 NCP V5R4
187
22.2 IBM 5494 Setup

0/ 1/ 2/ 3/
AA- 1 1- 2A - -
2-
C1
3-
DD- 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0
8-
06 0 P2 1
1115-
CHIBM600 12- PC8SRWS0 13_______________ 16- 010 06
PC8CRWS_ 1417- 77-FB011
MODLU62_
H1:1H1:5-
AS400BU3 H1:2- CHIBM600 H1:3- CHIBM600 H1:4- MODLU62 ____________________________________________________________
H2:1H2:5-
________ H2:2- ________ H2:3- ________ H2:4- ________ ____________________________________________________________
H3:1H3:5-
________ H3:2- ________ H3:3- ________ H3:4- ________ ____________________________________________________________
H4:1H4:5-
________ H4:2- ________ H4:3- ________ H1:4- _______ ____________________________________________________________
188
22.3.1 Network Attributes

Figure 166. IBM 5494 as Node T2.1 via SNA Subarea Network, AS/400 Definitions, Network Attributes

Just the dependent LU s, for 3270 Device Emulation, are defined.
CRTLINSDLC LIND(S4381LIN2) RSRCNAME(LIN052) ONLINE(*NO) + ROLE(*SEC) LINESPEED(19200) + MODEM(*IBMLPDA1) DUPLEX(*FULL) + TEXT( Leased, PP, to FSC 4381 ) CRTCTLHOST CTLD(PC8CM1) LINKTYPE(*SDLC) ONLINE(*NO) + APPN(*YES) LINE(S4381LIN2) + RMTNETID(CHIBM600) RMTCPNAME(CHIBM60A) + SSCPID(05000000A0BE) STNADR(C1) CPSSN(*NO) + NODETYPE(*LENNODE) TEXT( PU(PC8CM1) to + FSC4381 ) /* EMULATED SCREEN 3278/9-2 */ CRTDEVHOST DEVD(PC8SM101) LOCADR(01) RMTLOCNAME(FSCMVS) + ONLINE(*NO) CTL(PC8CM1) APPTYPE(*EML) + EMLKBD(*LOWER) TEXT(3278 to FSC MVS ) ...
22.3.2.1 Auto-Created DEVD PC8SRWS0
189
Display Device Description 05-05-92 Device description . . . . . . . . : PC8SRWS0 Option . . . . . . . . . . . . . . : *BASIC Category of device . . . . . . . . : *APPC Remote location . . . . . . . . . : PC8SRWS0 Online at IPL . . . . . . . . . . : *NO Local location . . . . . . . . . . : AS400BU3 Remote network identifier . . . . : *NETATR Attached controller . . . . . . . : PC8CM1 Message queue . . . . . . . . . . : QSYSOPR Library . . . . . . . . . . . . : *LIBL Local location address . . . . . . : 00 APPN-capable . . . . . . . . . . . : *YES Single session: Single session capable . . . . . : *NO Text . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . : AUTOMATICALLY CREATED BY QLUS Device description . . . . . . . . : PC8SRWS0 Option . . . . . . . . . . . . . . : *MODE Category of device . . . . . . . . : *APPC -------------------------Mode-------------------------*NETATR
AS400BU3 10:32:44
Bottom Press Enter to continue. F3=Exit F11=Display keywords F12=Cancel
Figure 167. IBM 5494 as Node T2.1 via SNA Subarea Network, AS/400 Definitions, Device Description

CRTCTLRWS CTLD(RWS5494B) TYPE(5494) MODEL(2) + LINKTYPE(*NONE) ONLINE(*NO) + RMTLOCNAME(PC8SRWS0) LCLLOCNAME(AS400BU3) + RMTNETID(CHIBM600) TEXT(5494 via SNA SA ) CRTDEVDSP DEVD(RWS5494B00) DEVCLS(*RMT) TYPE(3180) + MODEL(2) LOCADR(00) ONLINE(*NO) + CTL(RWS5494B) TEXT(3180 at 5494 T2.1 )
22.3.4 Mode MODLU62

Figure 168. IBM 5494 as Node T2.1 via SNA Subarea Network, AS/400 Definitions, Mode Description
190

Define APPN Remote Locations Type new/changed information, press Enter. Remote Remote Local Control Location Network Location Point Name ID Name Name PC8SRWS0 CHIBM600 AS400BU3 CHIBM60A *NETATR *NETATR F3=Exit F11=Additional information F17=Top of list F18=Bottom of list
Location Password
Secure Loc *NO *NO
F12=Previous
Figure 169. IBM 5494 as Node T2.1 via SNA Subarea Network, AS/400 Definitions, Remote APPN Configuration List

* ... ************************************************************************ * * * GROUP DEFINITIONS FOR NONDIALED BNN LINES PART 2 * * AS/400 AND POS * * * ************************************************************************ PC8GRP12 GROUP DIAL=NO, SWITCHED LINE CONTROL SUPPORT * LNCTL=SDLC, TYPE OF LINE CONTROL * REPLYTO=1.5, RECOVERY AFTER POLL RESP NOT REC* RNRLIMT=3, MIN AFTER RNR BFORE STATION INOP* TYPE=NCP LINE OPERATION MODE * PC8L12 LINE ADDRESS=(12,HALF), REL. LINE ADDR, COMM OP MODE * CLOCKNG=EXT, INTERNAL/EXTERNAL CLOCKING * DUPLEX=FULL, RTS UP: FULL SEND/REC, HALF SEND* ETRATIO=30, ERROR TO XMIT RATIO (PER MILLE) * LPDATS=LPDA1, MODEM SUPPORTS LPDA * LTRUNC=NO, LINE TRACE DATA COPY TRUNCATION * MAXPU=1, MAX NUM OF PU ON LINK * NRZI=YES, NO-RETURN-TO-ZERO-INVERTED MODE * PAUSE=0.3, AV. DURATION OF POLLING CYCLE * RETRIES=(7,3,5), RECOVERY: RETRIES,PAUSE,SEQ. * SERVLIM=10, NUM OF REG SCANS BEFORE SOT SCAN* SPEED=19200, LINE SPEED IN BPS * SPAN=(PC8V43,LN,LAD012), * ISTATUS=ACTIVE * STATOPT= LINE AS/400 NRZI ** SERVICE ORDER=(PC8CM1) * PC8CM1 PU ADDR=C1, POLLING ADDRESS * ANS=CONTINUE, AUTO NETWORK SHUTDOWN *
191
* * AS400BU1 LU
IRETRY=NO, LPDA=ALLOW, MAXDATA=265, MAXOUT=7, PASSLIM=7, PUTYPE=2, DISCNT=NO, ISTATUS=ACTIVE, SSCPFM=USSSCS, MODETAB=PCADS400, PACING=7, VPACING=8, XID=YES STATOPT= PU AS/400
IMMED. RETRY A POLLING TO ON PU * BLOCK/ALLOW LPDA TESTS * MAX AMOUNT OF DATA TO PU (BYTES)* FRAMES SENT TO NCP BEF REQ RESP * NUM OF CONSEC PIU S TO PU * PUTYPE OF SDLC DEVICE ON LINE * VTAM DISC SSCP-LU/PU SESS * VTAM INITIAL STATUS * VTAM USS FORMAT * VTAM DEFAULT LOGMODE TABLE * VTAM PACING COUNT NCP-PU * VTAM PACING COUNT VTAM-NCP * INDEPENDENT LU AS/400
* * AS400BU3 LU
INDLU62 * * * *
INDLU62 * * * *
* * *

********************************************************************** * * * * LINE, PU, LU DEFINITIONS FOR BNN LINK - SIMH 5X94 T2.1 NODE * * * ********************************************************************** * PC8L69 LINE ADDRESS=(69,HALF), REL. LINE ADDR, COMM OP MODE * CLOCKNG=EXT, INTERNAL/EXTERNAL CLOCKING * DUPLEX=FULL, RTS UP: FULL SEND/REC, HALF SEND* MAXPU=1, MAX NUM OF PU ON LINK * NRZI=YES, NO-RETURN-TO-ZERO-INVERTED MODE * PAUSE=0.5, AV. DURATION OF POLLING CYCLE * RETRIES=(7,3,5), RECOVERY: RETRIES,PAUSE,SEQ. * SPEED=9600, LINE SPEED IN BPS * ISTATUS=INACTIVE * STATOPT= LINE 5X94 T2.1 NODE * PC8CRWS PU ADDR=C1, POLLING ADDRESS * ANS=CONTINUE, AUTO NETWORK SHUTDOWN * DLOGMOD=MODLU62, VTAM DEFAULT LOGMODE * IRETRY=YES, IMMED. RETRY A POLLING TO ON PU * MAXOUT=7, FRAMES SENT TO PU BEF REQ RESP * MAXDATA=265, MAX PIU TO PHYS. UNIT * MODETAB=PCADLMOD, VTAM LOGON MODE TABLE * PACING=0, BNN TO LU PACING * PUTYPE=2, PUTYPE OF SDLC DEVICE ON LINE *
192
* ** PC8SRWS0 LU * * PC8SRWS1 LU * *
VPACING=5, VTAM TO BNN PACING XID=YES FOR T2.1 NODE SUPPORT STATOPT= PU 5X94 T2.1 NODE LOCADDR=0, LOCAL DEVICE ADDRESS RESSCB=32 STATOPT= LU 5X94 T2.1 NODE LOCADDR=0, LOCAL DEVICE ADDRESS RESSCB=32 STATOPT= LU 5X94 T2.1 NODE ILU
ILU



Activate link AS/400 to VTAM/NCP. Activate IBM 5494 controller and device descriptions within the AS/40. Activate resources for AS/400 and IBM 5494 within VTAM/NCP. Insert appropriately configured system diskette into IBM 5494 diskette drive. Power on display station and IBM 5494 controller
If everything is defined and working correctly, AS/400 displays the signon screen on the IBM 5494 attached display station. You get the status information:
193
AS400BU3 10:25:36
Position to . . . . . Starting characters Type options, press Enter. 1=Vary on 2=Vary off 5=Work with job 8=Work with description 9=Display mode status ... Opt Description Status -------------Job-------------S4381LIN2 ACTIVE PC8CM1 ACTIVE PC8SRWS0 ACTIVE MODLU62 ACTIVE/TARGET PC8SRWS0 QUSER 044649 Bottom Parameters or command === F3=Exit F4=Prompt F11=Display types F12=Cancel F23=More options F24=More keys
Figure 170 (Part 1 of 3). IBM 5494 as Node T2.1 via SNA Subarea Network, AS/400 Configuration Objects
Display Mode Status System: Device . . . . . . . . . : Device status . . . . . . : Type options, press Enter. 5=Display details Mode Opt Mode Status SNASVCMG Started MODLU62 Started F3=Exit F5=Refresh PC8SRWS0 ACTIVE AS400BU3
AS400BU3 10:27:01
Position to . . . . . Starting characters Type options, press Enter. 1=Vary on 2=Vary off 5=Work with job 8=Work with description 9=Display mode status ... Opt Description Status -------------Job-------------RWS5494B ACTIVE RWS5494B00 SIGNON DISPLAY Bottom Parameters or command === F3=Exit F4=Prompt F11=Display types F12=Cancel F23=More options F24=More keys
194
22.5.2 NetView/370
NCCF N E T V I E W PCAZN SIMH 08/19/92 11DSP01 C PCAZN DISPLAY NET,ID=PC8L69,SCOPE=ALL PCAZN IST097I DISPLAY ACCEPTED PCAZN IST075I NAME = PC8L69 , TYPE = LINE IST486I STATUS= ACTIV , DESIRED STATE= ACTIV IST087I TYPE = LEASED , CONTROL = SDLC IST134I GROUP = PC8GRP , MAJOR NODE = PC8V43 IST084I NETWORK NODES: IST089I PC8CRWS TYPE = PHYSICAL UNIT , ACTIV--L-IST089I PC8SRWS0 TYPE = LOGICAL UNIT , ACT/S IST314I END ------------------------------------------------------------------------------???
Figure 171 (Part 1 of 2). IBM 5494 as Node T2.1 via SNA Subarea Network, NetView/370
NLDM.SESS SESSION LIST
DSP01
NAME: PC8SRWS0 DOMAIN: PCAZN -----------------------------------------------------------------------------***** PRIMARY ***** **** SECONDARY **** SEL# NAME TYPE DOM NAME TYPE DOM START TIME END TIME ( 1) AS400BU3 ILU PCAZN PC8SRWS0 ILU PCAZN 08/19 11:01:43 *** ACTIVE *** ( 2) PC8SRWS0 ILU PCAZN AS400BU3 ILU PCAZN 08/19 11:01:30 *** ACTIVE ***
ENTER TO VIEW MORE DATA ENTER SEL# (CONFIG), SEL# AND CT (CONN. TEST), SEL# AND STR (TERM REASON) CMD==
Figure 171 (Part 2 of 2). IBM 5494 as Node T2.1 via SNA Subarea Network, NetView/370
195
IBM 5494, T2.1 0/0 = 31802 AA DD 1 2 3 8 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 H1:1 H1:2 H1:3 H1:4 H1:5 = 1 = 0 = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = 2A C1 011 0000 06 0 CHIBM600 PC8SRWS0 PC8CRWS MODLU62 010 06 77FB011 AS400BU3 CHIBM600 CHIBM600 MODLU62 9 1 1 3 3 5 4 10 1 2
VTAM Startup NetID=CHIBM600 SSCPName=CHIBM60A VTAM Logon Mode Table Table Entry=MODLU62
VTAM/NCP for IBM 5494 4 4 5 PC8L69 LINE DUPLEX=FULL NRZI=YES ADDR=C1 PUTYPE=2 XID=YES LOCADDR=0
1 6 5 3
PC8CRWS PU
PC8SRWS0 LU
AS/400 NETA NETID(CHIBM600) LCLCPNAME(AS400BU3) LCLLOCNAME(AS400BU3) MODNAME(MODLU62) Remote APPN Config List REMLOCNAME(PC8SRWS0) REMNETID(CHIBM600) LCLLOCNAME(AS400BU3) REMCPNAME(CHIBM60A) REMNETID(CHIBM600) AS/400 for IBM 5494 CTLRWS CTLD(RWS5494B) RMTLOCNAME(PC8SRWS0) 5 LCLLOCNAME(AS400BU3) 9 RMTNETID(CHIBM600) 1 DEVDSP LOCADR(00) AS/400 for VTAM/NCP LINSDLC LIND(S4381LIN2) CTLHOST CTLD(PC8CM1) NODETYPE(*LENNODE) 8 RMTNETID(CHIBM600) 1 RMTCPNAME(CHIBM60A) 2 DEVAPPC REMLOCNAME(PC8SRWS0) LCLLOCNAME(AS400BU3) MODE(*NETATR) LOCADR(00) 5 9 3 9 10 5 1 9 2 1 1 9 3 7 8 8 9 VTAM/NCP for AS/400 PC8L12 LINE DUPLEX=FULL NRZI=YES PU ADDR=C1 PUTYPE=2 XID=YES LOCADDR=0
PC8CM1
AS400BU3 LU
196
Chapter 23. IBM 5494 as Node T2.1 via TRLAN to SNA Subarea Network
The IBM 5494 T2.1 RPQ is a microcode enhancement feature for the IBM 5494 Remote Control Unit. This enhancement allows the IBM 5494 to connect to the AS/400 as a LEN node through the SNA subarea network. SDLC leased is the only link type supported by the IBM 5494 T2.1 RPQ release 1.0. Release 1.1 allows switched connections: SDLC, X.21, X.25 and TRLAN. This enhancement allows customers to use the corporate backbone network or to connect remote control units via the IBM IN network. RPQ title/number: 8Q0932 - IBM 5494 Attachment to SNA Subarea Network. SW requirements: VTAM V3R2 or later, OS/400 V2R2 or later. Note: Release 3.0 of the 5494 microcode includes the features provided by the RPQ 8Q0932; eliminating the need for this RPQ.
MVS VTAM NCP SDLC leased TRLAN AS/400 OS/400 V2R2 3180 5494 w/RPQ
Figure 173. IBM 5494, with T2.1 RPQ via TRLAN to SNA Subarea and AS/400
23.1 IBM 5494 Setup
197
0/ 1/ 2/ 3/
AA- 4 1- 2A - F- 04 G- 01
H-
30
I-
030
J-
08 P0 0
1115H1:1H1:5-
CHIBM600 12- PCASTIC0 13400000005494___ 16- 010 06 AS400BU3 H1:2400000000010___ H1:7________ H2:2_______________ H1:7________ H3:2_______________ H1:7________ H4:2_______________ H1:7CHIBM600 04 H1:8-
PCAKTRIC 1417- XI-05494 H1:32 CHIBM600 1
MODLU62_
H1:4-
MODLU62
H1:9-
H2:1H2:5-
________ __ H1:8-
H2:3_
________ _
H2:4-
________
H1:9-
H3:1H3:5-
________ __ H1:8-
H3:3_
________ _
H3:4-
________
H1:9-
H4:1H4:5-
________ __ H1:8-
H4:3_
________ _
H1:4-
_______
H1:9-
A display station is on port 0, address 3 of the IBM 5494. We used an IBM 3180-2, with Swiss German multinational keyboard. This is value 2 A for parameter 1.
198
Figure 175. IBM 5494 as Node T2.1 via TRLAN to SNA Subarea Network, AS/400 Definitions Network Attributes

Only the dependent LU s for 3270 Device Emulation are defined.
CRTLINSDLC LIND(S4381LIN2) RSRCNAME(LIN052) ONLINE(*NO) + ROLE(*SEC) LINESPEED(19200) + MODEM(*IBMLPDA1) DUPLEX(*FULL) + TEXT( Leased, PP, to FSC 4381 ) CRTCTLHOST CTLD(PC8CM1) LINKTYPE(*SDLC) ONLINE(*NO) + APPN(*YES) LINE(S4381LIN2) + RMTNETID(CHIBM600) RMTCPNAME(CHIBM60A) + SSCPID(05000000A0BE) STNADR(C1) CPSSN(*NO) + NODETYPE(*LENNODE) TEXT( PU(PC8CM1) to + FSC4381 ) /* EMULATED SCREEN 3278/9-2 */ CRTDEVHOST DEVD(PC8SM101) LOCADR(01) RMTLOCNAME(FSCMVS) + ONLINE(*NO) CTL(PC8CM1) APPTYPE(*EML) + EMLKBD(*LOWER) TEXT(3278 to FSC MVS ) ...
199
Define APPN Remote Locations Type new/changed information, press Enter. Remote Remote Local Control Location Network Location Point Name ID Name Name PCASTIC0 CHIBM600 AS400BU3 CHIBM60A *NETATR *NETATR F3=Exit F11=Additional information F17=Top of list F18=Bottom of list
Location Password
Secure Loc *NO *NO
F12=Previous
Figure 176. IBM 5494 as Node T2.1 via TRLAN to SNA Subarea Network, Remote Locations
23.2.3.1 Auto-Created DEVD PCASTIC0

Display Device Description 22-04-93 Device description . . . . . . . . : PCASTIC0 Option . . . . . . . . . . . . . . : *BASIC Category of device . . . . . . . . : *APPC Remote location . . . . . . . . . : PCASTIC0 Online at IPL . . . . . . . . . . : *NO Local location . . . . . . . . . . : AS400BU3 Remote network identifier . . . . : *NETATR Attached controller . . . . . . . : PC8CM1 Message queue . . . . . . . . . . : QSYSOPR Library . . . . . . . . . . . . : *LIBL Local location address . . . . . . : 00 APPN-capable . . . . . . . . . . . : *YES Single session: Single session capable . . . . . : *NO Text . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . : AUTOMATICALLY CREATED BY QLUS Option . . . . . . . . . . . . . . : *MODE Category of device . . . . . . . . : *APPC -------------------------Mode-------------------------*NETATR Bottom Press Enter to continue. F3=Exit F11=Display keywords F12=Cancel AS400BU3 10:32:44
Figure 177. IBM 5494 as Node T2.1 via TRLAN to SNA Subarea Network, Device Description

CRTCTLRWS CTLD(RWS5494C) TYPE(5494) MODEL(2) + LINKTYPE(*NONE) ONLINE(*NO) + RMTLOCNAME(PCASTIC0) LCLLOCNAME(AS400BU3) + RMTNETID(CHIBM600) TEXT(5494 via SNA SA ) CRTDEVDSP DEVD(RWS5494C00) DEVCLS(*RMT) TYPE(3180) + MODEL(2) LOCADR(03) ONLINE(*NO) + CTL(RWS5494C) TEXT(3180 at 5494 T2.1 )
200
23.2.5 Mode MODLU62

Figure 178. IBM 5494 as Node T2.1 via TRLAN to SNA Subarea Network, Mode Description

* ... ************************************************************************ * * * GROUP DEFINITIONS FOR NONDIALED BNN LINES PART 2 * * AS/400 AND POS * * * ************************************************************************ PC8GRP12 GROUP DIAL=NO, SWITCHED LINE CONTROL SUPPORT * LNCTL=SDLC, TYPE OF LINE CONTROL * REPLYTO=1.5, RECOVERY AFTER POLL RESP NOT REC* RNRLIMT=3, MIN AFTER RNR BFORE STATION INOP* TYPE=NCP LINE OPERATION MODE * PC8L12 LINE ADDRESS=(12,HALF), REL. LINE ADDR, COMM OP MODE * CLOCKNG=EXT, INTERNAL/EXTERNAL CLOCKING * DUPLEX=FULL, RTS UP: FULL SEND/REC, HALF SEND* ETRATIO=30, ERROR TO XMIT RATIO (PER MILLE) * LPDATS=LPDA1, MODEM SUPPORTS LPDA * LTRUNC=NO, LINE TRACE DATA COPY TRUNCATION * MAXPU=1, MAX NUM OF PU ON LINK * NRZI=YES, NO-RETURN-TO-ZERO-INVERTED MODE * PAUSE=0.3, AV. DURATION OF POLLING CYCLE * RETRIES=(7,3,5), RECOVERY: RETRIES,PAUSE,SEQ. * SERVLIM=10, NUM OF REG SCANS BEFORE SOT SCAN* SPEED=19200, LINE SPEED IN BPS * SPAN=(PC8V43,LN,LAD012), * ISTATUS=ACTIVE * STATOPT= LINE AS/400 NRZI ** SERVICE ORDER=(PC8CM1) * PC8CM1 PU ADDR=C1, POLLING ADDRESS * ANS=CONTINUE, AUTO NETWORK SHUTDOWN *
201
* * AS400BU1 LU
IRETRY=NO, LPDA=ALLOW, MAXDATA=265, MAXOUT=7, PASSLIM=7, PUTYPE=2, DISCNT=NO, ISTATUS=ACTIVE, SSCPFM=USSSCS, MODETAB=PCADS400, PACING=7, VPACING=8, XID=YES STATOPT= PU AS/400
IMMED. RETRY A POLLING TO ON PU * BLOCK/ALLOW LPDA TESTS * MAX AMOUNT OF DATA TO PU (BYTES)* FRAMES SENT TO NCP BEF REQ RESP * NUM OF CONSEC PIU S TO PU * PUTYPE OF SDLC DEVICE ON LINE * VTAM DISC SSCP-LU/PU SESS * VTAM INITIAL STATUS * VTAM USS FORMAT * VTAM DEFAULT LOGMODE TABLE * VTAM PACING COUNT NCP-PU * VTAM PACING COUNT VTAM-NCP * INDEPENDENT LU AS/400
* * AS400BU3 LU
INDLU62 * * * *
INDLU62 * * * *
* * *

TSO PDS/member: SYS1.VTAMLST(PCAJTR20).
PCAJTEST VBUILD TYPE=SWNET, * MAXGRP=1, MAX NUM OF GROUP NAMES IN PATH * MAXNO=25 MAX NUM OF DIAL NUMBERS *********************************************************************** ... *********************************************************************** * IBM 5494, SIMH * *********************************************************************** PCAKTRIC PU ADDR=C1, SDLC LINK STATION ADDR FOR PU * IDBLK=073, ID BLOCK * IDNUM=05494, ID NUM * CPNAME=PCAKTRIC, T2.1 CP NAME * DISCNT=(NO,F), DISC PU IF LAST LU LOGS OFF * IRETRY=YES, RETRY POLLING AFTER IDLE TIME OUT * ISTATUS=ACTIVE, VTAM INIT STATUS * MAXDATA=265, MAX AMOUNT (B) PU REC IN ONE TIME * MAXOUT=7, MAX PIU S SENT BEFORE RESPONSE * MAXPATH=4, MAX MUN OF DIAL OUT PATHS TO PU * PASSLIM=7, NUM OF CONTIG PIU S NCP - PU * PUTYPE=2, PHYSICAL UNIT TYPE OF PU * SSCPFM=USSSCS, VTAM USS FORMAT * PACING=0, VTAM PACING COUNT NCP- PU * 202
* * TRPATH54 PATH DIALNO=0004400000005494, DIAL NUMBER GID=1,PID=1, PATH GROUP/DIAL IDENTIFIER GRPNM=PC9GLT1, GROUP LABEL IN NCP MAJNODE REDIAL=1,USE=YES REDIAL BEFORE ERROR / USE THIS NUM * PCASTIC0 LU LOCADDR=00, INDEPENDENT LU 6.2 MODETAB=PCADS400, MODETABLE DLOGMOD=MODLU62, VTAM LOGMODE ISTATUS=ACTIVE VTAM INITIAL STATUS * STATOPT= NTRI 5494 INDEP * **********************************************************************
USSTAB=PCAUSSTB, VTAM USS TABLE VPACING=0 VTAM PACING COUNT VTAM- NCP STATOPT= NTRI 5494
* * *
* * *



Activate link AS/400 to VTAM/NCP Activate IBM 5494 controller and device descriptions within the AS/400 Activate resources for AS/400 and IBM 5494 within VTAM/NCP Insert appropriately configured system diskette into IBM 5494 diskette drive Power on display station and IBM 5494 controller
If everything is defined and working correctly, AS/400 displays the signon screen on the IBM 5494 attached display station. You get the status information
203
AS400BU3 10:25:36
Position to . . . . . Starting characters Type options, press Enter. 1=Vary on 2=Vary off 5=Work with job 8=Work with description 9=Display mode status ... Opt Description Status -------------Job-------------S4381LIN2 ACTIVE PC8CM1 ACTIVE PCASTIC0 ACTIVE MODLU62 ACTIVE/TARGET PCASTIC0 QUSER 044649 Bottom Parameters or command === F3=Exit F4=Prompt F11=Display types F12=Cancel F23=More options F24=More keys
Figure 179 (Part 1 of 3). IBM 5494 as Node T2.1 via TRLAN to SNA Subarea Network, Status
Display Mode Status System: Device . . . . . . . . . : Device status . . . . . . : Type options, press Enter. 5=Display details Mode Opt Mode Status SNASVCMG Started MODLU62 Started F3=Exit F5=Refresh PCASTIC0 ACTIVE AS400BU3
AS400BU3 10:27:01
Position to . . . . . Starting characters Type options, press Enter. 1=Vary on 2=Vary off 5=Work with job 8=Work with description 9=Display mode status ... Opt Description Status -------------Job-------------RWS5494C ACTIVE RWS5494C00 SIGNON DISPLAY Bottom Parameters or command === F3=Exit F4=Prompt F11=Display types F12=Cancel F23=More options F24=More keys
204

IBM 5494, T2.1 0/3 = 31802 AA = 4 VTAM Logon Mode Table 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 H1:1 H1:2 H1:3 H1:4 H1:5 = = = = = = = = = = = = CHIBM600 PCASTIC0 PCAKTRIC MODLU62 400000005494 010 06 XI05494 AS400BU3 CHIBM600 CHIBM600 MODLU62 400000000010 1 6 5 3 3 Table Entry=MODLU62 10 1 2 VTAM Startup NetID=CHIBM600 SSCPName=CHIBM60A
VTAM for IBM 5494 5 PCAKTRIC PU IDBLK=073 IDNUM=05494 CPNAME=PCAKTRIC PCASTIC0 LU LOCADDR=00
11 9 1 1 3 12 11 5 6
NCP (PC8V43) AS/400 NETA 12 NETID(CHIBM600) LCLCPNAME(AS400BU3) LCLLOCNAME(AS400BU3) MODNAME(MODLU62) 1 9 3 PC8C81 PC8S81 PU LU PC8L81 LINE ADDRESS=(81,FULL), LOCADD=400000000010
VTAM/NCP for AS/400 Remote APPN Config List PC8L12 REMLOCNAME(PCASTIC0) REMNETID(CHIBM600) LCLLOCNAME(AS400BU3) REMCPNAME(CHIBM60A) REMNETID(CHIBM600) 6 1 9 2 1 LINE DUPLEX=FULL NRZI=YES PU ADDR=C1 PUTYPE=2 XID=YES LOCADDR=0
PC8CM1 8 8 9
AS400BU3 LU
AS/400 for IBM 5494 CTLRWS CTLD(RWS5494C) RMTLOCNAME(PCASTIC0) 6 LCLLOCNAME(AS400BU3) 9 RMTNETID(CHIBM600) 1 DEVDSP LOCADR(03) 10
AS/400 for VTAM/NCP LINSDLC LIND(S4381LIN2) CTLHOST CTLD(PC8CM1) NODETYPE(*LENNODE) RMTNETID(CHIBM600) RMTCPNAME(CHIBM60A) STNADR(C1) DEVAPPC REMLOCNAME(PCASTIC0) LCLLOCNAME(AS400BU3) MODE(*NETATR) LOCADR(00)
8 1 2 7 5 9 3
MODD
MODLU62
205
206
Chapter 24. IBM 3174 via IBM 7820 and Swissnet to AS/400
24.1 Using the AS/400 X.21 Interface

AS400BU4 3174 X.21 V.35 LIN031 (2) (2) * * * * * * IBM7820 * * IBM7820 * * NT SwissNet NT * * Access Nbr: * * Access Nbr: 067500140 * * * * * * 067500150 P1 067500141 P2 067500142 CNM 067500143 X.21 X.21 P1 067500153 P2 067500154 CNM 067500155 V.24 V.35
NT stands for Network Termination

Figure 181. AS/400 SwissNet Scenario with X.21 Interfaces
CNM nbr, for example 067500143, is used to configure the IBM 7820 by a remote NetView/PC attached via a V.24 interface to the IBM 7820. AS400BU4 uses IBM 7820 interface 2 (P2) IBM 3174 uses IBM 7820 interface 2 (P2). IBM 3174 calls AS400BU4 for 3270 Remote Support
24.1.1 IBM 7820 attached to AS/400, Setup

CUSTOMIZE BASE CUSTOMIZE INTERFACE 1 CUSTOMIZE INTERFACE 2 2/SP ATTACHED: NO 2/TYPE (X.21): X.21 2/MODE: SWITCHED 2/CALL NBR: 0675 00142
NETWORK TYPE: 30U CURRENT LOOP DETECTOR: NO TEI MODE: AUTOMATIC TA CALL NBR:0675 00143
207
TA PASSWORD: / FACILITIES: /
2/SPEED: 64000 2/CALLING ID: NO 2/INTERNETWORKING: NO
24.1.2 IBM 7820 attached to IBM 3174, Setup

CUSTOMIZE BASE CUSTOMIZE INTERFACE 1 CUSTOMIZE INTERFACE 2 2/SP ATTACHED: NO 2/TYPE (V.35): V.35 2/MODE: SWITCHED 2/CALL NBR: 0675 00155 2/DIRECT CALL: YES 2/D-C NBR: 0675 00142 2/SPEED: 64000 2/MANUAL DIAL: NO 2/INTERNETWORKING: NO
NETWORK TYPE: 30U CURRENT LOOP DETECTOR: NO TEI MODE: AUTOMATIC TA CALL NBR:0675 00156 TA PASSWORD: / FACILITIES: /
24.1.3 AS/400 Definitions

CRTLINSDLC LIND(IX21LINE) RSRCNAME(LIN071) ONLINE(*NO) + ROLE(*PRI) INTERFACE(*X21) CNN(*SWTPP) + EXCHID(056FFFFF) NRZI(*NO) + LINESPEED(64000) AUTODIAL(*YES) + CALLNBR(067500142) MAXFRAME(265) + DUPLEX(*FULL) TEXT( ISDN/Swissnet X.21 Swt ) CRTCTLRWS CTLD(I3174) TYPE(3174) MODEL(0) + LINKTYPE(*SDLC) ONLINE(*NO) + SWITCHED(*YES) SWTLINLST(IX21LINE) + EXCHID(017EEEEE) INLCNN(*ANS) STNADR(C1) CRTDEVDSP DEVD(I317402) DEVCLS(*RMT) TYPE(3278) + MODEL(0) LOCADR(02) ONLINE(*NO) + CTL(I3174) TEXT(3278 at 3174 via ISDN/TA )
208
24.1.4 IBM 3174 Definitions

In this test we have connected one display station to the remote controller, an IBM 3174-61R.
-----------------
Model / Attach
------------------
098 099 100 101
____ CONFIG 61R 2
TS
PF: 3=Quit
4=Default
8=Fwd
Figure 182 (Part 1 of 5). 3174 Setup Screen
-----------------
SDLC
-----------------SDLC
104 121 132 141 173 213 310 365
C1 42 0 0 0 0 A 00000000 1 0 0
105 123 136 150 175 215 313 370
00 1 1 1 0 1 0 000000 eeeee 0 0
108 125 137 165 179 220 317
77T2315 00001000 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 2
110 126 138 166
0 00000000 0 A
116 - 2 127 - 5 2 168 - 0
318 - 0
340 - 0
PF: 3=Quit
4=Default
7=Back
8=Fwd
-----------------
Common SNA
-----------------C1/SDLC
500 - 0
501 -
502 -
PF: 3=Quit
4=Default
7=Back
8=Fwd
9=RtnH
Chapter 24. IBM 3174 via IBM 7820 and Swissnet to AS/400
209
------------ 117: Port Assignment --------------116=2 Host addresses Host addresses Port IS 1 2 3 4 5 Port IS 1 2 3 4 5 26-00 002 ___ ___ ___ ___ 26-01 ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ 26-02 ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ 26-03 ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ 26-04 ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ 26-05 ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ 26-06 ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ 26-07 ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ 26-08 ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ 26-09 ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ 26-10 ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ 26-11 ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ 26-12 ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ 26-13 ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26-28 ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ 26-29 ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ 26-30 ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ 26-31 ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ LT=
C1/SDLC
PF: 3=Quit
4=Default
7=Back
8=Fwd
9=RtnH
11=PageFwd
---------------
-----------------127 = 5 2 F1 - 11100000 B1 - 00 : 01 . 0 B2 - 00 : 02 . 0 B3 - 00 : 05 . 0 B4 - 00 : 10 . 0
128: RTM
C1/SDLC
PF: 3=Quit
4=Default
7=Back
8=Fwd
9=RtnH
210
Part 5. AS/400 TCP/IP
211
212
Chapter 25. TCP/IP

In V3R1 of OS/400 IBM re-wrote and is shipping a new integrated TCP/IP with the operating system. This chapter does not deal with this new configuration and operation of TCP/IP on the AS/400. Please see TCP/IP Configuration and Reference (SC41-3420) for more information about the new integrated TCP/IP.
25.1 TCP/IP Network

25.1.1.1 Network and Host Addresses
An IP address is four bytes in length. It is made up of two parts, the network ID and the host ID. The host ID portion of the IP address can be further divided into sub-networks to allow locally administered groups (or Domains) logically break up a large network into smaller sub-networks. Our IP addressing in IBM is based on the Class A TCP/IP internet address 9, registered for the entire IBM Corporation. This would leave the remaining three bytes to define unique host addresses. The IBM Corporation has assigned sub-network 9.13 to IBM Switzerland. This allows IBM Switzerland to administer and further define the remaining two bytes of the IP address range. In IBM Switzerland, we used 9.13 for the sub-network and further decided to use byte 3 for more subnetting. This means that in our example Swiss network, byte 2 and 3 are also part of the network address. Consequently the subnet mask we use is 255.255.255.0. The network addresses 9.13.32 through 9.13.47 are reserved. The X.25 IP network for all hosts within IBM Switzerland has the address:
9.13.250
IBM Switzerland X.25 network
25.1.2 Domain, Host Names and Name Servers

Domain name given to IBM Switzerland is:
CH.IBM.COM
The domain name for the IBM Switzerland Technical Support (TS) is:
TS.CH.IBM.COM
The following hosts act as name server: OS2GW, FSCRS530, ZCHMVS6.
25.1.3 TCP/IP Network Topology
213
Buckhauserstrasse 22 .
Hohlstrasse 560, 600, 604
. mVax, VMS** HP/UX 720 . FSCVAX MVIHP720 . . .1 .13 9.13.34 . Ethernet H560 Ethernet in BU306 . .1 .99 .12 .2 . MACTEX 6611 * * * * . * * .12 * TS * .17 . FSCRS530 TRLAN OS2GW * * . * 9.13.32 * RS/6000 * * PS/2 . .99 ZCHVM4 * * * ** * * * . .1 * * .6 * * .48 . H560 * .10 AS400BU4 CHIBMAS3 * TRLAN IBM 8232 * * . * * * * * 9.13.0 * AS/400 B20 * * AS/400 C25 . * * * * * * .4 * * .30 . .33* * .34 IDNX IDNX IBM 3172 * * . * * * * * * * ** * . * ** * .26 ZCHMVS6 . .12 MVI386 . CSCAI1 IBM 3745 9.13.35 . AS/400 E45 .2 . .1 AS400BU3 APPLET2 . * ** * * * . * TRLAN * .2 * H604 * 9.13.33 . * * * 9.13.96 * Ethernet . * * in BU303/6 .5 .6 * * . * *.111 * AS400WE4 FSCS88 FSCS88MI . * * * * . * ** * System/88 System/88 . .2.14 9.13.250 .110 * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *.8 * Swiss PTT X.25 Network Telepac AS400WE3 * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * ** .1
Figure 183. TS TCP/IP Network, Partial View
214

In this chapter we document the definitions which were needed on the AS/400 E45 (AS400BU3).
25.2.1 Line, Controller and Device Descriptions

The following CL commands only document TCP/IP access via Ethernet, TRLAN and X.25. The CTL and DEV description are created automatically. However, for problem determination purposes we think it is helpful to have these descriptions.
CRTLINTRN LIND(TRNLINE) RSRCNAME(LIN021) ONLINE(*YES) + ADPTADR(400000009406) EXCHID(05600000) + SSAP((04) (06) (08) (AA)) TEXT( TRLAN + adapter, LIN021 ) CRTCTLNET CTLD(TRNLINET) ONLINE(*NO) LINE(TRNLINE) + CNNRSPTMR(170) TEXT( CREATED BY + AUTO-CONFIGURATION ) CRTDEVNET DEVD(TRNLITCP) TYPE(*TCPIP) ONLINE(*NO) + CTL(TRNLINET) TEXT( CREATED BY + AUTO-CONFIGURATION ) CRTLINETH LIND(ETHLINE) RSRCNAME(LIN101) ONLINE(*YES) + ADPTADR(*ADPT) EXCHID(056A0004) + ETHSTD(*IEEE8023) SSAP((04 1496) (06 + 1470) (08 1496) (AA 1470)) TEXT( Ethernet + adapter, LIN101 ) CRTCTLNET CTLD(ETHLINET) ONLINE(*NO) LINE(ETHLINE) + CNNRSPTMR(170) TEXT( CREATED BY + AUTO-CONFIGURATION ) CRTDEVNET DEVD(ETHLITCP) TYPE(*TCPIP) ONLINE(*NO) + CTL(ETHLINET) TEXT( CREATED BY + AUTO-CONFIGURATION ) CRTLINX25 LIND(X25LINE) RSRCNAME(LIN012) LGLCHLE((001 + *PVC) (002 *SVCBOTH) (003 *SVCBOTH) (004 + *SVCBOTH) (005 *SVCBOTH) (006 *SVCBOTH) + (007 *SVCBOTH) (008 *SVCBOTH)) + NETADR(47911140) CNNINIT(*LOCAL) + ONLINE(*YES) EXCHID(056EEEEE) + DFTPKTSIZE(128) MAXPKTSIZE(512) + MODULUS(8) DFTWDWSIZE(2) TEXT( X25 link + used by FSC AS/400 ) CRTCTLNET CTLD(X25LINET) ONLINE(*NO) LINE(X25LINE) + CNNRSPTMR(170) TEXT( CREATED BY + AUTO-CONFIGURATION ) CRTDEVNET DEVD(X25LITCP) TYPE(*TCPIP) ONLINE(*NO) + CTL(X25LINET) TEXT( CREATED BY + AUTO-CONFIGURATION )
Chapter 25. TCP/IP
215
25.2.1.1 TCP/IP Hosts

In physical file QUSRSYS/QATMTCP(HOSTS)
Work with TCP/IP Host Table Entries System: Type options, press Enter. 1=Add 2=Change 4=Remove Internet Address 9.13.0.33 9.13.0.34 9.13.250.1 9.13.250.14 9.13.250.2 9.13.250.5 9.13.250.8 9.13.32.12 9.13.32.17 9.13.32.26 9.13.32.30 9.13.32.4 9.13.32.48 9.13.32.5 9.13.32.6 9.13.33.2 9.13.33.5 9.13.33.6 9.13.34.1 9.13.34.12 9.13.34.13 9.13.34.2 9.13.35.2 9.13.96.110 9.13.96.111 Host Name IDNXHL.TS.CH.IBM.COM ZCHMVS6.TS.CH.IBM.COM XZCHMVS6.TS.CH.IBM.COM XAS400BU3.TS.CH.IBM.COM XFSCRS530.TS.CH.IBM.COM XAS400BU1.TS.CH.IBM.COM XAS400WE3.CSC.CH.IBM.COM FSCRS530.TS.CH.IBM.COM OS2.TS.CH.IBM.COM MVI386.TS.CH.IBM.COM IDNXBU.TS.CH.IBM.COM AS400BU3.TS.CH.IBM.COM CHIBMAS3.TS.CH.IBM.COM AS400BU1.TS.CH.IBM.COM AS400BU4.TS.CH.IBM.COM EAS400BU3.TS.CH.IBM.COM FSCS88.TS.CH.IBM.COM FSCS88MI.TS.CH.IBM.COM FSCVAX.TS.CH.IBM.COM EFSCRS530.TS.CH.IBM.COM MVIHP720.TS.CH.IBM.COM EOS2.TS.CH.IBM.COM APPLET2.TS.CH.IBM.COM AS400WE3.CSC.CH.IBM.COM AS400WE4.CSC.CH.IBM.COM Bottom F3=Exit F5=Refresh F12=Cancel F15=Print list F17=Position to 5=Display AS400BU3
Opt
Figure 184. TCP/IP Host Table
25.2.1.2 TCP/IP Link

In physical file QUSRSYS/QATMTCP(PROFILE)
216
Work with TCP/IP Links System: Type options, press Enter. 1=Add 2=Change 4=Remove Line Description ETHLINE TRNLINE X25LINE Internet Address 9.13.33.2 9.13.32.4 9.13.250.14 5=Display 9=Start Link Type *ELAN *TRLAN *X25 Bottom F18=Bottom 10=End AS400BU3
Opt
F3=Exit
F5=Refresh
F12=Cancel
F15=Print list
F17=Top
Figure 185. AS/400 TCP/IP Link Definition
25.2.1.3 TCP/IP Routes

In physical file QUSRSYS/QATMTCP(PROFILE)
Work with TCP/IP Route Entries System: Type options, press Enter. 1=Add 2=Change 4=Remove 5=Display Maximum Datagram Size *CALC *CALC *CALC *CALC *CALC *CALC *CALC Bottom F12=Cancel AS400BU3
Opt
Network 9 9 9 9 9 9 9
Line Description X25LINE ETHLINE TRNLINE TRNLINE X25LINE TRNLINE TRNLINE
First Hop *HOME *HOME *HOME 9.13.32.17 9.13.250.8 9.13.32.30 9.13.32.26
F3=Exit F15=Print list
F5=Refresh F17=Top
F11=Display subnet information F18=Bottom
Figure 186 (Part 1 of 2). TCP/IP Routes
Chapter 25. TCP/IP
217
Work with TCP/IP Route Entries System: Type options, press Enter. 1=Add 2=Change 4=Remove 5=Display AS400BU3
Opt
Network 9 9 9 9 9 9 9
Subnet Mask 0.255.255.0 0.255.255.0 0.255.255.0 0.255.255.0 0.255.255.0 0.255.255.0 0.255.255.0
Subnet Value 0.13.250.0 0.13.33.0 0.13.32.0 0.13.34.0 0.13.96.0 0.13.0.0 0.13.35.0 Bottom F15=Print list
F3=Exit F17=Top
F5=Refresh F18=Bottom
F11=Display lines/hops
F12=Cancel
Figure 186 (Part 2 of 2). TCP/IP Routes
25.2.1.4 TCP/IP Local Domain Name

Change Local Domain Name System: Type choices, press Enter. Local domain name . . . . TS.CH.IBM.COM AS400BU3
Local host name . . . . .
AS400BU3
F3=Exit
F12=Cancel
Figure 187. TCP/IP Local Domain Name
25.2.1.5 TCP/IP Remote System Information
218
Work with TCP/IP Remote System Information System: Type options, press Enter. 1=Add 4=Remove Internet Address 9.13.250.1 9.13.250.14 9.13.250.2 9.13.250.5 9.13.250.8 Network Address 45911062 47911140 47931377 47971220 47931145 Bottom F18=Bottom AS400BU3
Opt
F3=Exit
F5=Refresh
F12=Cancel
F15=Print list
F17=Top
Figure 188. TCP/IP Remote System Information
25.2.1.6 Remote Name Server

Our TCP/IP network includes name servers. The usage of a name server is not defined on AS400BU3.
25.2.1.7 TCP/IP Attributes, AS400BU3 as Router

AS400BU3 acts as a basic IP datagram router. We changed the TCP/IP attributes accordingly. The default for IP datagram forwarding is *NO, so this must be changed to *YES if your AS/400 is going to route IP datagrams received from one host and sent to another.
Change TCP/IP Attributes (CHGTCPA) Type choices, press Enter. Checksum on incoming messages IP datagram forwarding . . . . TELNET inactivity timeout . . TELNET timemark timeout . . . TELNET default NVT type . . . SMTP - outgoing mapping table SMTP - incoming mapping table . . . . . . . *NO *YES 0 30 *VT100 *DFT *DFT *DFT *DFT *SAME *SAME *SAME, *YES, *NO *SAME, *YES, *NO 0-2147483647, *SAME 0-2147483647, *SAME *SAME, *VT100, *NVT Name, *SAME, *DFT Name, *LIBL, *CURLIB Name, *SAME, *DFT Name, *LIBL, *CURLIB Name, *SAME, *DFT Name, *LIBL, *CURLIB Name, *SAME, *DFT Name, *LIBL, *CURLIB Name, *SAME, *DFT Name, *LIBL, *CURLIB Name, *SAME, *DFT Name, *LIBL, *CURLIB Bottom F13=How to use this display
FTP - outgoing mapping table . . FTP - incoming mapping table . . VT100 - outgoing mapping table VT100 - incoming mapping table
F3=Exit F4=Prompt F24=More keys
F5=Refresh
F12=Cancel
Figure 189. TCP/IP Attributes
Chapter 25. TCP/IP
219
25.3 FTP
AS/400 Communications Definitions II, GG24-3763 documents interactive FTP sessions run from AS400BU3 with AS400BU4, ZCHMVS6, ZCHVM6 and mVAX. The same ITSC redbook shows the required steps to run FTP in batch mode as well. In this chapter, we show FTP sessions from AS/400 with RS/6000, HP, and OS/2. We also show FTP from TS mVAX with AS/400. Each session includes the same steps: 1. Start FTP with remote FTP host 2. Login to remote FTP host 3. Transfer a file to remote host 4. List the remote directory 5. Receive a file from remote host 6. Terminate FTP We include the entire FTP traffic as it is presented to the interactive AS/400 user. FTP subcommands entered by the AS/400 user are highlighted.
25.3.1 FTP with RS/6000

ftp fscrs530
This is the CL command the AS/400 user enters to start FTP on the RS/6000.
Connecting to host system FSCRS530 at address 9.13.32.12 at port 21. 220 fscrs530 FTP server (Version 4.1 Sat Nov 23 12:52:09 CST 1991) ready. Enter your userid to log on the remote host system. guest USER guest 331 Password required for guest. PASS ******** 230 User guest logged in. Enter an FTP command. put guest/rln1000.rln1000 rln1000.as400 PORT 9,13,32,4,3,233 200 PORT command successful. STOR rln1000.as400 150 Opening data connection for rln1000.as400. 226 Transfer complete. 100200 bytes transferred in 4.648 seconds. Transfer rate 21.558 KB/sec. Enter an FTP command. dir PORT 9,13,32,4,3,234 200 PORT command successful. LIST 150 Opening data connection for /bin/ls. -rw-r--r-- 1 usr 972 Sep 09 21:44 FAMFTP1 -rw-r----- 1 usr 188 Dec 17 11:51 FTPCP.DAT drwxr-xr-x 4 usr 512 Sep 09 22:01 Mail -rw-r--r-- 1 system 10418 Sep 09 21:44 Mwm.rfre -rwxr-xr-x 1 usr 12025 Sep 09 21:44 a.out 220
drwxr-xr-x 2 staff 512 Sep 09 22:01 bin -rw-r--r-- 1 usr 972 Sep 09 21:44 copytest.jcl -rw-r--r-- 1 usr 1134 Sep 09 21:44 ftpsub.jcl -rw-r--r-- 1 usr 8667 Oct 15 11:14 hosts -rw-r--r-- 1 usr 729 Jan 13 19:00 hosts.out -rw------- 1 usr 970 Sep 09 21:44 netlog.0 -rw-r--r-- 1 system 4658 Sep 09 21:44 restlog -rw-r----- 1 usr 100100 Feb 02 13:49 rln1000.as400 -rw-r--r-- 1 usr 140 Sep 09 21:44 xdtinitial.xde 226 Transfer complete. Enter an FTP command. get rln1000.as400 guest/rln1000.rln1000 (replace PORT 9,13,32,4,3,235 200 PORT command successful. RETR rln1000.as400 150 Opening data connection for rln1000.as400 (100100 bytes). 226 Transfer complete. 100200 bytes transferred in 8.242 seconds. Transfer rate 12.157 KB/sec. Enter an FTP command. quit QUIT 221 Goodbye. Press ENTER to end terminal session. End of terminal session.
25.3.2 FTP with OS/2

ftp os2
This is the CL command the AS/400 user enters to start FTP on an OS/2. This OS/2 does not allow the FTP subcommand PUT.
Start of terminal session. Connecting to host system OS2 at address 9.13.32.17 at port 21. 220 os2gw FTP server (IBM OS/2 TCP/IP FTP Version 1.2) ready. Enter your userid to log on the remote host system. guest USER guest 331 Password required for guest. PASS ******** 230 User guest logged in. Enter an FTP command. dir PORT 9,13,32,4,3,243 200 PORT command successful. LIST 150 Opening ASCII mode data connection for F:\. 5 DIR 08-02-90 17:13 . 5 DIR 08-02-90 17:13 .. 0 DIR 08-03-90 10:14 CONFIG 3460 A 07-15-92 11:00 CONFIG.BA1 0 DIR 05-13-92 13:18 DLL 0 A 10-14-92 08:48 ftpc1.c 0 A 12-28-92 11:36 FTPCP.DAT 0 DIR 11-24-92 10:51 ftterm 865 A 05-15-92 11:00 RESI.TXT 0 DIR 12-30-91 13:24 temp
Chapter 25. TCP/IP
221
3 A 08-03-90 15:34 THELP.HLP 6948 A 08-13-90 12:07 TRACE.X25 3437 A 08-06-90 11:27 vt200-sg.kbd 11336 A 05-26-92 09:36 XIP.TRC 226 Transfer complete. Enter an FTP command. get resi.txt guest/resi.resi PORT 9,13,32,4,3,244 200 PORT command successful. RETR resi.txt 150 Opening ASCII mode data connection for resi.txt (865 bytes). 226 Transfer complete. 864 bytes transferred in 3.738 seconds. Transfer rate .231 KB/sec. Enter an FTP command. quit QUIT 221 Quit command received. Goodbye. Press ENTER to end terminal session. End of terminal session.
25.3.3 FTP with HP

ftp mvihp720
This is the CL command the AS/400 user enters to start FTP with an HP 720. Usually when starting an FTP session with our HP and using subcommands like DIR, GET or PUT, we get the following error message:
530 Bad parameters for PORT command.

To toggle the port command usage, enter the following subcommand:
sendport Start of terminal session. Connecting to host system MVIHP720 at address 9.13.34.13 at port 21. 220 mvihp720 FTP server (Version 16.2 Wed Oct 16 23:04:42 GMT 1991) ready. Enter your userid to log on the remote host system. guest USER guest 331 Password required for guest. PASS ******** 230 User guest logged in. Enter an FTP command. put guest/rln1000.rln1000 rln1000.as4 STOR rln1000.as4 150 Opening ASCII mode data connection for rln1000.as4. 226 Transfer complete. 100200 bytes transferred in 4.218 seconds. Transfer rate 23.756 KB/sec. Enter an FTP command. dir PORT 9,13,32,4,3,254 200 PORT command successful. LIST 150 Opening ASCII mode data connection for /bin/ls. -rw-r--r-- 1 guest guest 818 Aug 17 15:31 .cshrc -rw-r--r-- 1 guest guest 347 Aug 17 15:31 .exrc -rw-r--r-- 1 guest guest 367 Aug 17 15:31 .login -rw-r--r-- 1 guest guest 0 Oct 13 16:29 .news_time
222
-rw-r--r-- 1 guest guest 671 Aug 31 15:52 .profile -rw-r--r-- 1 guest guest 372 Aug 17 15:31 .profile.orig -rw-rw-rw- 1 guest guest 188 Jan 18 18:22 .rhosts -rw------- 1 guest guest 2032 Feb 3 10:48 .sh_history drwxr-xr-x 7 guest guest 1024 Jan 26 17:19 .vue -rw-r--r-- 1 guest guest 2582 Aug 31 16:00 .vueprofile drwx------ 2 guest mail 24 Jan 26 17:12 Mail -rw------- 1 guest mail 37 Feb 2 14:54 dead.letter -rw-r----- 1 guest guest 0 Feb 2 13:59 rln1000.as4 226 Transfer complete. Enter an FTP command. get rln1000.as4 guest/rln1000.rln1000 (replace RETR rln1000.as5 150 Opening ASCII mode data connection for rln1000.as4 (100100 bytes). 226 Transfer complete. 100200 bytes transferred in 4.910 seconds. Transfer rate 20.407 KB/sec. Enter an FTP command. quit QUIT 221 Quit command received. Goodbye. Press ENTER to end terminal session. End of terminal session.
25.3.4 FTP from mVax to AS/400

An example of an FTP session from mVax to AS/400 follows. TCPware is the TCP/IP software used on the mVax.
$ ftp FTP> open as400bu3 guest _Password: FTP> cd guest FTP> dir SIMH GUEST GUEST SIMH SIMH SIMH SIMH SIMH SIMH QDFTOWN SIMH QDFTOWN GUEST SIMH SIMH SIMH SIMH SIMH SIMH QDFTOWN QDFTOWN 9728 3072 3072 3072 3072 3072 3072 3072 3072 2560 3072 3072 97792 9728 17408 17920 24064 246784 16896 9216 1536 AUTORWS FROMMVS.MBR001 FROMMVS.MBR335 NDM.TEST NFTP.NFTP NFTPDTA.NFTP RLNJES.ARLN001 RLNJES.RLNJES RLN1000.RLN1000 RLN1000.RLN1002 RTVFROMMVS.MBR001 WVMO.TXT FROMMVS NDM NFTP NFTPDTA RLNJES RLN1000 RTVFROMMVS WVMO WVMOFTP *PGM *MEM *MEM *MEM *MEM *MEM *MEM *MEM *MEM *MEM *MEM *MEM *FILE *FILE *FILE *FILE *FILE *FILE *FILE *FILE *FILE
Chapter 25. TCP/IP
223
FTP> get rln1000.rln1002 rln145100.rln1000 FTP> ldir Directory FSC_USER__DISK:SIMH AS400FILE.;3 AS400LIST.;5 DISPLAY_ACTIVE_JJOBS.COM;1 FTPSERVER_DTP.LOG;22 HDI.HDI;6 HEUTENM.;1 MAIL.MAI;1 MAP02.;2 OUTF.;1 OUTF.PRT;2 RLN1000.RLN1000;1 RLN110592.;1 RLN145100.RLN1000;1 RLN1615.;1 SETKBDMAP.CL;2 SIM1456.;1 TEILN.;1 TEST01.AS4;2 WORKSHOP.W050991;1 X25LINE.;2 Total of 38 files. FTP> put mail.mai mail.mail0001 FTP> quit
CVTFCFC.COM;2 DISPLAY_ACTIVE_JOBS.COM;4 FTPSERVER_DTP.LOG;21 IMHOF.JOU;2 LOGIN.COM;8 NLS.TXT;1 NOV2393A.;1 RLN080592.;1 RLN1000.;1 RLN1111.RLN1000;1 RLN120592.;1 RLN220493.RLN1002;1 RPGSRC.;5 T.TMP;3 T1037.;1 W251091.;1 WORKSHOP.;1 ZUERICH.;1
25.3.4.1 AS/400 Directory Remarks

SIMH ... SIMH 3072 RLN1000.RLN1000 *MEM
246784
RLN1000
*FILE
Current library is library GUEST - see FTP subcommand cd guest . When requesting a directory you get the current library object list. A single file gets one line in the listed directory, indicated by *FILE at the end of the directory entry. Each member of this file is represented by one line in the directory again, with *MEM at the end of the line. The user ID at the beginning of the line indicates the owner of this object.
25.4 AS/400 TCP/IP: SMTP 25.4.1 AS/400 System Definitions

The following definitions are required:

Subsystem QSNADS Routing Entry General System Directory Entries SNADS Distribution Queue SNADS Routing Table Entry Subsystem QSNADS Routing Entry
ADDRTGE SBSD(QSNADS) SEQNBR(1399) CMPVAL(SMTPRTGD) + PGM(QTCP/QTMSTRBR) CLS(QGPL/QSNADS)
General System Directory Entries
224
Make sure entries for users QSMTPDMY and QTCP exist on your AS/400. If not, use the following CL commands. AS400BU3 is the name of our local AS/400.
ADDDIRE USRID(QTCP QTCP) USER(QTCP) SYSNAME(AS400BU3) ADDDIRE USRID(QSMTPDMY QSMTPSYS) SYSNAME(TCPIP)
A SNADS distribution queue for TCP/IP SMTP has to be defined. The names used are required.
Display Details of Distribution Queue Queue . . . . . . . . Queue type . . . . . Remote location name Mode . . . . . . . . Remote net ID . . . . Local location name . Normal priority: Send time: From/To . . . . . Force . . . . . . Send depth . . . . High priority: Send time: From/To . . . . . Force . . . . . . Send depth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . : : : : : : QSMTPQ *RPDS TCPIPLOC *NETATR *LOC *LOC
. . . : . . . : . . . :
: : 1
. . . : . . . : . . . :
: : 1

Figure 190. AS/400 SNADS Distribution Queue QSMTPQ
A SNADS routing table entry is required to guide any SMTP mailing into the global distribution queue QSMTPQ.
Display Details of Routing Table Entry Destination system name/Group . . . Description . . . Service level: Fast: Queue name . . Maximum hops . Status: Queue name . . Maximum hops . Data high: Queue name . . Maximum hops . Data low: Queue name . . Maximum hops .
. . : . . :
TCPIP TCP/IP SMTP Routing
. . : . . : . . : . . : . . : . . : . . : . . :
QSMTPQ *DFT QSMTPQ *DFT QSMTPQ *DFT QSMTPQ *DFT

Figure 191. AS/400 SNADS Routing Table Entry for TCP/IP SMTP
Chapter 25. TCP/IP
225
25.4.2 TCP/IP SMTP Operation

To start the SMTP distribution environment, subsystem QTCP and QSNADS have to be started. We recommend that you start subsystem QTCP first and delay the start of subsystem QSNADS for a few minutes. Part of our IPL start program QSTRUP:
... + IF COND((&CTLSBSD = QCTL QSYS ) *AND (&CTLSBSD = QCTL QGPL ) ) THEN(GOTO CMDLBL(DONE)) QSYS/STRSBS SBSD(QINTER) MONMSG MSGID(CPF0000) QSYS/STRSBS SBSD(QBATCH) MONMSG MSGID(CPF0000) QSYS/STRSBS SBSD(QCMN) MONMSG MSGID(CPF0000) ADDLIBLE LIB(QTCP) MONMSG MSGID(CPF0000) QSYS/STRSBS SBSD(QTCP) MONMSG MSGID(CPF0000) QSYS/STRSBS SBSD(QOSI/QOSI) MONMSG MSGID(CPF0000) QSYS/STRSBS SBSD(QDSNX) MONMSG MSGID(CPF0000) DLYJOB DLY(600) QSYS/STRSBS SBSD(QSNADS) MONMSG MSGID(CPF0000) QSYS/STRSBS SBSD(QX400/QX400) MONMSG MSGID(CPF0000) ...
Use the following CL command to check successful start of subsystem TCP/IP and SMTP within subsystem QSNADS.
wrkactjob sbs(qsnads qtcp)
226
Work with Active Jobs CPU %: Opt 36.3 Elapsed time: User QSYS QSNADS QGATE .. QGATE QSYS QTCP QTCP QTCP QTCP QTCP QTCP QGATE 00:01:29 Type SBS BCH BCH .. BCH SBS BCH BCH BCH BCH ASJ BCH BCH CPU % 4.4 .9 4.8 .. .0 .0 .0 .0 .0 2.4 .0 .6 5.7 Active jobs: Function 49 Status DEQW EVTW RUN .. TIMW DEQW DEQW DEQW DEQW DEQA EVTW INEL RUN
Subsystem/Job QSNADS ... QDIA QOTCPIPLOC ... TCPIPLOC ... QTCP FTPSRV1 FTPSRV2 FTPSRV3 QTCPIP QTCPSTART QTCPTIMER QTMSMTP
PGM-QTMSTSMT
F3=Exit F5=Refresh F10=Restart statistics F12=Cancel F24=More keys
F11=Display elapsed data
Figure 192. TCP/IP Jobs in Subsystem QSNADS and QTCP
Subsystem QTCP needs these seven jobs being active. Subsystem QSNADS has to have job QOTCPIPLOC and job TCPIPLOC running.
25.4.3 SMTP Environment and User Enrollment

The example TCP/IP SMTP environment with AS/400 network:
ZCHVM4 AS400BU3 AS400BU4 FSCVAX MVIHP720 FSCRS530
Figure 193. TS TCP/IP SMTP Environment
AS/400 users who want to send or receive mail via SMTP must be enrolled in the system directory and OfficeVision/400. For SNADS-to-SMTP address mapping you must maintain the SMTP nickname file. It is recommended that you use the system wide file. In addition, each user can maintain a personal nickname file.
Chapter 25. TCP/IP
227
Work with Names for SMTP System: Alias table type . . . . . . . . : System AS400BU3
Type options, press Enter. 1=Add 2=Change 4=Remove Opt User ID *ANY *ANY *ANY *ANY GUEST Address FSCRS530 FSCVAX MVIHP720 ZCHVM4 FSCB20
5=Display SMTP Name
6=Print
@FSCRS530.TS.CH.IBM.COM @FSCVAX.TS.CH.IBM.COM @MVIHP720.TS.CH.IBM.COM @ZCHVM4.TS.CH.IBM.COM GUEST?FSCB20@AS400BU4.TS.CH.IBM.COM
Bottom F3=Exit F5=Refresh F12=Cancel F15=Print list F17=Position to
Figure 194. System Wide SMTP Nickname File
This nickname file allows any user of AS400BU3 to send distributions to:

Any user at TCP/IP SMTP host FSCRS530 Any user at TCP/IP SMTP host MVIHP720 Any user at TCP/IP SMTP host FSCVAX Any user at TCP/IP SMTP host ZCHVM4 User GUEST.FSCB20 at AS400BU4 via SMTP
Appropriate system directory entries are required for all remote SMTP users also:
adddire adddire adddire adddire adddire
usrid(*ANY FSCRS530) usrd( Users at FSCRS530 ) sysname(tcpip) usrid(*ANY MVIHP720) usrd( Users at MVIHP720 ) sysname(tcpip) usrid(*ANY FSCVAX) usrd( Users at FSCVAX ) sysname(tcpip) usrid(*ANY ZCHVM4) usrd( Users at ZCHVM4 ) sysname(tcpip) usrid(GUEST FSCB20) usrd( GUEST.FSCB20 v/SMTP ) sysname(tcpip)
25.4.4 Send Note from AS/400 to AS/400

User GUEST.FSC400 at AS400BU3 sends a note via TCP/IP SMTP to user GUEST.FSCB20 at AS400BU4. Both users are enrolled in OfficeVision/400 without any additional considerations regarding TCP/IP SMTP. The nickname file of user GUEST.FSC400 at AS400BU3 is shown in Chapter 24, IBM 3174 via IBM 7820 and Swissnet to AS/400 on page 207 This is the note entered by user GUEST.FSC400 at AS400BU3:
228
NOTE P:12 Edit Pg:1 Ln:13 .:..T.2..T.:..T.3..T.:..T.4..T.:..Tv5..T.:..T.6..T.:..T.7..T.:..T.8..T. ....9. F TO: GUEST FSCB20 GUEST at FSCB20 via TCP/IP SMTP FROM: GUEST FSC400 User GUEST DATE: date SUBJECT: E-Mail via TCP/IP SMTP REFERENCE: For Documentation Start typing your note on the next line. Dear Guest, here, what I would like to tell you. Regards, Your Guest
F1=Copy F2=Move F3=Exit/Save F6=Find F10=Send
F13=Edit options F14=Get options F16=Adjust/Paginate F17=Functions F18=Search/Replace
F19=Print/View F21=Spell options F22=Add to dictionary F23=Spell aid F24=More keys
Figure 195. OfficeVision/400 Note, Editing
Work with Mail Working with mail for . . . . . . : GUEST Type options, press Enter. 2=Revise a copy 4=Delete 8=Change details 9=Print options 12=File remote 13=File local ------From------User ID Address GUEST FSC400 FSCB20
5=View 6=Print 10=Forward 11=Reply 14=Change authority Date Received 04/02/91
Opt
Status NEW
Description E-Mail via TCP/IP SMTP
Bottom
F3=Exit F9=Action items
F5=Refresh F12=Cancel
F6=Outgoing mail status F24=More keys
Figure 196. OfficeVision/400, Work with Incoming Mail
Chapter 25. TCP/IP
229
Received from AS400BU3.CH.ZURICH.IBM.COM by AS400BU4.CH.ZURICH.IBM. Received from AS400BU3 by AS400BU3.CH.ZURICH.IBM.COM (SMTP Version Date: Mon, 04 Feb 91 16:17:43 . From: GUEST?FSC400%AS400BU3@AS400BU3.CH.ZURICH.IBM.COM To: GUEST?FSCB20@AS400BU4.CH.ZURICH.IBM.COM Subject: E-Mail via TCP/IP SMTP TO: GUEST FSCB20 GUEST at FSCB20 via TCP/IP SMTP FROM: GUEST FSC400 User GUEST DATE: FEBRUARY 4, 1991 SUBJECT: E-Mail via TCP/IP SMTP REFERENCE: For Documentation Dear Guest, here, what I would like to tell you. Regards, Your Guest
Figure 197. OfficeVision/400, Received Note
25.4.5 Send Note from AS/400 to DEC mVAX

User GUEST.FSC400 at AS400BU3 sends a note via TCP/IP SMTP to user SIMH at FSCVAX.
25.4.5.1 Prepare Note on AS400BU3

Send Note Type mailing information, press F6 to type note. Subject . . . . . . . . . . SMTP Test Reference . . . . . . . . .
Type distribution list and/or addressees, press F10 to send. Distribution list . . . . . F4 for list -----Addressees-----User ID Address SIMH FSCVAX
Description S. Imhof, on TS VAX, BU306
F3=Exit F6=Type note F9=Attach memo slip F10=Send F12=Cancel F13=Change defaults F14=Specify copy list
Figure 198. OfficeVision/400 Note, Specify Recipient
More... F11=Change details F24=More keys
230
NOTE P:12 Edit Req d Carrier Ret Pg:1 Ln:12 .:..T.2..T.:..T.3..T.:..T.4..T.:..Tv5..T.:..T.6..T.:..T.7..T.:..T.8..T. ....9. F TO: SIMH FSCVAX S. Imhof, on TS VAX, BU306 FROM: DATE: SUBJECT: REFERENCE: R GUEST date SMTP Test FSC400 User on AS400BU3, for demo usage, mainly TCP/I
Start typing your note on the next line. Kind regards, user GUEST on AS400BU3 F F1=Copy F2=Move F3=Exit/Save F6=Find F10=Send F12=Cancel F13=Edit options F14=Get options F16=Adjust/Paginate F17=Functions F18=Search/Replace F19=Print/View F21=Nondisplay keys F22=Spell functions F23=Word spell aid F24=More keys
25.4.5.2 Receive Note on DEC mVAX

After the note has been sent to the DEC mVax, login as user SIMH on the VAX. Enter the command mail to evoke VMSmail.
$ mail You have 1 new message. MAIL

Bottom Enter command read to read the note.
MAIL read
Chapter 25. TCP/IP
231
To: CC: Subj:
SIMH@FSCVAX.TS.CH.IBM.COM SMTP Test
Received: from AS400BU3.TS.CH.IBM.COM 9.13.32.4 by fscvax.ts.ch.ibm.com with SMTP-VMS via TCP/IP; Tue, 2 Feb 1993 14:21 UT Received: from AS400BU3 by AS400BU3.TS.CH.IBM.COM (SMTP Version 2) Release 2.0 w ith BSMTP id 0004. Date: Tue, 02 Feb 93 14:21:50 . From: GUEST?FSC400%AS400BU3@AS400BU3.TS.CH.IBM.COM To: SIMH@FSCVAX.TS.CH.IBM.COM Subject: SMTP Test TO: SIMH FROM: GUEST FSCVAX FSC400 S. Imhof, on TS VAX, BU306 User on AS400BU3, for demo usage, mainly TCP/IP
DATE: February 2, 1993 SUBJECT: SMTP Test
Kind regards, user GUEST on AS400BU3
Figure 200. VMSmail, Note received from AS/400
25.4.6 Send Note from DEC mVAX to AS/400

Login as user SIMH to the mVAX. Enter command mail . Then enter the command send to prepare a note for distribution.
$ mail MAIL send To: smtp% guest?fsc400@as400bu3 Subj: For Documentation Enter your message below. Press CTRL/Z when complete, or CTRL/C to quit: Here, what I wanted to tell you. Kind regards, Your user on FSC Vax
Figure 201. mVax Mail, Enter and Send Note to AS/400
Press Ctrl Z to complete and send the note.
232
MAIL P:12 VIEW Instruction Pg:1 Ln:7 2....:....3....:....4....:....5....v....6....:....7....:....8....:....9 ...:.. Received: Date: From: To: Subject: from fscvax.ts.ch.ibm.com by AS400BU3.TS.CH.IBM.COM (SMTP Versi Fri, 15 Jan 1993 15:26 UT SIMH@fscvax.ts.ch.ibm.com guest?fsc400@as400bu3.ts.ch.ibm.com For Documentation
Here, what I wanted to tell you. Kind regards, Your user on FSC Vax
F3=Exit F7=Window F4=Find char F8=Reset F5=Goto F10=Forward F6=Find F11=Reply Press F19 to list errors.
F16=File remote F17=Function F19=Print F21=Nondisplay keys +
Figure 202. mVax Mail, Enter and Send Note to AS/400
25.4.7 Send Note from AS/400 to RS/6000

User GUEST.FSC400 at AS400BU3 sends a note via TCP/IP SMTP to user GUEST at FSCRS530.
25.4.7.1 Prepare Note on AS/400

Type distribution list and/or addressees, press F10 to send. Distribution list . . . . . F4 for list -----Addressees-----User ID Address GUEST FSCRS530
Description Generic entry for TS RS/6000 via TCP/IP
Chapter 25. TCP/IP
233
NOTE P:12 Edit Pg:1 Ln:11 .:..T.2..T.:..T.3..T.:..T.4..T.:..Tv5..T.:..T.6..T.:..T.7..T.:..T.8..T. ....9. F TO: GUEST FSCRS530 Generic entry for TS RS/6000 via TCP/IP FROM: DATE: SUBJECT: REFERENCE: R GUEST date SMTP Test FSC400 User on AS400BU3, for demo usage, mainly TCP/I
25.4.7.2 Receive Note on RS/6000

After the note has been sent to the RS/6000. Login as user GUEST on the RS/6000. Enter command mail to check for new messages.
mail / usr/spool/mail/guest: 1 message 1 new N 1 GUEST?FSC400%AS400BU3@AS400BU3.TS.CH.IBM.COM Tue Feb 2 14:18 2 3/750 SM & 1
And press ENTER again.
234
Message 1: From root Tue Feb 2 14:18:07 1993 Date: Tue, 02 Feb 93 14:16:09 . From: GUEST?FSC400%AS400BU3@AS400BU3.TS.CH.IBM.COM To: GUEST@fscrs530 Subject: SMTP Test
TO: GUEST FROM: GUEST
FSCRS530 FSC400
Generic entry for TS RS/6000 via TCP/IP User on AS400BU3, for demo usage, mainly TCP/IP
DATE: February 2, 1993 SUBJECT: SMTP Test Kind regards, user GUEST on AS400BU3
Figure 205. OfficeVision/400 Note, Received on RS/6000
25.4.8 Send Note from RS/6000 to AS/400

Login as user GUEST to the RS/6000. Start entering a note by directly entering command mail .
Welcome to IBM AIX Version 3.2!
Please see the README file in /usr/lpp/bos for information pertinent to this release of the AIX Operating System.
* * * * * * * * *
unsuccessful login: Tue Jan 26 17:53:59 NFT 1993 on hft/0 login: Tue Feb 2 14:43:53 NFT 1993 on pts/1 from as400bu3.ts.ch.ibm.com YOU HAVE NEW MAIL fscrs530: guest: /usr/guest mail guest?fsc400@as400bu3 subject: SMTP Test Kind regards, user GUEST on FSCRS530
Figure 206. RS/6000 Mail, Enter and Send Note to AS/400
Press Ctrl C to complete and send the note.
Chapter 25. TCP/IP
235
MAIL P:12 VIEW Instruction Pg:1 Ln:7 2....:....3....:....4....:....5....v....6....:....7....:....8....:....9 ...:.. Received: from fscrs530.ts.ch.ibm.com by AS400BU3.TS.CH.IBM.COM (SMTP Ver Received: by fscrs530.ts.ch.ibm.com (AIX 3.2/UCB 5.64/4.03) id AA23492; Tue, 2 Feb 1993 15:22:12 +0100 Date: Tue, 2 Feb 1993 15:22:12 +0100 From: guest@fscrs530.ts.ch.ibm.com Message-Id: 9302021422.AA23492@fscrs530.ts.ch.ibm.com To: guest?fsc400@as400bu3.ts.ch.ibm.com Subject: SMTP Test
Kind regards, user GUEST on FSCRS530
Figure 207. OfficeVision/400, View Note Received from RS/6000
25.4.9 Send Note from AS/400 to HP

User GUEST.FSC400 at AS400BU3 sends a note via TCP/IP SMTP to user GUEST at MVIHP720.
Type distribution list and/or addressees, press F10 to send. Distribution list . . . . . F4 for list -----Addressees-----User ID Address GUEST MVIHP720
Description Generic entry for MVI HP 720
236
NOTE P:12 Edit Req d Carrier Ret Pg:1 Ln:12 .:..T.2..T.:..T.3..T.:..T.4..T.:..Tv5..T.:..T.6..T.:..T.7..T.:..T.8..T. ....9. F TO: GUEST MVIHP720 Generic entry for MVI HP 720 FROM: DATE: SUBJECT: REFERENCE: R GUEST date SMTP Test FSC400 User on AS400BU3, for demo usage, mainly TCP/I
25.4.9.1 Receive Note on HP

After the note has been sent to the HP, logon as user GUEST on the HP. Enter command mail to check for new messages. Having entered this command, new messages are displayed directly.
From GUEST?FSC400@AS400BU3.TS.CH.IBM.COM Tue Feb 2 14:15 MEZ 1993 Received: from as400bu3 by mvihp720 with SMTP (16.8/16.2) id AA03419; Tue, 2 Feb 93 14:15:56 +0100 Return-Path: GUEST?FSC400@AS400BU3.TS.CH.IBM.COM Received: from AS400BU3 by AS400BU3.TS.CH.IBM.COM (SMTP Version 2) Release 2.0 . Date: Tue, 02 Feb 93 14:17:18 . From: GUEST?FSC400%AS400BU3@AS400BU3.TS.CH.IBM.COM To: GUEST@mvihp720 Subject: SMTP Test
TO: GUEST FROM: GUEST
MVIHP720 FSC400
Generic entry for MVI HP 720 User on AS400BU3, for demo usage, mainly TCP/IP
DATE: February 2, 1993 SUBJECT: SMTP Test Kind regards, user GUEST on AS400BU3
Figure 210. OfficeVision/400 Note, Received on HP
Chapter 25. TCP/IP
237
25.4.10 Send Note from HP to AS/400

(c)Copyright 1985, 1986, 1988 Massachusetts Institute of Technology (c)Copyright 1986 Digital Equipment Corp. (c)Copyright 1990 Motorola, Inc. All Rights Reserved. RESTRICTED RIGHTS LEGEND Use, duplication, or disclosure by the U.S. Government is subject to restrictions as set forth in sub-paragraph (c)(1)(ii) of the Rights in Technical Data and Computer Software clause in DFARS 252.227-7013. Hewlett-Packard Company 3000 Hanover Street Palo Alto, CA 94304 U.S.A. Rights for non-DOD U.S. Government Departments and Agencies are as set forth in FAR 52.227-19(c)(1,2). Erase is Backspace s Shift Ctrl Reset simultaneously to exit all windows. mvihp720: guest: /users/guest mail guest?fsc400@as400bu3 subject: SMTP Test regards, GUEST on MVIHP720 mvihp720: guest: /users/guest
Figure 211. HP, Edit Note
Enter Ctrl D to complete and send the message.
MAIL P:12 VIEW Instruction Pg:1 Ln:7 2....:....3....:....4....:....5....v....6....:....7....:....8....:....9 ...:.. Received: from mvihp720 by AS400BU3.TS.CH.IBM.COM (SMTP Version 2) Releas Received: by mvihp720 (16.8/16.2) id AA03477; Tue, 2 Feb 93 15:13:00 +0100 Date: Tue, 2 Feb 93 15:13:00 +0100 From: guest@mvihp720 Subject: SMTP Test Apparently-To: guest?fsc400@as400bu3 Kind regards, user GUEST on MVIHP720
Figure 212. OfficeVision/400, View Note Received from HP
238
25.4.11 Send Note from VM to AS/400

User SIMH on ZCHVM6 sends note to user SIMH.FSC400 on AS400BU3. The following nickname file is on the VM-system ZCHVM6.
SIMH ==== 00000 00001 00002 00003 00004 00005
NAMES
A0
V 255
Trunc=255 Size=4 Line=1 Col=1 Alt=0
Case M I, Recfm V * * * Top of File * * * : nick.SIMHBU3 : userid.SIMH?FSC400 : node.AS400BU3 : name.S. Imhof at AS400BU3 via TCP/IP SMTP : nick.GUESTBU3 : userid.GUEST?FSC400 : node.AS400BU3 : name.User GUEST at AS400BU3 via TCP/IP SMTP * * * End of File * * *
PF-KEYS 1 - 2 - 3 END
4 -/2 5 -/2 6 SAVE
7 - 8 - 9 ?
10 - - 11 SP/JO 12 QQ
Figure 213. Nickname profile on the VM-System
Ready; T=0.40/0.47 09:42:16
note guestbu3 RUNNING

Figure 214. Sending note to the user guest on the as/400
ZCHVM6
SIMH
NOTE
A0
V 132
Trunc=132 Size=13 Line=13 Col=1 Alt=6
Date: 22 November 1991, 09:42:29 CET From: SIMH at ZCHVM6 To: GUEST?FSC400 at AS400BU3 Subject: Testing TCP/IP SMTP, VM to AS/400 This is to test VM to AS/400 SMTP electronic mailing. Many regards, Your ZCHVM6 partner * * * End of File * * *
1= Help 7= Backward ====
2= Add line 8= Forward
3= Quit 9= =
4= Tab 5= Send 10= Rgtleft 11= Spltjoin
6= ? 12= Power Input X E D I T 1 File
Figure 215. Editing note on the VM-system
Chapter 25. TCP/IP
239
Note SIMH NOTE A0 sent to GUEST?FSC400 at AS400BU3 on 11/22/91 09:44:3 5 * From SMTP2: Received Spool File 0003 Note added to ALL NOTEBOOK A0. Ready; T=1.10/1.27 09:44:36 *From SMTP2: Mail delivered to: GUEST?FSC400@AS400BU3.CH.ZURICH.IBM.COM
RUNNING
Figure 216. Confirmation for delivery
ZCHVM6
MAIL P:12 VIEW Pg:1 Ln:2 2....:....3....:....4....:....5....:....6v...:....7....:....8....:....9....:.. Received: from ZCHVM6.CH.ZURICH.IBM.COM by AS400BU3.CH.ZURICH.IBM.COM (SMTP Ve Received: from ZCHVM6.CH.ZURICH.IBM.COM by ZCHVM6.CH.ZURICH.IBM.COM (IBM VM SMTP V2R1) with BSMTP id 0003; Fri, 22 Nov 91 09:44:37 CET Date: Fri, 22 Nov 91 09:42:29 CET From: SIMH@ZCHVM6.CH.ZURICH.IBM.COM To: GUEST?FSC400@AS400BU3 Subject: Testing TCP/IP SMTP, VM to AS/400 This is to test VM to AS/400 SMTP electronic mailing. Many regards, Already at top of area. Your ZCHVM6 partner
Figure 217. Viewing the note on the AS/400
25.4.12 Send Note from AS/400 to VM

User GUEST.FSC400 on AS400BU3 sends a note to user SIMH on ZCHVM6. NOTE P:12 Edit Req d Carrier Ret Pg:1 Ln:14 .:..T.2..T.:..T.3..T.:..T.4..T.:..Tv5..T.:..T.6..T.:..T.7..T.:..T.8..T. ....9. F TO: SIMH ZCHVM6 SIMH at ZCHVM6 via TCP/IP SMTP FROM: GUEST FSC400 Handson users, for demo & test DATE: date SUBJECT: TCP/IP SMTP, AS/400 to VM REFERENCE: Testing F START TYPING YOUR NOTE HERE. This is to test TCP/IP SMTP from AS/400 to VM. Kind regards, Your AS/400 partner F
Figure 218. Editing note on the AS/400
240
Ready; T=0.52/0.64 10:00:14 RDR FILE 0003 SENT FROM SMTP2
PUN WAS 0005 RECS 0025 CPY
001 M NOHOLD NOKEEP
rdrlist RUNNING
Figure 219. Message on the VM-system
ZCHVM6
SIMH RDRLIST A0 V 108 Trunc=108 Size=1 Line=1 Col=1 Alt=0 Cmd Filename Filetype Class User at Node Hold Records Date GUESTFSC MAIL PUN M SMTP2 ZCHVM6 NONE 25 11/22
Time 10:03:17
2= Refresh 8= Forward
3= Quit 9= Receive
4= Sort(type) 5= Sort(date) 6= Sort(user) 10= 11= Peek 12= Cursor X E D I T 1 File
Figure 220. Note received on the VM-System
Chapter 25. TCP/IP
241
0003 PEEK A0 V 80 Trunc=80 Size=25 Line=0 Col=1 Alt=0 File GUESTFSC MAIL from SMTP2 at ZCHVM6 Format is PUNCH. * * * Top of File * * * Received: from AS400BU3.CH.ZURICH.IBM.COM by ZCHVM6.CH.ZURICH.IBM.COM (IBM VM SMTP V2R1) with TCP; Fri, 22 Nov 91 10:03:16 CET Received: from AS400BU3 by AS400BU3.CH.ZURICH.IBM.COM (SMTP Version 1) Release 3.0 with BSMTP id 0004. Date: Fri, 22 Nov 91 10:03:55 . From: GUEST?FSC400%AS400BU3@AS400BU3.CH.ZURICH.IBM.COM To: SIMH@ZCHVM6.CH.ZURICH.IBM.COM Subject: TCP/IP SMTP, AS/400 to VM TO: SIMH FROM: GUEST ZCHVM6 FSC400 SIMH at ZCHVM6 via TCP/IP SMTP Handson users, for demo & test
DATE: NOVEMBER 22, 1991 SUBJECT: TCP/IP SMTP, AS/400 to VM REFERENCE: Testing This is to test TCP/IP SMTP from AS/400 to VM. Kind regards, Your AS/400 partner * * * End of File * * *
2= Add line 8= Forward
3= Quit 9= Receive
4= Tab 5= Clocate 10= Rgtleft 11= Spltjoin
6= ?/Change 12= Cursor 1 File
X E D I T
Figure 221. Viewing note on the VM-system
25.5 RS/6000 as NFS Client of AS/400 AS400BU3

For this function you will need the AS/400 licensed program TCP/IP File Server Support/400 (5798-RYW). For more information about this product order the redbook The IBM AS/400 as a TCP/IP Network File Server (GG24-4092). Logon to RS/6000, via Telnet VT100.
IBM AIX Version 3 for RISC System/6000 (C) Copyrights by IBM and by others 1982, 1991. login: simh simh s Password: ******************************************************************************* * * * * * Welcome to IBM AIX Version 3.2! * * * * * * Please see the README file in /usr/lpp/bos for information pertinent to * * this release of the AIX Operating System. * * * * * ******************************************************************************* Last unsuccessful login: Tue Jun 1 16:36:16 NFT 1993 on hft/0
242
Last login: Thu Jul 1 14:29:09 NFT 1993 on pts/5 from as400bu3.ts.ch.ibm.com fscrs530.simh./home/simh>
Verify the correct user ID value:
fscrs530.simh:/home/simh>id simh uid=777(simh) gid=0(system)

Use TCP/IP PING function to check TCP/IP connection with NFS** server.
fscrs530.simh:/home/simh>ping as400bu3 PING as400bu3.ts.ch.ibm.com: (9.13.32.4): 56 data bytes 64 bytes from 9.13.32.4: icmp_seq=0 ttl=60 time=40 ms 64 bytes from 9.13.32.4: icmp_seq=1 ttl=60 time=30 ms 64 bytes from 9.13.32.4: icmp_seq=2 ttl=60 time=31 ms ----as400bu3.ts.ch.ibm.com PING Statistics---3 packets transmitted, 3 packets received, 0% packet loss round-trip min/avg/max = 30/33/40 ms
Check, whether NFS server is ready on AS400BU3.
fscrs530.simh:/home/simh>rpcinfo -n 2049 -u as400bu3 100003 2 program 100003 version 2 ready and waiting
Display the directories exported for SIMH on AS400BU3.
fscrs530.simh:/home/simh>showmount -e as400bu3 export list for as400bu3: /qdls/guest *all /qsys.lib/guest.lib *all
Show current directories before mounting the AS/400 directories.
fscrs530.simh:/home/simh>mount node mounted -------- --------------/dev/hd4 /dev/hd2 /dev/hd9var /dev/hd3 /dev/hd1 /dev/dk00 /dev/lv00 /dev/lv04 fscrs530 (pid14275) fscrs530 (pid14533) fscrs530.simh:/home/simh
Mount AS/400 directories.
mounted over --------------/ /usr /var /tmp /home /usr/local /usr/kinet /usr/etc/hmp /u/rfre/rhost /u/trt/rhost
vfs -----jfs jfs jfs jfs jfs jfs jfs jfs nfs nfs
date -----------Jul 01 06:01 Jul 01 06:01 Jul 01 06:01 Jul 01 06:01 Jul 01 06:05 Jul 01 06:05 Jul 01 06:05 Jul 01 06:05 Jul 01 06:06 Jul 01 06:06
options --------------rw,log=/dev/hd8 rw,log=/dev/hd8 rw,log=/dev/hd8 rw,log=/dev/hd8 rw,log=/dev/hd8 rw,log=/dev/hd8 rw,log=/dev/hd8 rw,log=/dev/hd8 ro ro
fscrs530.simh:/>mount as400bu3:/qsys.lib/guest.lib /home/simh/as400bu3/qsys fscrs530.simh:/>mount as400bu3:/qdls/guest /home/simh/as400bu3/qdls

Show the directories after mounting.
Chapter 25. TCP/IP
243
fscrs530.simh:/>mount node mounted mounted over vfs date options -------- --------------- --------------- ------ ------------ --------------/dev/hd4 / jfs Jul 01 06:01 rw,log=/dev/hd8 /dev/hd2 /usr jfs Jul 01 06:01 rw,log=/dev/hd8 /dev/hd9var /var jfs Jul 01 06:01 rw,log=/dev/hd8 /dev/hd3 /tmp jfs Jul 01 06:01 rw,log=/dev/hd8 /dev/hd1 /home jfs Jul 01 06:05 rw,log=/dev/hd8 /dev/dk00 /usr/local jfs Jul 01 06:05 rw,log=/dev/hd8 /dev/lv00 /usr/kinet jfs Jul 01 06:05 rw,log=/dev/hd8 /dev/lv04 /usr/etc/hmp jfs Jul 01 06:05 rw,log=/dev/hd8 fscrs530 (pid14275) /u/rfre/rhost nfs Jul 01 06:06 ro fscrs530 (pid14533) /u/trt/rhost nfs Jul 01 06:06 ro as400bu3 /qdls/guest /home/simh/as400bu3/qdls nfs Jul 01 14:48 rw as400bu3 /qsys.lib/guest.lib /home/simh/as400bu3/qsys nfs Jul 01 14:52 rw
Look into folder GUEST on AS400BU3.
fscrs530.simh:/>cd /home/simh/as400bu3/qdls fscrs530.simh:/home/simh/as400bu3/qdls>ls -l -rwxr-xr-x -rwxrwxrwx -rwx--x--x -rwxrwxrwx -rwxrwxrwx -rwxrwxrwx -rwxrwxrwx 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 simh root root simh root root root system system system system system system system 18 0 0 1105 1555 0 0 Jul Jun May Jun Jul Feb Dec 01 29 21 29 01 10 15 12:55 12:53 09:56 12:45 12:52 13:10 1992 aixtext foraix ggzn4712.64 s38line text textwim vonguest
Display PC file S38line.
fscrs530.simh:/home/simh/as400bu3/qdls pg s38line PGM DLTLIND MONMSG DLTCTLD MONMSG DLTDEVD MONMSG CRTLINSDLC
LIND(S38LINE) MSGID(CPF0000) CTLD(S38SDLC) MSGID(CPF0000) DEVD(S38DEV*) MSGID(CPF0000) LIND(S38LINE) RSRCNAME(LIN061) ONLINE(*YES) + ROLE(*PRI) EXCHID(05600400) + LINESPEED(19200) MODEM(*IBMLPDA1) + DUPLEX(*FULL) TEXT( Leased, PP Connection + to FSC /38 ) CRTCTLAPPC CTLD(S38SDLC) LINKTYPE(*SDLC) ONLINE(*YES) + APPN(*NO) LINE(S38LINE) RMTNETID(*NONE) + EXCHID(02205381) ROLE(*SEC) STNADR(C1) + TEXT( S/38 via leased, PP connection ) ...
Look into library GUEST on AS400BU3.
244
fscrs530.simh:/>cd /home/simh/as400bu3/qsys fscrs530.simh:/home/simh/as400bu3/qsys>ls -l total 59 -r-xr-xr-x 1 simh system 200 Jul -r-xr-xr-x 1 root system 7144 Apr -r-xr-xr-x 1 root system 72000 Apr -r-xr-xr-x 1 root system 4716 Apr drwxrwxrwx 1 simh system 4096 Jul drwxrwxrwx 1 simh system 4096 Jul -r-xr-xr-x 1 simh system 8000 Apr drwxrwxrwx 1 simh system 4096 Jul -r-xr-xr-x 1 root system 100000 May -r-xr-xr-x 1 simh system 0 May -r-xr-xr-x 1 simh system 8000 Aug -r-xr-xr-x 1 simh system 5247 Jun -r-xr-xr-x 1 simh system 308 Jun -r-xr-xr-x 1 root system 840 Mar -r-xr-xr-x 1 root system 0 Mar
Unmount the AS/400 directories.
01 23 22 22 01 01 01 01 17 18 18 14 15 26 26
12:58 09:15 13:47 13:53 12:58 12:58 1992 12:58 10:16 1992 1992 15:07 13:25 1992 1992
aixtext.pf cvtfcfc.pf frommvs.pf mail.pf ndm.file nftp.file nftpdta.pf qclsrc.file rln1000.pf rlnjes.pf rtvfrommvs.pf teiln14.pf testfile.pf wvmo.pf wvmoftp.pf
fscrs530.simh:/home/simh/as400bu3/qdls>cd .. fscrs530.simh:/home/simh/as400bu3>cd .. fscrs530.simh:/home/simh>umount /home/simh/as400bu3/qdls fscrs530.simh:/home/simh>umount /home/simh/as400bu3/qsys fscrs530.simh:/home/simh>mount node mounted -------- --------------/dev/hd4 /dev/hd2 /dev/hd9var /dev/hd3 /dev/hd1 /dev/dk00 /dev/lv00 /dev/lv04 fscrs530 (pid14275) fscrs530 (pid14533) mounted over --------------/ /usr /var /tmp /home /usr/local /usr/kinet /usr/etc/hmp /u/rfre/rhost /u/trt/rhost vfs -----jfs jfs jfs jfs jfs jfs jfs jfs nfs nfs date -----------Jul 01 06:01 Jul 01 06:01 Jul 01 06:01 Jul 01 06:01 Jul 01 06:05 Jul 01 06:05 Jul 01 06:05 Jul 01 06:05 Jul 01 06:06 Jul 01 06:06 options --------------rw,log=/dev/hd8 rw,log=/dev/hd8 rw,log=/dev/hd8 rw,log=/dev/hd8 rw,log=/dev/hd8 rw,log=/dev/hd8 rw,log=/dev/hd8 rw,log=/dev/hd8 ro ro
Work with Authorized Users Type options, press Enter. 1=Add 2=Change 4=Remove User User Opt Profile ID Q7FSOWN *ROOT Q7FSUSER -2 SIMH 777
Bottom Parameter for option 2 or command ===> F3=Exit F4=Prompt F5=Refresh
F9=Retrieve
F12=Cancel
Figure 222. Authorization List on AS400BU3
Chapter 25. TCP/IP
245
Work with Export Table Type options, press Enter. 1=Add 2=Change 4=Remove 5=Display Opt Path /QDLS/GUEST /QSYS.LIB/GUEST.LIB Client *ALL *ALL Write *YES *YES Root *NO *NO User ID 777 777
F3=Exit
F5=Refresh
F11=Display additional path information
Bottom F12=Cancel
Figure 223. Export Table on AS400BU3
246
Part 6. Communications API s
247
248
Chapter 26. AS/400 User-Defined Communications (UDC) on X.25

User-defined communications is a set of AS/400 APIs. that allows you to write your own communications protocol stacks above the data link layer. Currently UDC supports Ethernet, TRLAN and X.25. This sample program shows communications via X.25. In many cases, program-to-program communications in a heterogeneous network can be accomplished by writing programs that directly deal with the link layer. With this approach you do not need to use any higher layer network protocols like SNA/APPN, OSI or TCP/IP. The Swiss PTT X.25 Network TELEPAC includes a publicly accessible test system. The test application is named MALLETTE . It has three different test functions: absorption, echoing and generation. The following sample program uses the echo function. Each function has a unique X.25 identification to be called. Communications is X.25 native with ASCII character set is used. The MALLETTE test tool is helpful to check the X.25 support of a system: Hardware, connection, definitions, user programming. You could also use ITF to communicate with Mallette or you could write an ICF program. See AS/400 Communications Definitions II, GG24-3763 for more information about this approach.
UDCDSPF (DSPF) 5250
X25UDC (RPG)
X25LIUSR (DEVNET) X25LINET (CTLNET) X25LINE (LINX25) X.25
Figure 224. UDC Program via Native X.25 to Mallette

CRTLINX25 LIND(X25LINE) RSRCNAME(LIN051) LGLCHLE((001 + *PVC) (002 *SVCBOTH) (003 *SVCBOTH) + (004 *SVCBOTH) (005 *SVCBOTH) (006 + *SVCBOTH) (007 *SVCBOTH) (008 *SVCBOTH)) + NETADR(47911140) CNNINIT(*LOCAL) + ONLINE(*NO) EXCHID(056FFFFF) +
249
MAXPKTSIZE(512) TEXT( X.25 link, TELPAC Nbr + 47911140 )

Device description X25LIUSR and controller description X25LINET are automatically created.
26.2 Programming Example 26.2.1 Display File UDCDSPF

A* A* PROGRAM: X25UDC A* DESCRIPTION: PROMPT FOR CHARACTER STRING, A* SHOWS ECHOED CHARACTER STRING A* A DSPSIZ(24 80 *DS3) A PRINT A INDARA A CF03 A R TITLE A* LOCK A* FRCDTA A 1 2 ECHO A 1 15 Swiss PTT - Telepac, Test-Tool MaA llette A DSPATR(HI) A DSPATR(UL) A 1 70DATE A EDTCDE(Y) A 3 29 Echo Function A R PROMPT A OVERLAY A 8 10 Enter the character string (64) toA be sent as a data packet and A COLOR(YLW) A 24 10 Press CF 3 to terminate A A 9 10 to be echoed by the test-tool: A FLD003 64A B 11 10CHECK(LC) A 13 3 Echo: A FLD004 64A O 13 10 A R UDCERR A OVERLAY A 8 10 Error Received A COLOR(RED) A MSGERR 60A O 10 10COLOR(RED) A 12 10 Reason Code A UDCRSN 4S 0O 12 40COLOR(RED) A 14 10 Return Code A UDCRTN 4S 0O 14 40COLOR(RED) A 24 10 Press ENTER or CF 3 to terminate
250
26.2.2 UDC X.25 Parameter Data Structures

I************************************************************** I*Common parameters used on UDC calls: I* I* Field Where I* Name Description Used I* ------ -----------------I* DAVL2 Data available (2 bytes) QOLRECV I* DAVL1 Data available (second byte) QOLRECV I* DGNDTA Diagnostic data QOLSEND I* QOLRECV I* DUNUM Number of data units created QOLELINK I* DUSZ Data unit size QOLELINK I* EROFST Error data offset QOLSETF I* HANDLE Communications handle QOLELINK I* QOLSETF I* QOLSEND I* QOLRECV I* QOLDLINK I* IBUF User space name for input buffer (data units) QOLELINK I* IBUFD User space name for input buffer descriptors QOLELINK I* KEYLEN Data queue key length QOLELINK I* KEYVAL Data queue key value QOLELINK I* LIND Line Description QOLELINK I* QOLDLINK I* LUDSZ LAN user data size QOLELINK I* NUCEP New user connection end point ID QOLSEND I* NPCEP New provider connection end point ID QOLSEND I* QOLRECV I* NUMDU Number of data units QOLSEND I* QOLRECV I* OBUF User space name for output data units QOLELINK I* OBUFD User space name for output descriptors QOLELINK I* OPRTN Operation (2-byte) QOLSEND I* QOLRECV I* OPRTN1 Operation (first byte) QOLSEND I* QOLRECV I* OPRTN2 Operation (second byte) QOLSEND I* QOLRECV I* OPTN2 Vary option (2 bytes) QOLDLINK I* OPTN1 Vary option (right byte) QOLDLINK I* PCEP Existing provider connection end point ID QOLSEND I* RSNCDE Reason Code All I* RTNCDE Return Code All I* UCEP Existing user connection end point ID QOLRECV I* XUDSZ X.25 user data size QOLELINK *************************************************************** IUDCPRM IDS I B 1 20DAVL2 I 2 2 DAVL1 I 10 49 DGNDTA I B 50 530DUNUM I B 54 570DUSZ I B 60 630EROFST I 70 79 HANDLE I 80 99 IBUF I 100 119 IBUFD I B 120 1230KEYLEN
251
I 130 385 KEYVAL I 390 399 LIND I B 400 4030LUDSZ I B 404 4070NUCEP I B 410 4130NPCEP I B 414 4170NUMDU I 420 439 OBUF I 440 459 OBUFD I 470 471 OPRTN I B 470 4710OPRTNN I 470 470 OPRTN1 I 471 471 OPRTN2 I 472 472 OPRTC1 I 473 473 OPRTC2 I 472 473 OPRTC I B 480 4810OPTN2 I 481 481 OPTN1 I B 490 4930PCEP I B 494 4970RSNCDE I B 500 5030RTNCDE I B 504 5070UCEP I B 510 5130XUDSZ I/EJECT I************************************************************** I*Filter data structure I* I* Field I* Name Description I* ------ ----------I* FFNCTN Function I* FTYP Filter type X00 = PID I* FNUM Number of filters I* FLEN Length of each filter I* FPIDL Length of PID I* FPID PID I* FDTEL Calling DTE address length I* FDTE Calling DTE address I* FRDTA Additional routing data I************************************************************** IFILTER IDS I 1 1 FFNCTN I 2 2 FTYP I B 3 40FNUM I B 5 60FLEN I 7 7 FPIDL I 8 8 FPID I 9 9 FDTEL I 10 21 FDTE I 22 22 FRDTA I/EJECT I************************************************************** I*Initiate an SVC Call I* I* Field I* Name Description I* ------ ----------I* IR01 1 A Reserved, must be X 0 2 I* IR02 3 A Reserved, must be X000000 * 252
I* ITPSZ 2 B Transmit Packet Size I* ITWSZ 2 B Transmit Window Size I* IRPSZ 2 B Receive Packet Size I* IRWSZ 2 B Receive Window Size * I* IR03 7 A Reserved, must be all X 0 0 I* IDTEL 1 B DTE address length I* IDTE 16 A DTE address I* IR04 8 A Reserved, must be all X 0 0 I* IDBIT 1 A D-Bit Support (Delivery conf) I* IR05 7 A Reserved, must be all X 0 0 I* ICUGIN 1 A CUD indicator I* ICUGID 1 A CUD identifier I* IRCHRG 1 A Reverse charge indicator I* IFSEL 1 A Fast select indicator * I* IFACL 1 B X.25 Facilities Length I* IFAC 109 A X.25 Facilities I* IR06 48 A Reserved, must be all X 0 0 I* ICUDL 2 B Call user data length I* ICUD 128 A Call user data I* IR07 128 A Reserved, must be all X 0 0 I* ICTRI 1 A Connection Control Information I* IR08 3 A Reserved, must be all X 0 0 I* IMDTA 4 B Max data unit assembly I* IAUTOF 2 B Auto Flow Control, 32 is recommended I* IR09 30 A Reserved, must be all X 0 0 I************************************************************** IISVC IDS I 1 1 IR01 I 2 4 IR02 I 5 6 ITPSZ I 7 8 ITWSZ I 9 10 IRPSZ I 11 12 IRWSZ I 13 19 IR03 I 20 20 IDTEL I 21 36 IDTE I 37 44 IR04 I 45 45 IDBIT I 46 52 IR05 I 53 53 ICUGIN I 54 54 ICUGID I 55 55 IRCHRG I 56 56 IFSEL I 57 57 IFACL I 58 166 IFAC I 167 214 IR06 I B 215 2160ICUDL I 217 344 ICUD I 345 472 IR07 I 473 473 ICTRI I 474 476 IR08 I B 477 4800IMDTA I B 481 4820IAUTOF I 483 512 IR09 I/EJECT I************************************************************** I*Receive SVC Call Connect 253
I* I* Field I* Name Description I* ------ ----------I* CR01 2 A Reserved, not used I* CLCI 2 A Logical Channel Id I* CTPSZ 2 B Transmit Packet Size I* CTWSZ 2 B Transmit Window Size I* CRPSZ 2 B Receive Packet Size I* CRWSZ 2 B Receive Window Size I* CR02 32 A Reserved, not used I* CDBIT 1 A D-Bit Support (Delivery Confirmation) I* CR03 11 A Reserved, not used I* CFACL 1 B X.25 Facilities Length I* CFAC 109 A X.25 Facilities Data I* CR04 48 A Reserved, not used I* CCCUDL 2 B Call/clear User Data Length I* CCCUD128 A Call/Clear User Data I* CR05 168 A Reserved, not used I************************************************************** ICCDTA IDS I 1 2 CR01 I 3 4 CLCI I B 5 60CTPSZ I B 7 80CTWSZ I B 9 100CRPSZ I B 11 120CRWSZ I 13 44 CR02 I 45 45 CDBIT I 46 56 CR03 I 57 57 CFACL I 58 166 CFAC I 167 214 CR04 I B 215 2160CCCUDL I 217 344 CCCUD I 345 512 CR05 I/EJECT I************************************************************** I*Send/Receive Clear Request I* I* Field I* Name Description I* ------ ----------I* RR01 2 A Reserved, should be X0000 I* RCC 1 A X.25 Cause Code I* RDC 1 A X.25 Diagnostic Code I* RR02 4 A Reserved, should be X00000000 I* RFACL 1 B X.25 Facilities Length I* RFAC 109 A X.25 Facilities I* RR03 48 A Reserved, should be X 0 0 . . I* RUDTAL 2 B Clear User Data Length, value 0-128 I* RUDTA128 A Clear User Data I* RR04 216 A Reserved, should be X 0 0 . . I************************************************************** ICRDTA IDS I 1 2 RR01 I 3 3 RCC I 4 4 RDC I 5 8 RR02 254
I 9 9 RFACL I 10 118 RFAC I 119 166 RR03 I B 167 1680RUDTAL I 169 296 RUDTA I 296 512 RR04 I/EJECT I************************************************************** I*Input and Output Descriptor Stucture I* I* Field I* Name Description I* ------ ----------I* DATAL Data Length I* RSVD Reserved I************************************************************** IIODSC IDS I B 1 20DATAL I 3 32 RSVD I/SPACE I************************************************************** I*Data queue parameters I* I* Field I* Name Description I* ------ ----------I* DATAQ Data queue name and library I* DATAQN Data queue name I* DATAQL Data queue library I* FLDLN Number of characters to receive from data queue I* FLD Buffer to place data onto are remove data from queue I* WAIT Time to wait I************************************************************** IDQ IDS I 1 20 DATAQ I 1 10 DATAQN I 11 20 DATAQL I P 21 230FLDLN I 24 103 FLD I P 104 1060WAIT I/EJECT I************************************************************** I*Retrieve and Update user space parameters I* I* Field I* Name Description I* ------ ----------I* STRPOS Starting position in user space I* USDTAL Number of bytes to copy to or from user space I* USDTA Data to copy to or from user space I* FRCHG Force changes to auxiliary storage I************************************************************** IUS IDS I B 1 40STRPOS I B 5 80USDTAL I* USDTA DESCRIBED IN PROGRAM AS 2X256 DS I 521 521 FRCCHG I**************************************************************
255
26.2.3 UDC X.25 RPG Program

H FUDCDSPF CF E WORKSTN * * CALLING DTE ADDRESS E ADTE 16 1 E X00 128 1 * IUSDTA DS I 1 256 USDTA1 I 257 512 USDTA2 * * CONSTANTS FOR USER SPACE AND DTAQ NAMES I 0 C CZERO I IBUF QTEMP C CIBUF I IBUFD QTEMP C CIBUFD I OBUF QTEMP C COBUF I OBUFD QTEMP C COBUFD I UDCDTAQ CMNLIB C CDATAQ I************************************************************** I/EJECT I/COPY CMNLIB/UDC,XUDCPARMS C/EJECT * * INITIALIZATIONS * HEX00 IS A 128 CHAR FIELD, TO INIT VARIOUS FIELDS C BITOF01234567 ALL00 1 C Z-ADD1 Z 30 C Z DOWNE129 C MOVE ALL00 X00,Z C ADD 1 Z C END C MOVEAX00 HEX00 128 * HEXFF IS A 2 BYTE FIELD WITH ALL X FF C BITON01234567 FF 1 C MOVELFF HEXFF 2 C MOVE FF HEXFF * * WRITE TITLE TO SCREEN C WRITETITLE * * ENABLE THE LINK C EXSR ELINK * * SET THE FILTER TO RECEIVE INCOMING CALLS * (SHOULD NOT BE NECESSARY IN THIS EXAMPLE) C EXSR SETF * * SEND CALL REQUEST C EXSR ESVC * * RECEIVE CALL CONNECT C EXSR CC * * USER DATA PROCESSING C ECHO TAG * * GET DATA TO BE SENT FROM TERMINAL 256
C EXFMTPROMPT C *INKC CABEQ 1 ENDPGM * * SEND DATA TO BE ECHOED C EXSR SEND * * RECEIVE DATA FROM REMOTE DTE C EXSR RECV C MOVELUSDTA FLD004 C GOTO ECHO * * SEND CLEAR REQUEST C ENDPGM TAG C EXSR CLEAR * * RECEIVE CLEAR CONFIRMATION C EXSR CLEARC * * DISABLE LINK C EXSR DLINK C SETON LR C/EJECT ************************************************************** * Enable the Link ************************************************************** C ELINK BEGSR * X.25 user data size (512 TO 4096) C Z-ADD512 XUDSZ * Copy 4 userspace names to parameter fields C MOVELCIBUF IBUF C MOVELCIBUFD IBUFD C MOVELCOBUF OBUF C MOVELCOBUFD OBUFD * Copy data queue name to parameter field C MOVELCDATAQ DATAQ * DTAQ key length, 0=no key C Z-ADD0 KEYLEN * Line description name = X25LINE C MOVEL X25LINE LIND C* Handle to be used on future calls = HANDLE C MOVEL HANDLE HANDLE * * Call Enable Link UDC program C CALL QOLELINK C PARM RTNCDE C PARM RSNCDE C PARM DUSZ C PARM DUNUM C PARM LUDSZ C PARM XUDSZ C PARM IBUF C PARM IBUFD C PARM OBUF C PARM OBUFD C PARM KEYLEN C PARM KEYVAL C PARM DATAQ C PARM LIND C PARM HANDLE 257
* C MOVEL QOLELINK MSGERR C Z-ADDRSNCDE UDCRSN C Z-ADDRTNCDE UDCRTN C EXFMTUDCERR C RTNCDE CABNECZERO ENDPGM * * Receive data queue entry to get results C Z-ADD-1 WAIT C CALL QRCVDTAQ C PARM DATAQN C PARM DATAQL C PARM FLDLN C PARM FLD C PARM WAIT C* C ENDSR C/EJECT ************************************************************** * SET THE FILTER TO RECEIVE CALLS ETC FOR PID X AA ************************************************************** C SETF BEGSR * FILTER FUNCTION = 01 (ACTIVATE FILTERS) C BITOF01234567 FFNCTN C BITON 7 FFNCTN * FILTER TYPE = 00 (X.25 PID) C BITOF01234567 FTYP * NUMBER OF FILTERS IN LIST = 1 C Z-ADD1 FNUM * LENGTH OF EACH FILTER = 16 C Z-ADD16 FLEN * * NOW X.25 SPECIFIC FILTER INFORMATION C* PID LENGTH = 01 (ROUTE CALLS WITH PID IN CUD C BITOF01234567 FPIDL C BITON 7 FPIDL * FPID = X AA C BITOF01234567 FPID C BITON0246 FPID * CALLING DTE ADDRESS LENGTH, X00 FOR FILTER TYPE X 0 0 C BITOF01234567 FDTEL * CALLING DTE ADDRESS * NEEDS TO BE X00 WHEN WORKING WITH PID C MOVELHEX00 FDTE * ADDL X.25 ROUTING DATA * X C0 REVERSE CHARGE & FAST SELECT NOT ACCEPTED C BITOF01234567 FRDTA C BITON 0 1 FRDTA * COPY FILTER INFORMATION TO DATA UNIT IN USER SPACE * HEADER IS 6 BYTES, X.25 FILTER IS 16 BYTES C Z-ADD1 STRPOS C Z-ADD22 USDTAL C MOVELFILTER USDTA1 C MOVE CZERO FRCCHG C CALL QUSCHGUS C PARM OBUF C PARM STRPOS C PARM USDTAL C PARM USDTA 258
C PARM FRCCHG * CALL SET FILTER UDC PROGRAM C CALL QOLSETF C PARM RTNCDE C PARM RSNCDE C PARM EROFST C PARM HANDLE * C MOVE *BLANK MSGERR C MOVEL QOLSETF MSGERR C Z-ADDRSNCDE UDCRSN C Z-ADDRTNCDE UDCRTN C EXFMTUDCERR * C RTNCDE CABNECZERO ENDPGM C ENDSR C/EJECT ************************************************************** * Initiate an SVC Call ************************************************************** C ESVC BEGSR * PREPARE SVC CALL DATA * IR01 1 A Reserved, must be X 0 2 C BITOF01234567 IR01 C BITON 6 IR01 * IR02 3 A Reserved, must be X000000 C MOVELHEX00 IR02 * ITPSZ 2 B Transmit Packet Size C MOVE HEXFF ITPSZ * ITWSZ 2 B Transmit Window Size C MOVE HEXFF ITWSZ * IRPSZ 2 B Receive Packet Size C MOVE HEXFF IRPSZ * IRWSZ 2 B Receive Window Size C MOVE HEXFF IRWSZ * IR03 7 A Reserved, must be all X 0 0 C MOVELHEX00 IR03 * IDTEL 1 B DTE address length, DTE address is 479100991 C BITOF01234567 IDTEL C BITON 4 7 IDTEL * IDTE 16 A DTE address C MOVELHEX00 IDTE C MOVEAHEX00 ADTE * 47 C BITOF01234567 ADTE,1 C BITON1567 ADTE,1 * 91 C BITOF01234567 ADTE,2 C BITON037 ADTE,2 * 00 C BITOF01234567 ADTE,3 * 99 C BITOF01234567 ADTE,4 C BITON0347 ADTE,4 * 1 C BITOF01234567 ADTE,5 C BITON 3 ADTE,5 * C MOVEAADTE,1 IDTE 259
* C * C * C * C * C * C * C * C * * C * C * * C * * C * C * * C * C * C * * * C C C C * C C C C C C * * C C * C C C C 260
IR04
8 A
IDBIT 1 A IR05 7 A
ICUGIN 1 A ICUGID 1 A IRCHRG 1 A IFSEL 1 A IFACL 1 B IFAC 109 A IR06 48 A ICUDL 2 B ICUD 128 A IR07 128 A ICTRI 1 A
IR08
3 A
IMDTA 4 B
IAUTOF 2 B IR09 30 A
Reserved, must be all X 0 0 MOVELHEX00 IR04 D-Bit Support (Delivery conf), X00= no BITOF01234567 IDBIT Reserved, must be all X 0 0 MOVELHEX00 IR05 CUG indicator, X00= no cugid BITOF01234567 ICUGIN CUG identifier, X 0 0 , when cugid=X 0 0 BITOF01234567 ICUGID Reverse charge indicator, X00= no BITOF01234567 IRCHRG Fast select indicator, no fast select BITOF01234567 IFSEL X.25 Facilities Length, no facilities BITOF01234567 IFACL X.25 Facilities, no facilities Reserved, must be all X 0 0 MOVELHEX00 IR06 Call user data length, no CUD Z-ADD0 ICUDL Call user data, no CUD Reserved, must be all X 0 0 MOVELHEX00 IR07 Connection Control Information Bit 0 = off, no rest support in this program BITOF01234567 ICTRI Reserved, must be all X 0 0 MOVELHEX00 IR08 Max data unit assembly (user data) SEQUENCE OF PACKAGES Z-ADD1024 IMDTA Auto Flow Control, 32 is recommended Z-ADD32 IAUTOF Reserved, must be all X 0 0 MOVELHEX00 IR09
Copy call data into DU of user data space Single data unit, no descriptor unit Z-ADD1 STRPOS Z-ADD512 USDTAL MOVE CZERO FRCCHG MOVELISVC USDTA CALL QUSCHGUS PARM OBUF PARM STRPOS PARM USDTAL PARM USDTA PARM FRCCHG Initiate sending out the SVC Call Z-ADD1 NUCEP Z-ADD1 PCEP Operation is B000, initiate SVC Call BITOF01234567 OPRTN1 BITON023 OPRTN1 BITOF01234567 OPRTN2 MOVE OPRTN OPRTC
* it is only one user space data unit C Z-ADD1 NUMDU C CALL QOLSEND C PARM RTNCDE C PARM RSNCDE C PARM DGNDTA C PARM NPCEP C PARM NUCEP C PARM PCEP C PARM HANDLE C PARM OPRTN C PARM NUMDU * C MOVE *BLANK MSGERR C MOVEL QOLSEND MSGERR C MOVE B000 MSGERR C Z-ADDRSNCDE UDCRSN C Z-ADDRTNCDE UDCRTN C EXFMTUDCERR * C RTNCDE CABNECZERO ENDPGM C* C ENDSR C/EJECT ************************************************************** * Receive SVC Call Connect ************************************************************** C CC BEGSR C* RECEIVE DATA QUEUE ENTRY C Z-ADD-1 WAIT C CALL QRCVDTAQ C PARM DATAQN C PARM DATAQL C PARM FLDLN C PARM FLD C PARM WAIT * C CALL QOLRECV C PARM RTNCDE C PARM RSNCDE C PARM UCEP C PARM NPCEP C PARM OPRTN C PARM NUMDU C PARM DAVL1 C PARM DGNDTA C PARM HANDLE * C MOVE *BLANK MSGERR C MOVEL QOLRECV MSGERR C BITON 7 OPRTC2 C OPRTC IFEQ OPRTN C MOVE B001 MSGERR C ELSE C MOVE XXXX MSGERR C END C Z-ADDRSNCDE UDCRSN C Z-ADDRTNCDE UDCRTN C EXFMTUDCERR 261
C* C RTNCDE CABNECZERO ENDPGM * * Copy user s data from USRSPC data unit, no descriptor C Z-ADD1 STRPOS C Z-ADD512 USDTAL * C CALL QUSRTVUS C PARM IBUF C PARM STRPOS C PARM USDTAL C PARM USDTA * C ENDSR C/EJECT ************************************************************** * Send USER DATA ************************************************************** C SEND BEGSR * COPY USER S DATA TO DATA UNIT IN DATA SPACE C Z-ADD1 STRPOS C Z-ADD64 USDTAL C MOVELFLD003 USDTA C MOVE CZERO FRCCHG * C CALL QUSCHGUS C PARM OBUF C PARM STRPOS C PARM USDTAL C PARM USDTA C PARM FRCCHG * * COPY TOTAL DATA LENGTH TO DESCRIPTOR UNIT IN USER SPACE C Z-ADD1 STRPOS C Z-ADD64 DATAL C Z-ADD2 USDTAL C MOVE CZERO FRCCHG * C CALL QUSCHGUS C PARM OBUFD C PARM STRPOS C PARM USDTAL C PARM DATAL C PARM FRCCHG * CALL UDC SEND PROGRAM C Z-ADD1 NUCEP C Z-ADD1 PCEP * OPERATION=0000 (SEND USER DATA) C BITOF01234567 OPRTN1 C BITOF01234567 OPRTN2 C Z-ADD1 NUMDU * C CALL QOLSEND C PARM RTNCDE C PARM RSNCDE C PARM DGNDTA C PARM NPCEP C PARM NUCEP C PARM PCEP 262
C PARM HANDLE C PARM OPRTN C PARM NUMDU * C MOVE *BLANK MSGERR C MOVEL QOLSEND MSGERR C MOVE 0000 MSGERR C Z-ADDRSNCDE UDCRSN C Z-ADDRTNCDE UDCRTN C EXFMTUDCERR C* C RTNCDE CABNECZERO ENDPGM C ENDSR C/EJECT ************************************************************** * Receive Data ************************************************************** C RECV BEGSR * RECEIVE DATA QUEUE ENTRY C Z-ADD-1 WAIT C CALL QRCVDTAQ C PARM DATAQN C PARM DATAQL C PARM FLDLN C PARM FLD C PARM WAIT * RECEIVE DATA C CALL QOLRECV C PARM RTNCDE C PARM RSNCDE C PARM UCEP C PARM NPCEP C PARM OPRTN C PARM NUMDU C PARM DAVL1 C PARM DGNDTA C PARM HANDLE * C MOVE *BLANK MSGERR C MOVEL QOLRECV MSGERR C OPRTNN IFEQ 1 C MOVE 0001 MSGERR C ELSE C MOVE XXXX MSGERR C END C Z-ADDRSNCDE UDCRSN C Z-ADDRTNCDE UDCRTN C EXFMTUDCERR C* C RTNCDE CABNECZERO ENDPGM * * COPY TOTAL DATA LENGTH FROM DESCRIPTOR UNIT IN USER SPACE C Z-ADD1 STRPOS C Z-ADD2 USDTAL C CALL QUSRTVUS C PARM IBUFD C PARM STRPOS C PARM USDTAL C PARM DATAL 263
* * COPY USER S DATA FROM DATA UNIT IN USER SPACE C Z-ADD1 STRPOS C Z-ADDDATAL USDTAL C CALL QUSRTVUS C PARM IBUF C PARM STRPOS C PARM USDTAL C PARM USDTA * C ENDSR C/EJECT ************************************************************** * SEND CLEAR REQUEST ************************************************************** C CLEAR BEGSR I* RR01 2 A Reserved, should be X0000 C MOVELHEX00 RR01 I* RCC 1 A X.25 Cause Code - WAS WAERE RICHTIG? C BITOF01234567 RCC I* RDC 1 A X.25 Diagnostic Code - WAS WAERE RICHTIG? C BITOF01234567 RDC I* RR02 4 A Reserved, should be X00000000 C MOVELHEX00 RR02 * RFACL 1 B X.25 Facilities Length C BITOF01234567 RFACL * RFAC 109 A X.25 Facilities C MOVELHEX00 RFAC * RR03 48 A Reserved, should be X 0 0 . . C MOVELHEX00 RR03 * RUDTAL 2 B Clear User Data Length, value 0-128 C Z-ADD0 RUDTAL * RUDTA128 A Clear User Data C MOVELHEX00 RUDTA * RR04 216 A Reserved, should be X 0 0 . . C MOVELHEX00 RR04 C MOVE HEX00 RR04 * * Copy call data into DU of user data space * Single data unit, no descriptor unit C Z-ADD1 STRPOS C Z-ADD512 USDTAL C MOVE CZERO FRCCHG C MOVELCRDTA USDTA * C CALL QUSCHGUS C PARM OBUF C PARM STRPOS C PARM USDTAL C PARM USDTA C PARM FRCCHG * * Initiate sending out the CLEAR REQUEST C Z-ADD1 NUCEP C Z-ADD1 PCEP * Operation is B100, SEND CLEAR REQUEST C BITOF01234567 OPRTN1 C BITON0237 OPRTN1 C BITOF01234567 OPRTN2 264
C MOVE OPRTN OPRTC * it is only one user space data unit C Z-ADD1 NUMDU C CALL QOLSEND C PARM RTNCDE C PARM RSNCDE C PARM DGNDTA C PARM NPCEP C PARM NUCEP C PARM PCEP C PARM HANDLE C PARM OPRTN C PARM NUMDU * C MOVE *BLANK MSGERR C MOVEL QOLSEND MSGERR C MOVE B100 MSGERR C Z-ADDRSNCDE UDCRSN C Z-ADDRTNCDE UDCRTN C EXFMTUDCERR * C RTNCDE CABNECZERO ENDPGM C* C ENDSR C/EJECT ************************************************************** * Receive CLEAR CONFIRMATION ************************************************************** C CLEARC BEGSR C* RECEIVE DATA QUEUE ENTRY C Z-ADD-1 WAIT C CALL QRCVDTAQ C PARM DATAQN C PARM DATAQL C PARM FLDLN C PARM FLD C PARM WAIT * C CALL QOLRECV C PARM RTNCDE C PARM RSNCDE C PARM UCEP C PARM NPCEP C PARM OPRTN C PARM NUMDU C PARM DAVL1 C PARM DGNDTA C PARM HANDLE * C MOVE *BLANK MSGERR C MOVEL QOLRECV MSGERR C BITON 7 OPRTC2 C OPRTC IFEQ OPRTN C MOVE B101 MSGERR C ELSE C MOVE XXXX MSGERR C END C Z-ADDRSNCDE UDCRSN C Z-ADDRTNCDE UDCRTN 265
C EXFMTUDCERR C* C RTNCDE CABNECZERO ENDPGM * * Copy user s data from USRSPC data unit, no descriptor C Z-ADD1 STRPOS C Z-ADD512 USDTAL * C CALL QUSRTVUS C PARM IBUF C PARM STRPOS C PARM USDTAL C PARM USDTA * C ENDSR C/EJECT ************************************************************** * Disable the link C************************************************************** C DLINK BEGSR * Disable type = 00, do not vary off NETWORK DEVD C Z-ADD0 OPTN2 * Call Disable Link UDC program C CALL QOLDLINK C PARM RTNCDE C PARM RSNCDE C PARM HANDLE C PARM OPTN1 * C MOVE *BLANK MSGERR C MOVEL QOLDLINK MSGERR C Z-ADDRSNCDE UDCRSN C Z-ADDRTNCDE UDCRTN C EXFMTUDCERR * C ENDSR
26.3 Operation
Make sure line X25LINE is varied on. Then call the UDC program by entering:
call cmnlib/x25udc
After each UDC call, the program displays operation and return codes to the display station user. Press ENTER to continue.
266
ECHO
Swiss PTT - Telepac, Test-Tool Mallette Echo Function
26.11.92
Error Received QOLSEND Reason Code Return Code 0000 0000 B000
Press ENTER or CF 3 to terminate

Figure 225. X.25 Call Request successfully submitted
ECHO
Swiss PTT - Telepac, Test-Tool Mallette Echo Function
26.11.92
Enter the character string (64) to be sent as a data packet and to be echoed by the test-tool: Guten Tag liebe Freunde Echo: Guten Tag liebe Freunde
Press CF 3 to terminate
Figure 226. Entered user data successfully echoed by MALLETTE
267
268
Chapter 27. CPI-C

With the announcement of OS/400 Version 2 Release 1, AS/400 has the ability to use the SAA CPI-C (Common Programming Interface for Communications) to support program-to-program communications via SNA LU 6.2 sessions. Prior to the OS/400 V2 R1, OS/400 programs used the ICF (Intersystem Communications Function) to communicate with other programs over SNA LU 6.2 sessions.
27.1 Overview
The example documented in this chapter shows a file transfer between AS/400s.
CMPARM CMRPG /COPY SNDFCPIC (RPG) CPIC Pseudonyms CPIC Parameters LOCALBU3 (CSI)
RCVCPICL (CLP) RCVFCPIC (RPG)
LSOURCE BU3TARGET SOURCERBU3SOURCE (DEVAPPC)RTARGET (DEVAPPC) TARGETL LOCALBU3 (CTLAPPC)
Figure 227. Send/Receive File CPI-C Sample Programs
269
27.2.1 Communications Side Information (CSI) LOCALBU3

CL command to create the Communications Side Information:
CRTCSI
CSI(QCMNLIB/LOCALBU3) RMTLOCNAME(TARGET) DEV(BU3TARGET) LCLLOCNAME(SOURCE)
CL command to to work with the Communications Side Information:
WRKCSI
CSI(QCMNLIB/LOCALBU3)
Work with Communications Side Information DSP06
Type options, press Enter. 1=Create 2=Change 4=Delete Side Info AS400BU4 LOCALBU3
5=Display
6=Print
Opt
Library CMNLIB CMNLIB
Text Generic CSI for AS400BU4 Local CSI for CPI-C Tests
Bottom Parameters for options 1, 2 and 5 or command === F3=Exit F4=Prompt F5=Refresh F9=Retrieve F11=Display names only F12=Cancel F16=Repeat position to F17=Position to
Figure 228 (Part 1 of 2). CPI-C, AS/400 Definitions, Communications Side Information
Communications Side Information Side information . . . . Library . . . . . . . . Remote location . . . . . Transaction program . . . Device . . . . . . . . . Local location . . . . . Mode . . . . . . . . . . Remote network identifier Text . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . : : : : : : : : : LOCALBU3 CMNLIB TARGET CMNLIB/RCPICL BU3TARGET SOURCE *NETATR *LOC Local CSI for CPI-C Tests
Figure 228 (Part 2 of 2). CPI-C, AS/400 Definitions, Communications Side Information
27.2.2 Local APPC Controller and Devices

VRYCFG DLTCTLD MONMSG DLTDEVD MONMSG CFGOBJ(LOCALBU3) CFGTYPE(*CTL) STATUS(*OFF) CTLD(LOCALBU3) MSGID(CPF0000) DEVD(BU3SOURCE) MSGID(CPF0000)
270
DLTDEVD MONMSG
DEVD(BU3TARGET) MSGID(CPF0000)
CRTCTLAPPC CTLD(LOCALBU3) LINKTYPE(*LOCAL) TEXT( Local + APPC Controller for CPI-C Tests ) CRTDEVAPPC DEVD(BU3SOURCE) RMTLOCNAME(SOURCE) + LCLLOCNAME(TARGET) CTL(LOCALBU3) + APPN(*NO) TEXT( Source Device for CPI-C + Test ) CRTDEVAPPC DEVD(BU3TARGET) RMTLOCNAME(TARGET) + LCLLOCNAME(SOURCE) CTL(LOCALBU3) + APPN(*NO) TEXT( Target Device for CPI-C + Test ) VRYCFG CFGOBJ(LOCALBU3) CFGTYPE(*CTL) STATUS(*ON)
27.3 User Programs 27.3.1 Send File, RPG/400 CPI-C Program

* * PROGRAM: SNDFCPIC * * DESCRIPTION: PROGRAM SENDS A DB FILE RECORDS TO A TARGET PROGRAM * * * STEPS TO BE PERFORMED: * A) INITIATE CONVERSATION (CMINIT) * B) SET TARGET TP NAME (CMSTPN) * C) START REMOTE TP (CMALLC) * D) READ RECORD FROM PF, IF EOF ----------------| * SEND RECORD TO TARGET SYSTEM (CMSEND) | * | * E) SEND DETACH, END OF CONVERSATION (CMDEAL) --| * * * FILE TO BE TRANSMITTED FSNDPF IF E DISK * ERROR LOG PROTOCOL FQPRINT O F 132 PRINTER * * INCLUDE SYSTEM-SUPPLIED CPIC PSEUDONYMS * I/COPY QRPG/QIRGINC,CMRPG * * * CPIC CALL PARAMETER DEFINITIONS * I/COPY CMNLIB/QRPGSRC,CMPARM * * PROGRAM INFORMATION DATA STRUCTURE IPGMDS SDS I *PROGRAM PGMNAM I 244 253 JOBNAM I 254 263 USERID
Chapter 27. CPI-C
271
I I I * * * I * * C * C C C C * C C * * C C C * C C C C C * C C * * C C C * C C * * C C C * C C C C C C * C C C * * C 272
264 269 JOBNUM 276 2810JOBDTE 282 2870JOBTME TARGET PROGRAM NAME CMNLIB/RCVFCPICL C TRPGNM
INITIATE CONVERSATION MOVEL LOCALBU3 SYMDST CALL CMINIT PARM PARM PARM MOVE CMINIT CABNECMOK CNVID SYMDST RTNCDE CPICFT 6 ERROR
RTNCDE
SET TARGET TRANSACTION PROGRAM NAME MOVEL*BLANKS TPN Z-ADD16 TPNLEN MOVELTRPGNM TPN CALL CMSTPN PARM PARM PARM PARM MOVE CMSTPN CABNECMOK
CNVID TPN TPNLEN RTNCDE CPICFT ERROR
RTNCDE
INITIATE TARGET PROGRAM CALL CMALLC PARM PARM MOVE CMALLC CABNECMOK
CNVID RTNCDE CPICFT ERROR
RTNCDE
READ AND SEND UNTIL EOF REACHED *IN90 DOWEQ 0 READ DATAF Z-ADD128 REQLEN N90 CALL CMSEND PARM PARM PARM PARM PARM MOVE CMSEND CABNECMOK END
90
CNVID DATA REQLEN REQTSR RTNCDE CPICFT ERROR
RTNCDE
DETACH CONVERSATION CALL CMDEAL
C C * C * C C * * ERROR SUBROUTINE C ERROR C C C * OQPRINT E 03 O O O O O O O O * OQPRINT E 1 O O O O O O * OQPRINT E 1 O O OQPRINT E 1 O O OQPRINT E 1 O O OQPRINT E 1 O O
PARM PARM MOVE CMDEAL SETON RETRN
CNVID RTNCDE CPICFT LR
TAG EXCPTMMERR SETON RETRN MMERR JOBNAM USERID JOBNUM PGMNAM MMERR JOBDTEY JOBTME CPICFT MMERR CNVID MMERR RTNCDE1 MMERR TPN MMERR SYMDST 10 19 27 36 58 65 5 15 16 26 27 37 50 61 JOB: . . PROGRAM:
LR
DATE: TIME: : : LAST CPI-C FUNCTION:
26 CONVERSATION-ID 40 26 RETURN-CODE 40 26 TP-NAME 92 26 SYM-DEST-NAME 40
27.3.2 Receive File, RPG/400 CPI-C Program

* * PROGRAM: RCVFCPIC * * DESCRIPTION: THE PROGRAM RECEIVES DB-RECORDS FROM A SOURCE * PROGRAM, IN AN OTHER AS/400 OR IN THE OWN SYSTEM. * * * STEPS TO BE PERFORMED: * * A) INITIATE THE CONVERSATION (CMACCP) * B) SET PREPARE_TO_RECEIVE_TYPE CALL (CMSPTR) * C) SET_SEND-TYPE CALL (CMSST)
Chapter 27. CPI-C
273
* D) WAITING FOR INCOMING DATA (CMRCV) * E) WRITE DATA TO DB-FILE * F) DEALLOCATE SESSION (CMDEAL) * * * OUTPUTFILE WITH RECEIVED DATA FRCVPF O E DISK * * ERROR LOG PROTOCOL FQPRINT O F 132 PRINTER * * INCLUDE SYSTEM-SUPPLIED CPIC PSEUDONYMS I/COPY QRPG/QIRGINC,CMRPG * * CPIC CALL PARAMETER DEFINITIONS I/COPY CMNLIB/QRPGSRC,CMPARM * I B 186 1890PRERCV * * PROGRAM INFORMATION DATA STRUCTURE IPGMDS SDS I *PROGRAM PGMNAM I 244 253 JOBNAM I 254 263 USERID I 264 269 JOBNUM I 276 2810JOBDTE I 282 2870JOBTME * ***************************************************************** * * START OF PROGRAM * * START OF CONVERSATION C EXSR STRCNV C RTNCDE CABNECMOK ERROR * * GET DATA C READ TAG C EXSR GETDTA C STSRCV CABEQSNDREC END C RTNCDE CABEQDENORM END C RTNCDE CABNECMOK ERROR * * WRITE DATA C EXSR WRTDTA C GOTO READ * * END OF CONVERSATION AND END OF PROGRAM C END TAG C EXSR WRTDTA C EXSR ENDPGM C SETON LR C RETRN * * * ERROR ROUTINE C ERROR TAG C EXCPTMMERR C SETON LR 274
C RETRN * ***************************************************************** * * START OF CONVERSATION * CSR STRCNV BEGSR CSR CALL CMACCP CSR PARM CNVID CSR PARM RTNCDE CSR MOVE CMACCP CPICFT 6 CSR RTNCDE CABNECMOK ERRSTR * * PREPARE-TO RECEIVE * CSR Z-ADDPTRFLS PRERCV CSR CALL CMSPTR CSR PARM CNVID CSR PARM PRERCV CSR PARM RTNCDE CSR MOVE CMSPTR CPICFT CSR RTNCDE CABNECMOK ERRSTR * * SEND-TYPE SET TO RECEIVE * CSR Z-ADDSNDPTR SNDTYP CSR CALL CMSST CSR PARM CNVID CSR PARM SNDTYP CSR PARM RTNCDE CSR MOVE CMSST CPICFT CSR RTNCDE CABNECMOK ERRSTR * * CSR ERRSTR TAG * * CSR ENDSR * ***************************************************************** * * GET DATA * CSR GETDTA BEGSR CSR Z-ADD128 REQLEN CSR CALL CMRCV CSR PARM CNVID CSR PARM DATA CSR PARM REQLEN CSR PARM DATRCV CSR PARM RCVLEN CSR PARM STSRCV CSR PARM REQTSR CSR PARM RTNCDE CSR MOVE CMRCV CPICFT * * CSR ENDSR * 275
Chapter 27. CPI-C
***************************************************************** * * WRITE DATA TO DB-FILE * * CSR WRTDTA BEGSR CSR WRITERCVF * * CSR ENDSR * ***************************************************************** * * END OF CONVERSATION AND END OF PROGRAM * CSR ENDPGM BEGSR CSR CALL CMDEAL CSR PARM CNVID CSR PARM RTNCDE CSR MOVE CMDEAL CPICFT * CSR ENDSR * OQPRINT E 03 MMERR O 5 JOB: O JOBNAM 15 O 16 . O USERID 26 O 27 . O JOBNUM 37 O 50 PROGRAM: O PGMNAM 61 * OQPRINT E 1 MMERR O 10 DATE: O JOBDTEY 19 O 27 TIME: O JOBTME 36 : : O 58 LAST CPI-C FUNCTION: O CPICFT 65 * OQPRINT E 1 MMERR O 26 CONVERSATION-ID O CNVID 40 OQPRINT E 1 MMERR O 26 RETURN-CODE O RTNCDE1 40 OQPRINT E 1 MMERR O 26 TP-NAME O TPN 92 OQPRINT E 1 MMERR O 26 SYM-DEST-NAME O SYMDST 40
276
27.3.3 Receive File, Target CL Program RCVCPICL

PGM OVRDBF CLRPFM CALL ENDPGM PGM FILE(RCVPF) TOFILE(CMNLIB/RCVPF) FILE(CMNLIB/RCVPF) PGM(CMNLIB/RCVFCPIC)
27.4 System-Supplied CPI-C Pseudonyms

I* I* RPG INCLUDE FOR SAA COMMUNICATIONS SUPPORT I* ICMCONS DS I****************************************************************** I* conversation_type values: I* I* CM_BASIC_CONVERSATION -- VALUE 0 (BASIC) I* CM_MAPPED_CONVERSATION -- VALUE 1 (MAPPED) I* I 0 C BASIC I 1 C MAPPED I****************************************************************** I* data_received values: I* I* CM_NO_DATA_RECEIVED -- VALUE 0 (NODATA) I* CM_DATA_RECEIVED -- VALUE 1 (DATREC) I* CM_COMPLETE_DATA_RECEIVED -- VALUE 2 (COMDAT) I* CM_INCOMPLETE_DATA_RECEIVED -- VALUE 3 (INCDAT) I* I 0 C NODATA I 1 C DATREC I 2 C COMDAT I 3 C INCDAT I****************************************************************** I* deallocate_type values: I* I* CM_DEALLOCATE_SYNC_LEVEL -- VALUE 0 (DESYNC) I* CM_DEALLOCATE_FLUSH -- VALUE 1 (DEFLUS) I* CM_DEALLOCATE_CONFIRM -- VALUE 2 (DECONF) I* CM_DEALLOCATE_ABEND -- VALUE 3 (DEABTY) I* I 0 C DESYNC I 1 C DEFLUS I 2 C DECONF I 3 C DEABTY I****************************************************************** I* error_direction values: I* I* CM_RECEIVE_ERROR -- VALUE 0 (RCVERR) I* CM_SEND_ERROR -- VALUE 1 (SNDERR) I* I 0 C RCVERR I 1 C SNDERR I****************************************************************** I* fill values: I* I* CM_FILL_LL -- VALUE 0 (FILLL)
Chapter 27. CPI-C
277
I* CM_FILL_BUFFER -- VALUE 1 (FILBUF) I* I 0 C FILLL I 1 C FILBUF I****************************************************************** I* prepare_to_receive_type values: I* I* CM_PREP_TO_RECEIVE_SYNC_LEVEL -- VALUE 0 (PTRSL) I* CM_PREP_TO_RECEIVE_FLUSH -- VALUE 1 (PTRFLS) I* CM_PREP_TO_RECEIVE_CONFIRM -- VALUE 2 (PTRCON) I* I 0 C PTRSL I 1 C PTRFLS I 2 C PTRCON I****************************************************************** I* receive_type values: I* I* CM_RECEIVE_AND_WAIT -- VALUE 0 (RCVWAT) I* CM_RECEIVE_IMMEDIATE -- VALUE 1 (RCVIMM) I* I 0 C RCVWAT I 1 C RCVIMM I****************************************************************** I* request_to_send_received values: I* I* CM_REQ_TO_SEND_NOT_RECEIVED -- VALUE 0 (RTSNOT) I* CM_REQ_TO_SEND_RECEIVED -- VALUE 1 (RTSREC) I* I 0 C RTSNOT I 1 C RTSREC I****************************************************************** I* return_code values: I* I* CM_OK -- VALUE 0 (CMOK) I* CM_ALLOCATE_FAILURE_NO_RETRY -- VALUE 1 (ALFLNR) I* CM_ALLOCATE_FAILURE_RETRY -- VALUE 2 (ALFLRE) I* CM_CONVERSATION_TYPE_MISMATCH -- VALUE 3 (CNVMIS) I* CM_PIP_NOT_SPECIFIED_CORRECTLY -- VALUE 5 (PIPNSC) I* CM_SECURITY_NOT_VALID -- VALUE 6 (SECNVL) I* CM_SYNC_LVL_NOT_SUPPORTED_LU -- VALUE 7 (SLNSLU) I* CM_SYNC_LVL_NOT_SUPPORTED_PGM -- VALUE 8 (SLNSP) I* CM_TPN_NOT_RECOGNIZED -- VALUE 9 (TPNAME) I* CM_TP_NOT_AVAILABLE_NO_RETRY -- VALUE 10 (TPNORE) I* CM_TP_NOT_AVAILABLE_RETRY -- VALUE 11 (TPRET) I* CM_DEALLOCATED_ABEND -- VALUE 17 (DEABND) I* CM_DEALLOCATED_NORMAL -- VALUE 18 (DENORM) I* CM_PARAMETER_ERROR -- VALUE 19 (PARERR) I* CM_PRODUCT_SPECIFIC_ERROR -- VALUE 20 (PRODER) I* CM_PROGRAM_ERROR_NO_TRUNC -- VALUE 21 (PENOTR) I* CM_PROGRAM_ERROR_PURGING -- VALUE 22 (PEPURG) I* CM_PROGRAM_ERROR_TRUNC -- VALUE 23 (PETRNC) I* CM_PROGRAM_PARAMETER_CHECK -- VALUE 24 (PEPCHK) I* CM_PROGRAM_STATE_CHECK -- VALUE 25 (STACHK) I* CM_RESOURCE_FAILURE_NO_RETRY -- VALUE 26 (RFNORE) I* CM_RESOURCE_FAILURE_RETRY -- VALUE 27 (RFRET) I* CM_UNSUCCESSFUL -- VALUE 28 (UNSUCC) I* CM_DEALLOCATED_ABEND_SVC -- VALUE 30 (DABSVC) I* CM_DEALLOCATED_ABEND_TIMER -- VALUE 31 (DABTIM) I* CM_SVC_ERROR_NO_TRUNC -- VALUE 32 (SVCENT) 278
I* CM_SVC_ERROR_PURGING -- VALUE 33 (SVCEP) I* CM_SVC_ERROR_TRUNC -- VALUE 34 (SVCET) I* I 0 C CMOK I 1 C ALFLNR I 2 C ALFLRE I 3 C CNVMIS I 5 C PIPNSC I 6 C SECNVL I 7 C SLNSLU I 8 C SLNSP I 9 C TPNAME I 10 C TPNORE I 11 C TPRET I 17 C DEABND I 18 C DENORM I 19 C PARERR I 20 C PRODER I 21 C PENOTR I 22 C PEPURG I 23 C PETRNC I 24 C PEPCHK I 25 C STACHK I 26 C RFNORE I 27 C RFRET I 28 C UNSUCC I 30 C DABSVC I 31 C DABTIM I 32 C SVCENT I 33 C SVCEP I 34 C SVCET I****************************************************************** I* return_control values: I* I* CM_WHEN_SESSION_ALLOCATED -- VALUE 0 (SESALL) I* CM_IMMEDIATE -- VALUE 1 (IMMED) I* I 0 C SESALL I 1 C IMMED I****************************************************************** I* send_type values: I* I* CM_BUFFER_DATA -- VALUE 0 (BUFDAT) I* CM_SEND_AND_FLUSH -- VALUE 1 (SNDFLS) I* CM_SEND_AND_CONFIRM -- VALUE 2 (SNDCNF) I* CM_SEND_AND_PREP_TO_RECEIVE -- VALUE 3 (SNDPTR) I* CM_SEND_AND_DEALLOCATE -- VALUE 4 (SNDDEL) I* I 0 C BUFDAT I 1 C SNDFLS I 2 C SNDCNF I 3 C SNDPTR I 4 C SNDDEL I****************************************************************** I* status_received values: I* I* CM_NO_STATUS_RECEIVED -- VALUE 0 (NOSTAT) I* CM_SEND_RECEIVED -- VALUE 1 (SNDREC) I* CM_CONFIRM_RECEIVED -- VALUE 2 (CONRCV) 279
Chapter 27. CPI-C
I* CM_CONFIRM_SEND_RECEIVED -- VALUE 3 (CONSND) I* CM_CONFIRM_DEALLOC_RECEIVED -- VALUE 4 (CONDEL) I* I 0 C NOSTAT I 1 C SNDREC I 2 C CONRCV I 3 C CONSND I 4 C CONDEL I****************************************************************** I* sync_level values: I* I* CM_NONE -- VALUE 0 (NONE) I* CM_CONFIRM -- VALUE 1 (CONFRM) I* I 0 C NONE I 1 C CONFRM
27.5 CPI-C Call Parameter

ICMPARM DS * * conversation_id I * conversation_state I * conversation_type I * data_received I * deallocate_type I * error_direction I * fill (basic conversation) I * mode_name I * mode_name_length I * partner_LU_name I * partner_LU_name_length I * prepare_to_receive_type I * received_length I * receive_type I * requested_length (max to receive) I * request_to_send_received I * return_code I * return_control I * send_length
1 B
8 CNVID
9 120CNVSTE
B 13 160CNVTYP B 17 200DATRCV B 21 240DLCTYP B 25 280ERRDIR B 29 320FILL 33 40 MODNM B 41 440MODNML 45 61 PLUNM B 62 650PLUNML B 66 690PRPTRT B 70 730RCVLEN B 74 770RCVTYP B 78 810REQLEN B 82 850REQTSR B 86 890RTNCDE B 90 930RTNCTL
280
I * I * I * I * I * I * I
B 94 970SNDLEN send_type B 98 1010SNDTYP status_received B 102 1050STSRCV sym_dest_name 106 113 SYMDST sync_level B 114 1170SYNLVL TP name 118 181 TPN TP name length B 182 1850TPNLEN
Chapter 27. CPI-C
281
282
Part 7. Appendix
283
284
Appendix A.
AS/400 Communications Bibliography

This appendix provides a bibliography of IBM publications related to the AS/400 in the area of communications.
A.1 General Aspects and Architectures A.1.1 Cables, Modems and ISDN Terminal Adapter

GA33-0054 GA33-0082 GA33-0081 GA33-0130 SY33-2065 SH33-7011 SA33-0131 GA33-0122 SA33-0123 SY33-2062 GH11-3027 SY12-8246 SY33-2064
Power and Modem Cables 5811/12 Setup,Problem 5811/12 Description 7820 ISDN TA, Description and Planning 7820 ISDN TA, Maintenance Info and Parts Catalog 7820 ISDN TA, Service Program Guide 7820 ISDN TA, Setup, User s Guide & Problem Analysis 7861 Modem, Description and Planning 7861 Modem, Setup, User s Guide & Problem Analysis 7861 Modem, Maintenance Info and Parts Catalog 5858 Guide to Operation 5858 Parts and Maintenance LPDA
A.1.2 General, Self-Study

GC21-5169 SY31-0634 GR20-4640 Z229-4540 ZZ19-8308 SC30-3276
General Data Communications Concepts Study Introduction to Data Communications
Intro to Crypto General TP Service Information Manual Midrange System Connectivity Interchange Architecture Reference
A.1.3 TRLAN/Ethernet

GA27-3732 SC30-3374 GG22-9422 GG24-3178 GG24-3291
IBM TRN LAN Technology TRN Architecture Reference 802.3 Considerations LAN Concepts and Products IBM TRLAN Products, Installation Guidelines
285
GG24-3398 ZZ81-0234 ZZ78-0355
Multi-segment LAN Design Guidelines LAN SNA Gateways, Design and Performance IBM TRLAN Gateways and Bridges
A.1.4 DIA/DCA, IIA

GC23-0758 GC23-0757
DCA RFT Reference DCA FFT Reference
GG24-3503 SC31-6803 SC31-6804 SC31-6802 SC31-6805 SC31-6806 S544-3417
Information Interchange Architecture (IIA) DS&OA: Presentation Text OCA DS&OA: Graphics OCA DS&OA: Mixed Object DCA DS&OA: Image OCA DS&OA: Formatted Data OCA DS&OA: IPDS
A.1.5 BSC, SDLC, SNA, X.25

GA27-3004 GA27-3093 GA27-3136 GA27-3761 GC20-1868 GG22-9105 GG22-9137 GC30-3073 GC30-3084 SC30-3269 SC30-3346 SC30-3409 SC30-3422 GG24-3669 ZZ27-7425 LY43-0081 GC31-6809
BSC General Information SDLC Concept SNA Reference Summary SNA and X.25 1984, GI SNA Sessions between Logical Units APPC, SNADS, DIA, DCA LEN and APPN SNA Technical Overview LU 6.2 Programmer s Reference SNA Format & Protocol Reference SNA Management Service Reference SNA and X.25 1984, Architecture PU T2.1 Architecture SNA/APPN Architecture and Implementation (Tutorial) SNA NetID Registration, incl APPN SNA Network Product Formats SNA/MS, Alert Implementation Guide
286
A.1.6 SNADS
SC30-3098
SNADS Format and Protocol
A.1.7 DDM, DRDA

GC21-9527 SC21-9529 SC21-9526 SC21-9643 SC21-9644 SC33-0695 SC26-4651 SC26-4417
DDM General Information DDM Implementation Programmer s Guide DDM Reference DDM/PC User s Guide DDM/PC Technical Reference CICS/DDM R1 User s Guide DRDA Reference Concepts of Distributed Data
A.1.8 SAA

SC09-1308 SC09-1390 SC09-1391 GC09-1392 GC23-0576 SC26-4399 GC26-4341 GC26-4531 SC33-6472 ZZ05-0472
CPI-C Reference L2 CDRA L1 Reference CDRA L1 Registry CDRA Executive Overview SAA Intro to SystemView CPI Communication Reference SAA, An Overview AD/Cycle Concepts SystemView End-Use Dimension, Consistency Guide/Concepts SE s Guide to SAA Information
A.1.9 Open System, MVI General

GG22-9142 GG24-3376 G325-4130 G325-4131 ZZ81-0243
OSI and IBM Program Products TCP/IP Tutorial and Technical Overview AS/400 - Consultant Report on Open System AS/400 - Consultant Report on Client/Server OSI/CS Implementation of Mgmt & X.500 (1989)
A.2 IBM 5250 System

GA21-9246 GA21-9337 SA21-9247 GA21-9289 GA09-1652
5250 Introduction 5250 Planning 5250 Functional Reference 5251-12 Display Station Setup 5251-12 X.25 Attachment, Operator s Guide
Appendix A. AS/400 Communications Bibliography
287
GA09-1653 GA09-1654 GA21-9369 GA21-9370 GA21-9323 GA27-3852 SC30-3488 SC30-3531 SK2T-0316 SY27-0322 GA27-3936 GA27-3960 SC30-3533 SC30-3566 GA27-3909 SY27-0327 G570-2221 G570-2203 G571-0138 SA21-9869 SY31-0679 ZZ20-5867 SA21-9870 SY31-0678
5251-12 X.25 Attachment 5251-12 X.25 Planning 5294 Setup 5294 Operator s Guide 5251-12 Operator s Guide 5394 User s Guide 5394 Functions Reference 5394 T2.1 Support RPQ 5394 Introduction and Planning 5394 Maintenance Library 5494 Planning 5494 User s Guide 5494 Functions Reference 5494 Att to SNA SA RPQ 5494 Problem Determination 5494 Maintenance Library 5250 Enhanced Emulation 5250 Remote Emulation 5250 Remote Emulation V2 5209 User s Guide 5209 Maintenance 5209 Newsletter 5208 User s Guide 5208 Maintenance
A.3 IBM 8209

SA21-9994 SY31-9077
8209 Customer Information 8209 Service Information
A.4 IBM 5159

SA21-9600 SY31-0708
5159 User s Guide 5159 Maintenance
288
A.5 IBM 3270

GA23-0218 GA27-3850 GX20-1878 GG24-3702
3174 Functions Description 3174 Introduction 3270 Reference Summary 3174 APPN Implementation Guide (1991)
A.6 AS/400
GC41-9678 GA19-5486 G320-9866 GA21-9607 SC41-9993 ZC21-8166 ZZ25-8859 SC09-1349 SC09-1340 SC09-1347 SC41-0030 SC41-8077 SC41-8078 SC41-8080 SC41-8084 SC41-8201 SC41-9620 SA41-9922 SA41-9944 SA41-0005 SA41-0004 SA41-9957 SA21-9987 SA21-9582 SC41-0001 SC41-0002
Publication Guide AS/400 System Handbook AS/400 Connectivity, Presentation Guide SAA SystemView and AS/400 Central Site Distribution Guide AS/400 Performance Capabilities Reference Personalized Learning Series, AS/400 Networking RPG/400 Reference RPG/400 User s Guide C/400 User s Guide CL Reference CL Programmer s Guide Work Management Guide Cryptographic Support User s Guide Performance Tools Guide SystemView System Mgmt Guide DDS Specifications Reference IBM 9404 ASCII Workstation Guide Twinax Controller Prt Tester User s Guide IBM 9402, Attaching Wrkstn and Comms Cables IBM 9404, Attaching Wrkstn and Comms Cables IBM 9406, Attaching Wrkstn and Comms Cables AS/400 3270 DE and RJE to /370 Using DSPT and ODF with APPN Communications Configuration Reference Remote Workstation Guide
Appendix A.
289
SC41-0003 SC41-0004 SC41-0005 SC41-0024 SC41-0025 SC41-0027 SC41-0053 SC41-0054 SC41-0055 SC41-8099 SC41-8106 SC41-8188 SC41-8189 SC41-8223 SC21-8257 SC41-9588 SC21-8168 SC41-9590 SC41-9592 SC41-9593 SC41-9594 SC41-9600 SC41-9602 SC41-9661 SC41-9858 GC41-9861 SC41-9864 SC41-9868 SC41-9879 SC41-9875 SC09-1168 SC09-1201 SC09-1373 SC41-9758 SC41-9627 SX41-9868
ISDN Guide LAN Guide X.25 Network Guide Management Guide DRDA Guide Communications API Guide Central SAT/400 Installation Central SAT/400 User s Guide Distributed SAT/400 Installation and User s Guide Finance Support User s Guide Device Configuration Guide APPN User s Guide APPC Programmer s Guide System Pgmr s Interface Reference AS/400 SMT Guide Distribution Services Network Guide S/3X VM Line Driver User s Guide Communications Programmer s Guide ASYNC Communications Programmer s Guide BSC Equivalence Link Programmer s Guide SNA Upline Facility Programmer s Guide Distributed Data Management User s Guide 3270 Device Emulation User s Guide Communications and Systems Management User s Guide Retail Programmer s Guide Network Planning Guide ICF Intra Programmer s Guide POS Communications Utility User s Guide OfficeVision/400 Adapted Word Processing TCP/IP Guide RJEF User s Guide RJEF Planning Guide RJE Guide Office Services Concepts and Programmer s Guide Managing OfficeVision/400 OV/400 Common Tasks
290
SX41-9069 SX41-0001 SC41-8091 SC41-0006 SC41-0007 SC41-8199 SC41-8200 GH12-5480 SH19-6765 GC34-2232 LY44-0597 LY44-0598 SY44-3911 SY44-3921 SY44-3931 SY44-3902
PCS/400 Common Tasks, DOS PCS/400 Common Tasks, OS/2 PCS/400 Technical Reference, DOS and OS/2 PCS/400 Installation, DOS PCS/400 Installation, OS/2 PCS/400 User s Guide for DOS PCS/400 User s Guide for OS/2 NetView FTP General Information INS Attaching OS/2 Workstations INS Planning Guide Diagnostic Aids, Volume 1 Diagnostic Aids, Volume 2 IBM 9402 Problem Analysis Guide, incl URC IBM 9404 Problem Analysis Guide, incl URC IBM 9406 Problem Analysis Guide, incl URC Service Function User s Guide
SL23-0187 SL23-0189 SH19-6703 SH19-6704 SC41-0026 SL23-0192 SL23-0202 SL23-0201 SL23-0191 SL23-0190 SL23-0193 SL23-0207 GA21-9601 GC21-9867 SC41-8245
OSICS/400 Configuration and Administration OSICS/400 Operation OSIFS/400 User s Guide OSIFS/400 Programmer s Guide OSIMS/400 User s Guide OSI CS Abstract Syntax Checker Reference OSI CS C Language Examples OSI CS COBOL Language Examples OSI CS Programming Concepts and Guide OSI CS Programming Reference OSI CS Programming with Starter Set OSI Trace Analyzer CallPath/400 Overview and Planning Guide CallPath/400 Programmer s, User s and Installation Guide Facsimile Support/400 User s Guide and Reference
Appendix A.
291
A.7 System/36

SC21-8221 SC21-9020 SC21-9082 SC21-7938 SY31-9007 SY31-9018 LY21-0590 SA21-9436 SC21-7909 SC21-7944 SC21-7912 SC21-7945 SC09-1086 SC21-7910 SC21-7911 SC21-9530 SC21-9532 SC21-9533 SC21-8010 SC21-8011 SC21-9143 SC21-9471 SA21-9478 SA21-9485 SA21-9441 SA21-9482 SA21-9932 SC21-9060 SC21-9025 SC09-1062 SC09-1105 SC21-9481
S/36 SSP R6 Enhancements S/36 SSP Reference S/36 Using Communications S/36 System Messages S/36 Communications Maintenance (large format) S/36 Communications Maintenance (large format) S/36 Program Service Information S/36 Functional Reference Manual S/36 MSRJE Guide S/36 MSRJE Messages S/36 3270 Device Emulation Guide S/36 3270 Device Emulation Messages S/36 3278 Emulation via IBM PC Guide S/36 ICF Reference S/36 ICF Guide and Examples S/36 ICF Base Subsystems Reference S/36 ICF Upline Subsystems Reference S/36 ICF Programming and Intra Reference S/36 C&SM Guide (HCF, DSX, Alerts) S/36 DDM Guide S/36 Using Asynchronous Comms Support S/36 APPN Guide S/36 Planning ROSF (5360) S/36 Planning ROSF (5362) S/36 Planning Data Communications (5360) S/36 Planning Data Communications (5362) S/36 Preparing for Data Communications (5363) S/36 Remote Operation/Support Facility S/36 SMF User s Guide PS/36 Administration PS/36 in a Office Network PS/36 Planning S/36 Office
292
S544-3485 SC21-9800 SC21-9097 SC21-9088 SC21-9564 SC21-9569 SC21-9709
PSF/36, User Guide and Reference S/36 ODF PRPQ S/36 PC Support Technical Reference S/36 PC Support User s Guide S/36 PC Support WSF User s Guide S/36 PC Support WSF Technical Reference DSNX/NX User s Guide
A.8 Additional Hardware and Software A.8.1 RS/6000

GC23-2406 SC32-0012
RS/6000 SW Overview OSIMF/6000 User & Sys Admin Guide
A.8.2 HCF
SC27-0455
HCF Guide and Reference
A.8.3 VSE/POWER

SH12-5328 SH12-5329 SC33-6140
POWER RJE User s Guide POWER Installation and Operations Guide Power Networking User s Guide
A.8.4 JES2

SC23-0048 SC23-0070 GC38-0225
JES2 Commands NJE Formats and Protocols JES2 Remote Terminals
A.8.5 RJE Terminals

GA27-3005 GA27-3063 SY27-0103 GA27-3144
2780 Component Description 3780 Component Information 3780 Theory of Operation 3770 Introduction
A.8.6 DSX

GH19-6394 SH19-6397 SH19-6399
DSX V3 General Information DSX V3 Administration DSX V3 Preparing Plans
Appendix A.
293
A.8.7 NRF

SC27-0593 GC27-0594 SC31-6203
NRF Planning NRF General Information Migration Resource Definition
A.8.8 Other Subjects

GG24-1635 GG66-0299 G320-0556 GG24-3458
An Office System Primer LEN RFT VTAM 3.2 and S/36 as T2.1 RFT-DCA Interchange Compatibility
X.25 Guide
294
Index Numerics
3174 remote workstation controller documented scenarios 12 network routing facility (NRF) 55 SNA primary LU support (SPLS) 45 via IBM 7820 and ISDN 207 5294 remote workstation controller documented scenarios 12 5394 remote workstation controller as PUT2.1 via subarea 143 documented scenarios 12 quick reference configuration chart 141 via SNA/X.25 SVC called by AS/400 131 via SNA/X.25 SVC with dual links 137 5494 remote workstation controller as PUT2.1 via subarea SDLC 187 as PUT2.1 via subarea TRLAN 197 documented scenarios 12 via SNA/TRLAN 167 via SNA/X.25 PVC 179 via SNA/X.25 SVC 173 via SNA/X.25 SVC called by AS/400 185 via V.24 SNA/SDLC leased 155 via V.35 SNA/SDLC leased 161 AS/400 (continued) 5494 via SNA/TRLAN 167 5494 via SNA/X.25 PVC 179 5494 via SNA/X.25 SVC 173 5494 via SNA/X.25 SVC called by AS/400 5494 via V.24 SNA/SDLC leased 155 5494 via V.35 SNA/SDLC leased 161 file server support/400 242 FTP with HP 222 FTP with MicroVax 223 FTP with OS/2 221 FTP with RS/6000 220 MVS Bridge (NJE) 93 NetView file transfer program 71 network routing facility (NRF) 55 OfficeVision/VM Bridge 103 SMTP note between AS/400s 228 SMTP note with HP 236, 238 SMTP note with MicroVAX 230, 232 SMTP note with RS/6000 233, 235 SMTP note with VM 239, 240 SMTP system configuration 224 SNA passthrough (SNPT) 33 SNA primary LU support (SPLS) 45 SNA/LEN with different NetID 19 sphere of control (SOC) in subarea 87 submit network job (SBMNETJOB) 123 VM/MVS bridge monitor program 117
185
A
API (application program interface) See application program interface (API) APPC/APPN protocol 5394 as PUT2.1 via subarea 143 5494 as PUT2.1 via subarea SDLC 187 5494 as PUT2.1 via subarea TRLAN 197 5494 via SNA/TRLAN 167 5494 via SNA/X.25 PVC 179 5494 via SNA/X.25 SVC 173 5494 via SNA/X.25 SVC called by AS/400 185 5494 via V.24 SNA/SDLC leased 155 5494 via V.35 SNA/SDLC leased 161 NetView file transfer program 71 SNA passthrough (SNPT) 33 sphere of control (SOC) in subarea 87 submit network job (SBMNETJOB) 123 application program interface (API) 247 common programming interface communications 269 user-defined communication via X.25 249 AS/400 3174 via IBM 7820 and ISDN 207 5394 as PUT2.1 via subarea 143 5394 via SNA/X.25 SVC called by AS/400 131 5394 via SNA/X.25 SVC with dual links 137 5494 as PUT2.1 via subarea SDLC 187 5494 as PUT2.1 via subarea TRLAN 197
B
bridge monitor program for VM/MVS See VM/MVS bridge monitor program bridge to MVS for NJE See MVS Bridge (NJE) bridge to OfficeVision/VM See OfficeVision/VM Bridge
C
common programming interface (CPI-C) See application program interface (API) CPI-C (common programming interface) See application program interface (API)
D
DEC MicroVAX 3300 FTP with AS/400 223 SMTP note with AS/400 230, 232 device release program, NRF 68
295
F
file server support/400 242 file transfer program (NetView FTP) See NetView file transfer program file transfer protocol of TCP/IP 220 FSS/400 (file server support/400) See file server support/400 FTP of TCP/IP See file transfer protocol of TCP/IP FTP, NetView (Netview File Transfer Program) See NetView file transfer program
NJE bridge to MVS See MVS Bridge (NJE) NRF (network routing facility) See network routing facility (NRF)
O
OfficeVision/VM Bridge 103
P
PC
H
host computer See System/390 HP 9000-720 FTP with AS/400 222 SMTP note with AS/400
236, 238
I
ISDN 7820 terminal attachment 3174 via ISDN 207 ISDN protocol 3174 via IBM 7820 and ISDN network description 11 207
See Personal System/2 peer system connections 13 peer-to-peer protocol See APPC/APPN protocol Personal Computer See Personal System/2 Personal System/2 FTP with AS/400 221 SNA passthrough (SNPT) 33 SNA/LEN with different NetID
19
R
RISC System/6000 FTP with AS/400 220 SMTP note with AS/400 RS/6000 See RISC System/6000 233, 235
L
LAN, token-ring See token-ring LAN (TRLAN) LU6.2 protocol See APPC/APPN protocol
S
SBMNETJOB (submit network job) See submit network job (SBMNETJOB) SDLC protocol 5394 as PUT2.1 via subarea 143 5494 as PUT2.1 via subarea 187 5494 via V.24 SNA/SDLC leased 155 5494 via V.35 SNA/SDLC leased 161 MVS Bridge (NJE) 93 NetView file transfer program 71 network description 8 network routing facility (NRF) 55 OfficeVision/VM Bridge 103 SNA/LEN with different NetID 19 Simple Mail Transfer Protocol (SMTP) 224 SMTP (Simple Mail Transfer Protocol) See Simple Mail Transfer Protocol (SMTP) SNA connections 12 SNA passthrough (SNPT) 33 SNA primary LU support (SPLS) 45 SNA protocols See SDLC, token ring LAN, ISDN, X.21, X.25 SNPT (SNA passthrough) See SNA passthrough (SNPT) SOC (sphere of control) See sphere of control (SOC) in subarea
M
monitor program for VM/MVS bridge See VM/MVS bridge monitor program MVS Bridge (NJE) 93
N
NetView file transfer program 71 network description communication line assignment hardware and software 4 ISDN 11 modems 8 multi-vendor 6 SNA/SDLC 8 TRLAN 9 X.25 10 network file server (NFS) See file server support/400 network routing facility (NRF) 55 NFS (network file server) See file server support/400 6
296
sphere of control (SOC) in subarea 87 SPLS (SNA primary LU support) See SNA primary LU support (SPLS) submit network job (SBMNETJOB) 123 System/390 5394 as PUT2.1 via subarea 143 5494 as PUT2.1 via subarea SDLC 187 5494 as PUT2.1 via subarea TRLAN 197 documented connections 14 MVS Bridge (NJE) 93 NetView file transfer program 71 network routing facility (NRF) 55 OfficeVision/VM Bridge 103 SMTP note with AS/400 239, 240 SNA passthrough (SNPT) 33 SNA primary LU support (SPLS) 45 SNA/LEN with different NetID 19 sphere of control (SOC) in subarea 87 VM/MVS bridge monitor program 117
V
VM/MVS bridge monitor program 117
X
X.21 protocol 3174 via IBM 7820 and ISDN 207 X.25 protocol 5394 via SNA/X.25 SVC called by AS/400 131 5394 via SNA/X.25 SVC with dual links 137 5494 via SNA/X.25 PVC 179 5494 via SNA/X.25 SVC 173 5494 via SNA/X.25 SVC called by AS/400 185 network description 10
T
TCP/IP protocol AS/400 configuration definitions 215 file server support/400 242 FTP (file transfer protocol) 220 FTP with HP 222 FTP with MicroVAX 223 FTP with OS/2 221 FTP with RS/6000 220 network description 213 network topology 213 SMTP note between AS/400s 228 SMTP note with HP 236, 238 SMTP note with MicroVAX 230, 232 SMTP note with RS/6000 233, 235 SMTP note with VM 239, 240 token-ring LAN (TRLAN) 5494 as PUT2.1 via subarea 197 5494 via SNA/TRLAN 167 network description 9 network routing facility (NRF) 55 SNA passthrough (SNPT) 33 SNA primary LU support (SPLS) 45 SNA/LEN with different NetID 19 TRLAN See token-ring LAN (TRLAN) TS network See network description
U
UDC (user-defined communications) See application program interface (API) user-defined communications (UDC) See application program interface (API)
Index
297

Communications AS400

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Communications AS400

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Communications AS400

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

AS/400 Communication Definition Examples III

Document Number GG24-4386-00

International Technical Support Organization Rochester Center

First Edition (December 1994)

Copyright IBM Corp. 1994

AS/400 Communications Definition Examples III

Part 2. Communications with System/390

AS/400 Communications Definition Examples III

Part 3. AS/400 Peer Communications

121 123 123

11.2 11.3 11.4 11.5 11.6

Batch Job . . . . . . . Operations . . . . . . Job Control . . . . . . Matching Parameters Completion Message

124 124 125 126 127

Part 4. Remote Workstation Controller

AS/400 Communications Definition Examples III

Part 5. AS/400 TCP/IP

211 213 213 213 213 215

AS/400 Communications Definition Examples III

Part 6. Communications API s

283 285 285 285 285 285 286 286 287

AS/400 Communications Definition Examples III

Copyright IBM Corp. 1994

AS/400 Communications Definition Examples III

AS/400 Communications Definition Examples III

AS/400 Communications Definition Examples III

Other trademarks are trademarks of their respective companies.

Copyright IBM Corp. 1994

AS/400 Communications Definition Examples III

Bibliography of International Technical Support Organization Technical Bulletins, GG24-3070.

TOOLS SENDTO WTSCPOK TOOLS REDBOOKS GET REDBOOKS CATALOG

Copyright IBM Corp. 1994

AS/400 Communications Definition Examples III

AS/400 Communications Definition Examples III

Copyright IBM Corp. 1994

AS/400 Communications Definition Examples III

Chapter 1. IBM Technical Support (TS) Network

BSC Native X.25 ASYNC TCP/IP

Copyright IBM Corp. 1994

1.1 Hardware and Software

V.24, X.21, V.35 TRLAN, 4 Mbps ASCII WSC, 18 ports

OS/400, 5738-SS1, V2R1.1

AS/400 Communications Definition Examples III

V.24, X.21, V.35 TRLAN, 16/4 Mbps

1.2 Communication Line Assignment

AS/400 Communications Definition Examples III

Figure 1. Communication Line Assignment

Chapter 1. IBM Technical Support (TS) Network

1.3 Modems in the Network

Modem Compensator Retronika CO-1 up to 19200 bps, Retronika CO-1 up to 48 Kbps

1.4 SNA/SDLC Network

AS/400 Communications Definition Examples III

Figure 2. SDLC Leased Connections Network

Chapter 1. IBM Technical Support (TS) Network

Figure 3. TS TRLAN Network, 4 Mbps

1.6 X.25 Network

AS/400 Communications Definition Examples III

Figure 4. X.25 (Telepac) Network

1.7 ISDN Network

Chapter 1. IBM Technical Support (TS) Network

Figure 5. ISDN Network